it ett t + sere geet ees hohe ppm aha. CHEMICAL MEDICAL & SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS AND BOOKS 29 East 2! S'S? NEW YORK A hg MET 4 a ape: a Bo its ah — Club Dance. Volume’ 2, Number 1. WOODS HOLE, MASS., EVOLUTION OF THE CHEMICAL ROOM By Oliver 8. Strong Professor of Neurology and Histology in Columbia University. Neuro- The writer has been requested to give a brief sketch of the his- tory of the institution known as the Chemical Room of the Ma- rine Biological Laboratory at Weods Hole and also the system upon which it is run. Both owing to lack of time and to the limitation of space not much more than a very hasty sketch can be given, largely from mem- ory, fortified by some figures taken from various records available. The history of the Chemical Room dates back into the dim past of the Marine Biological Laboratory. We first find it emerging, apparently, as an en- tity with George W. Hunter as “Storekeeper” in 1897. This individual, by the way, is the one whose text-book of Biology has in more recent times beeu one of the sources of irritation to the Fundamentalists, culmin- ating in the famous Scopes trial. In 1899 we find the title of his position changed. to “Chemist”, a title which has been main- tained until the present day. It may be remarked parenthetical- ly that the old Latin proverb Continued on Page 11) LABORATORY ACTIVITIES Friday, July 8 4:00-6:00 P. M. M. B. L. Tea. Members of the Ex- ecutive Board receiving. Tuesday, July 12 8:00 P. M. Evening Lecture. DR. EDWIN G. CONKLIN, Prof. of Biclogy Princeton University. Subject: “Localization Phenomena in Em-} bryology’’. Friday, July 15 8:00 P. M. Evening Lecture. DR. E. M. LAN- DIS, University of Pennsylvania. Subject: ‘Permeablity of the Capillary Wall”. Saturday, July 9 9:00- 12:00 P. M. Orchestra. M. B. L. ‘Club. Admission free to mem- bers; 75c for non-members. DR. HE LBRUNN GIVES LECTURE | The outstanding impression that Dr. Heilbrunn gave in his lecture (the second of this year’s series) is that protoplasm, though quite a complex mixture of substances some of which may vary from plant to animal and from species to species, acts in a surprisingly uniform man- ner under diverse influences. Even if it is a potpourri it acts like a uniform substance. “It is profitable, therefore to speak of the colloid chemistry of prop- toplasm, just as it is possible to speak of the colloid chemistry of soaps or proteins.” Perhaps one reason why mix- tures, or rather obvious mix- tures behave very much like “pure” substances under many conditions, is that the “pure” substances are not pure, and that frequently minute traces of materials, scorned in most chem- ical analyses, may produce as- tonishing effects. Thus abso- lutely pure iron has not yet been prepared; but the purest iron so far made is quite a different metal from what we all know. And “absolute” alcohol, accord- ing to the official tables, is sup- posed to boil at about 78 degrees C.—but Prof. H. B. Baker kept absolute alcohol over phosphor- us pentoxide for 914 years, and found that its boiling point was then about 38 degrees C. Under similar circumstances the boil- ing point of metallic mercury also went up 60 degrees C., and benzene, heptane, acetone, and other substances showed large though lesser advances. Obvi- ously, mere traces of water can produce astounding effects. And any one who has worked with colloids knows the necessity for meticulous care in avoiding un- wanted impurities, and the cur- ious results produced by small amounts of this or that. Thus. about three parts of gelatin per million will sensitise collodial gold sols against coagulation by sodium chloride; but if very little more be used, the gelatin BRIDA YSU oe ment. Subscription $1.00, Single Copies, 15c. Naming of Woods Hole . ls Traced to Norsemen “THE STORY OF WOODS HOLE” Dr. EDWIN GRANT CONKLIN Professor of. Zoology, Princeton University Woods Hole. story before our readers. We open the first number of our second volume with one of a series of articles in which Dr. 'Conklin will relate to us the history of Later he will describe to us the founding and the first | days of the Marine Biological Laboratory. fitted for the task that Dr. Conklin has undertaken, and we consider ourselves fortunate in having the privilege of placing this fascinating No one is so eminently MIXER MARKS START OF SOCIAL SEASON The local social season began auspiciously on Saturday eve- ning, July 2, with the M. B. L. Mixer, the annual party given by members of the Club, under the direction of Mrs. C. H. Farr and her committee. The clubhouse was beautifully decorated with daisies, coryop- sis, smilax and privet, and Jap- anese lanterns were strung “ut- side for a garden party. The occasional spatterings of rain during the evening failed to dampen the spirit of the party. There was a genial attempt to become better acquainted with fellow workers and as the party ended it was noted that there had been gratifying success. The Jerry Bowes orchestra which played from 10 to 12 added much to the gaiety of the party, and in its humble way even the floorwax aided in smoothing out the latter part of the entertainment from a sort of bobbing folk dance to the un- dulations of a ball. Refreshments served earlier in the evening consisted of ice cream, cup cakes and mints, a delightful innovation from the ice cream cones occasionally served. E Members of Mrs. Farr’s com- mittee, who aided materially in the success of the party, were Dr. Alvalyn Woodward, Mrs. W. W. Crawford, Mrs. Walter KE. Garry and Miss Elizabeth Kinney. Four of the girls from the chemical room were kept protects the gold against this calamity. “The average biologist is not so much concerned as to wheth- er it flows readily or not; that (Continued on Page 9) busy during the evening tag- ging the guests as they ap- peared, with their names and institutional connections. It was estimated that more than three hundred guests were present at the Mixer. After the manner of Knicker- bocker’s ‘History of New York”, or Wells’ “Outline of History”, the Story of Woods Hole should begin with the glacier that made our hills and holes. Fol- lowing the glacial epoch, should come the peopling of this region with plants, animals, and Indians. Unfortunately there are no living witnesses or writ- ten records of those prehistoric times, nor of the much later period when the Norsemen visit- ed this coast and named it “Vineland the Good’. Our only relic of the Norsemen is found in the former spelling of Woods. “oll”, which was supposed to be Norse for “hill” and accordingly the original spelling “Hole” was formally changed to “Holl’” in 1877 and a stone on the small arched bridge over the inlet to the Eel pond recorded this change, until that bridge was removed and the present draw- bridge constructed abcui fifteen years ago. The official name of this place was “Woods Holl” from 1877 to 1896 when the U. S. Postoffice changed the name back to “Hole”, much to the dis- gust of many, including Prof. Whitman, who had named cer- tain local species “hollensis’’. The stone tower on the hill be- tween Little Harbor and Nob- ska, now built into Mr. Carle- ton’s house, was not a relic of Norse occupation, as many per- sons supposed, but was a water tower built by Mr. Glidden about 1870, and for obvious reasons was long known as the “Rustic Spoon Holder”. Before the coming of Europ- eans, Indians were fairly numer- (Continued on Page 2) PAGE TWO THE COLLECTING NET Naming of Woods Hole is Traced to Norsemen (Continued frcm Page 1) ous here, especially along the Bay Shore, as is proved by shell- heaps, arrowheads, graveyards, | and Indian names of places. Some of their descendants are still left at Mashpee, Gay Head and Indian Hill on the Vineyard. John Eliot, Apostle to the In-' dians went through this region preaching to the aborgines. The earliest record of Eng-| lish discovery and settlement on this Continent is that of Capt. Bartholomew Gosnold in May, 1602, five years before the set-} tlement of Jamestown, and 18 years before the landing of the’ Pilgrims at Provincetown and Plymouth. Gosnold coasted along “Cape Cod” and ‘‘Martha’s Vineyard”, which he so named. | It seems probable from his ac-, count that he anchored at Vine- yard Haven and later landed at what is now Woods Hole May 381,! 1692. He named the island, call- ed by the Indians ‘‘Cuttyhunk’’, “Elizabeth” in honor of his Queen, and to this day the chain of islands between Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound is cali- ed the “Elizabeth Islands’’, and the township is known as “Gos- nold’”. A monument to Gosnold was placed on Cuttyhunk, near the place where he had built a fortified house in 1602. He also made a settlement near what is now Falmouth. known as ‘“Suc- canessett”, and the present seal | of the Town of Falmouth bears! the inscription ‘“Succanessett 1602.” In 1606 Champlain sailed along this coast as far as the Hole, which it is said he mis- took for a river and named “Champlain”. Although other locations have since been named! in honor of Champlain, the Hole between Buzzards Bay and Vine-| Yard Sound is the only spot to! which he himself attached his name. The historian Bourne has proposed that the Hole should be called “Champlain Strait’’,! but the Yankee love of plain! ond homely names still prevails | in such designations as “Woods Hole”, “Buzzards Bay’, Crow Hill’, ete. In 1907 after the “Jamestown | Tercentenary’’. the residents of | this region bethoucht themselves of the earlier discovery and settlement here in 1602 and held a “Gosnold Tercentenary’’,’ five vears late. At this “Gosnold Tercentenarv”. the Laboratory Schooner. “‘Vigilant’’, re-chris- tened and refitted for the occas- ion as Gosnold’s ship “Concord”’, sailed into Great Harbor and landed Captain Gosnold (Mr. Purdam) and his officers in | titled | Falmouth, | am front of the Breakwater Hotel. Friendly Indians received them with presents of sassafras, and the Sachem smoked the pipe of peace with Gosnold. They then proceeded to Falmouth and de- dicated the Memorial Boulder just beyond the Railroad Cross- ing at the entrance to the village. The settlement at Succanes- sett was soon abandoned, and the present town of Falmouth was first settled in 1660 by peo- ple from West Barnstable. Wocds Hole land was first ap- portioned among its thirteen settlers on the 23rd of July. 1677. Quisset was settled in 1691. There were many stirring events hereabouts during the Revolutionary War. _ British War Vessels were often in Vine vard Sound and especially at Tarnaulin Cove. A_ British fleet of ten sails visited Woods | Hole. April 1st. 1779; marines killed cattle and attempted burn the town, but were driven off. They returned April 3rd and cannonaded Falmouth, but were n-erented from landing by four companies of militia of about 2°0 men. At one time a schooner laden with corn from Connecti- cut, was seized by a British privateer as he was entering the Sound and taken to Tarpaulin Cove. Col. Dimmick, who com- manded the militia of the town, was notified of this and with twenty men in three whale boats. he pulled to the Cove, soized the schooner and sailed awav with her, finally bringing her into Woods Hole. In 1812, the British frigate “Nimrod”, bombarded Falmouth and destroyed many buildings. She landed marines in Little Harbor and destroyed property there. Most of this early history I have drawn from a book en- “Three Lectures on the Early History of the Town of covering the time from its Settlement to 1812. De- livered in the year 1843 by Mr. Charles W. Jenkins of Falmouth. Edited by Edward H. Jenkins, New Haven, Conn. Falmouth, Mass.: 1889.” For the following notes on the early history of Woods Hole I indebted to our fellow townsman, Mr. Frank L. Gifford who has painted several very interesting pictures from old sketches and descriptions, and at a later period from photo- gravhs and his own recollections of the village. The earliest settlements at Woods Hole were around Little Harbor. The oldest house stood on the south-east side of the harbor and is now built into the Sargent house. On this side of the harbor were an old grist BY Fourth Large Printing, in Press ‘THE SCIENCE OF | BIOLOGY An Introductory Story GEORGE G. SCOTT, Ph.D. College of the City of New York Pertial List of Adoptions | |WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY |HOLY CROSS COLLEGE gene COLLEGE IOWA STATE COLLEGE COLLEGE OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK KALAMAZOO STATE NORMAL | SCHOOL |SKIDMORE COLLEGE | SOUTHWESTERN COLLEGE ‘“=°RGTA STATE COLLEGE FOR W°MEN |STATE TEACHERS’ COLLEGE, | MANKATO, MINN. CLEVELAND SCHOOL OF EDU- CATION OKLAHOMA CITY UNIVERSITY | FRESNO STATE COLLEGE SOUTHWESTERN LOUISIANA UNIVERSITY ; EAST TEXAS STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE |JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY STAFFORD DISTRICT HIGH SCHOOL | RAIRIE VIEW STATE NORMAL COLLEGE 'DUKE UNIVERSITY MERCER UNIVERSITY WASHINGTON STATE NORMAL SCHOOL |HUMBOLT STATE TEACHERS | .COLLEGE PHILLIPS UNIVERSITY |STATE SCHOOL OF MINES, RAPID CITY, S. D. ~ LAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY |JOHN CARROLL UNIVERSITY | | | What Educators Say “The author has rendered a fine service to all teachers and students in this all-embracing treatment within the covers of a single volume.”—American Education. ; “Biology, defined, as the science of living things, is pre- sented in careful fashion .. . characterized by scientific sane- ness and a wide sweep of bal- anced vision.”—Journal of Ap- plied Sociology. “Well fitted to be a high school or college text-book.”— Davin STARR JORDAN, President Emeritus, Leland Stanford Uni- versity. “Tt is unusually broad in its scope on both the animal and plant sides . . . compiled with | excellent judgment.”—Quarter- ly Review of Biology. “It is a distinct departure from the older types of general biology, and is the most success- ful effort to produce a pano- ramic picture of the field of biological science any author has made in recent years.”— PROFESSOR CLYDE T. REED, South Texas State Teachers College. \630 Pages, 534 x 814, with 350 illustrations. Price $3.50 _ THOMAS Y. CROWELL COMPANY: Publishers 393 Fourth Avenue, New York a a RS ER A Tome ——— en THE COLLECTING NET PAGE THREE a en BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS Microscopes and Microscope Accessories—Including Bausch & Lomb, Leitz, Spencer and Zeiss makes. Bausch Jung Microtomes—Including & Lomb, International, and Spencer forms. Incubators—Including C.S.&E., Freas and Theleo types. Also Water Baths, Sterilizers and General Laboratory Appar- atus. Write for further details and visit our Showrooms at 18th St. and 3rd Ave. EIMER & AMEND Est. 1851 Inc. 1897 HEADQUARTERS FOR LAB- OCORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICAL REAGENTS NEW YORK, N. Y. Third Ave., 18th to 19th St. a EE] FOR THE Biological Sciences Naturalists’ Supplies Microscope Slide Preparations Preserved Material Display Material Lantern Slides Charts, Botanical and Zoologi- eal Microscopes, Microtomes and Accessories Dissecting Instruments Laboratory Glassware Chemicals Bacteriological Reagents Catalogue pertaining to any of the above may be obtained on request. D) Guaranteed le) lit Mg Quality Prompt Service @ NewYork Biological Supply Co. General Supplies for the Biological Sciences 34 UNION SQ. NEW YORK CITY mill and a salt mill and salt pans in which sea water was evapora- ted by the sun’s heat for sea | salt. At a later date, about 1845, an old red school house stood at | the head of the harbor, about where the railroad now runs. Back of this were the Purdam | house, the Ferguson house and the Fay house, all now standing, and on the west side of the har- bor was Joe Parker’s Tavern, which long since disappeared and which was a favorite resort of Daniel Webster when on fish- ing trips to Woods Hole. Joe Parker operated a ferry to and from Martha’s Vineyard which was the only regular connection between the island and the main- land. Still later, about 1860, two hotels or taverns stood on the west side of Little Harbor, one of these the Dexter House, only just torn down, the other the Webster House, long since des- troyed, which stood between the Dexter House and the present railroad station. Between 1815 and 1860 Woods Hole was a center of the whal- ing industry. Nine whaling ships made this their port and the Bar Neck Wharf, where the Penzance Garage now stands, was a busy place outfitting these whalers and _ receiving their cargoes of oil and whalebone on their return. The old Stone Building, or Candle Factory, was built in 1829, and still contains certain evidences of its former uses; the old shingled building adjoining it on the south-east was a bake shop, where sea bis- cuit for the long voyages around the Horn was baked. Other buildings, now gone, were a rope-walk where rope was made, a cooper shop for making hogs- heads to hold the oil, a black- smith shop, ete. With the dis- covery of petroleum in western | Pennsylvania, the whaling in- dustry rapidly declined and died, and these old buildings were for a long time practically unused until the Marine Biological La- boratory acquired them and converted them to a new kind of whaling industry. About 1850 Mr. Joseph S. Fay, crusing along this coast, sailed into Little Harbor, went ashore and bought a farm, and later added to it many barren and rocky acres. The whole region at this time was practically tree- less. Mr. Fay set to work im- porting and planting many trees over his estate, and from this there developed the well-known “Fay Woods’, with their beauti- ful woods-roads which were open to all visitors, and were the joy of early workers at the Labora- tory. Alas! these woods are now sadly depleted by the gypsy moth, the golf course, and the inroads of civilization. Mr. Fay’s interest in trees and in re- forestation explains a clause in the deed of the Gansett property to the Laboratory, forbidding the cutting down of trees except where necessary. Another famous estate in the vicinity of Woods Hole is Nau- shon and the adjoining islands, formerly owned by Mr. John M. Forbes. This was described by Oliver Wendell Holmes in the “Autocrat of the Breakfast Table” as “the finest private domain in America”, and as he watched from the porch of the Forbes house on Naushon the schooners tacking back and forth in the Sound, he wrote his beautiful poem, “Light and Shade”. Both Mr. Fay and Mr. Forbes were generous friends of the La- boratory at a time when it had few financial supporters and very meager prospects, and it is fitting that in the days of our prosperity we should remember with especial gratitude the debt of the Laboratory to these gen- erous friends. Following whaling days the only commercial venture of note at Woods Hote was the Pacific Guano Works, of unsavory odor and memory, for its failure about 1880 brought financial disaster to many residents of Woods Hole. It was located near what is now the entrance to Penzance. Here stood the old red factory buildings and tenement houses, and here the odor of guano lingered until the plant was demolished and the present Penzance property was established more than twenty years later. It is interesting to note that Penzance was former- ly an island, especially at high tide. When the Guano Company located there they built the stone wall along the side of the road at the entrance of Penzance as a breakwater. The present Breakwater Hotel owes its name to this wall, as it owes its origi- nal construction to one of the old tenement houses of the guano works. In the early days of the Laboratory the wharves and sheds of the Guano Company were the favorite bathing place for the men at the Laboratory. Here we swam without even a one-piece bathing suit, and the long distance diving from the high pier was one of the major sports of that time. This brings the story of Woods Hole down to the time when it began to acquire bio- logical significance, and that must form the subject matter of another chapter. re a MICROSCOPES are preferred by the discriminating microscopist because of the high quality of their optical and mechani- cal construction. The illustration above shows a Busch microscope with circular simplified mechanical stage. Information upon request. PALO COMPANY Apparatus for Industrial and Laboratory Use 153 West 23rd Street New York, N. Y. ——————$______, ROBINSON’S PHARMACY B. W. Dris, Prop. R. W. Nickerson, Reg. Phar. Falmoutth’s Oldest Drugstore First-class Drugs and Imported Toilet Articles A Registered Pharmacist Always on Duty [eS ee ee a THE SEA ROBIN Directly on the Sound Club Breakfasts .. 30c up Also Dinner, Tea, and Supper MRS. CRITTENDEN Attractive Weekly Rates Tel. 667-3 Cie ee Compliments of PENZANCE GARAGE WOODS HOLE, MASS. A. L. A. Towing Day or Night Phone 652 PAGE FOUR THE COLLECTING NET The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the activities of the Marine Biologi- cal Laboratory and of Woods Hole in general. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Prof. of Anatomy, Cornell University Medical School. Edwin J. Conklin, Prof. of Biology, Princeton University. Lorande L. Woodruff, Prof. of z0o- logy, Yale University. EDITORIAL STAFF Ware) Cattell gos ot. cressysc-rayt Editor Dorothy Alexander..... Asst. Editor Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn. .General News Helen S. Morris...... General News Contributing Editors Mrs. K. C. Blanchard. .Bus. Manager Jaek BOGE) vse oes «= Sport News (Application for entry as second-class matter is pending.) The Universal Press New Bedford Woods Hole Massachusetts Prospectus With this issue The Collecting Net enters upon the second year of its existence. This summer it will reflect more truiy the “personality” of the laboratory. With the foundation of last year’s experience upon which to build we are confident that we can create something of per- manent and lasting value. We look back upon our rush- ed and stormy existence of last season with mixed feelings of admiration and disgust. There is room for enormous improve- ment, but the process of adapta- tion could not be a sudden. one. We have survived the first year of our struggle for existence and of this fact we are proud. We look forward with anticipa- tion to our rapidly accelerated growth and improvement, and with the cooperation of all those connected with the laboratory we cannot help but bbe success- ful. The Scholarship Fund The Collecting Net began life with rather definite plans as to how it could be of benefit to the Marine Biological Laboratory. One of the more important, per- haps, was the possibility- of initiating a scholarship fund to assist deserving students to re- turn to Woods Hole to carry on independent investigations. There are many ways in which this might be done, but after lengthy deliberation and expert counsel the following plan seems to be the most satisfactory: A sum of money will be awarded at the end of the season to a couple of the “most deserving” students registered in one of the five courses given at the Laboratory. The clause “most deserving” has yet to be defined. Esvecial weight, however, will be given to the following factors: (1) the financial condition of {the ap- plicant; (2) the character of his or her work during the pre- sent summer; (3) the general adaptability of the awardee to the laboratory community. The awards will be made by a com- mittee appointed by the Director of the Marine Biological Labora- tory. Any money received from our paper in excess of expenditures will be turned over to the scholarship fund. In initating this plan we are well aware that our contribution may not be a large one; but we are confident that a great many people con- nected with the laboratory, and others interested in its welfare, will be only too glad to assist in building up a presentable sum of money. Tentatively we have set the lower limit at two hun- dred dollars, but there seems to be no obvious reasons why this amount can not be exceeded. Checks should be made payable to the “C. N. Scholarship Fund”. The cost of the printing and paper alone for this number of The Collecting Net amounted to more than $180.00: If 509 copies are sold the receipts from this source will be only about $70.00. These figures bring out with startling clearness the ex- tent to which we are dependent upon our advertisers. Every paper urges its readers to purchase material from its advertisers, and we must do likewise, trite as it may seem for us to write about it. But in our case the reasons are more urgent and the results are more direct. Every reader is intense- ly interested in the development of the laboratory. An extra column of advertising means that the sum of twelve dollars will be turned over to the Col- lecting Net Scholarship Fund. This money will be used not only directly to assist a deserving student, but indirectly to for- ward the interests of the labora- ‘tory and promote biological re- search. Readers will render a greater service than is perhaps realized if they will not only give first choice to the firms that adver- tise, but, if on making inquiries or on purchasing material, they will make mention of the fact that the announcement in ques- tion was seen in the columns of The Collecting Net. Every firm advertising in The Collecting Net will be only too glad to ans- wer inquires and to send cata- logs if you are in any way in- terested in the materials that they handle. BIGELOW TO LEAD CLUB THIS SEASON The annual meeting of the M. B. L. Club was held Tuesday evening, July 5. The reports of standing committees were read, and various recommendations were made for the consideration of the new committees. The nomination committee present- ed a majority report, and Dr. Lewis of the committee present- ed a minority report in which he nominated Mrs. E. L. Clark for president. As a fitting reward for her service to the club Mr. Clark was elected president, but found it impossible to serve. The following officers were elected: Pres. Dr. R. P. Bige- low, V. Pres. Miss Mary Mac- Dougall, Sec-Treas. Mrs. 8. H. Farr. The retiring officers, under whose regime many improve- ments in the club have been ac- complished, are: Pres. Dr. D. J. Edwards, V. Pres. Dr. C. C. Speidel, Sec.-Treas, Dr. Myra Sampson. EPISCOPAL CHURCH ENTERTAINS M. B. L. The Episcopal Church once more opened its doors to mem- bers of the M. B. L. who were received as guests at a social gathering held at the Parish House of the Church on the Church on the evening of July 6. The graciousness of Rev. James Bancroft and members of the parish made _ every one genuinely enjoy the even- ing. Colored lanterns strung out on the lawn gave hint of the occasion, and inside, the house was festive with bunches of syringa and nasturtiums. De- corating the table were large bouquets of roses in a variety which suggested the vivid pro- fusion of Miss Fay’s garden. The assembly room upstairs was devoted to dancing. Handy’s orchestra in a bower of blos- soms officiated capably upon the platform, and with the hard maple floor provided a combina- tion which the younger set pre-. sent was reluctant to leave, ex- cept, perhaps, to partake of the enticing ice-cream, cake and punch served below by members of the Church Work Association. In the receiving line were the Rev. Bancroft, Mrs. H. H. Fay, Miss S. BE. Bancroft, Miss Flo- rence Fish, and Mrs. W. O. Lus- comb, allrepresenting the Church. From the M. B. L. were Mrs. C. H. Farr, Mrs. W. E. Garrey, Mrs M. H. Jacobs, Mrs. Higgins, Mrs. Linton, Mrs. Galtsoff, Dr. A. Woodward, Dr. C. Parkard, and Dr. D. J. Ed- wards. THE CHEMIST-GENERAL (Apologies to W. S. Gilbert, the Pirates of Penzance and all Major-Generals) I am the very pattern of a modern chemist gineral, I’ve information vegetable, animal, and mineral. Iam well up in physics — quote experiments historical, From Thales, Volta, Faraday, in order categorical. Equations both of integral and differential calculus, I use to plumb the vagaries of beings animalculus— In fact in matters vegetable, animal, and mineral, The colloid chemist shows he is a modern chemist gineral. The filter-passing haze that spoils your very best analysis, The The fair or foul, The swear or howl, ferments that will wreck your final product by catalysis, mists, and fogs, and clouds that go to make the weather smokes a gas-mask won’t adsorb, but make the soldiers And where the agate gets its rings and how the comet swings its tail, And how the pearly nautilus on tropic waters flings its sail— Tn all these matters vegetable, animal, and mineral, You'll find the colloid chemist is a modern chemist gineral. Tf you would know how plants suck up their food by capillarity, The differences in grade of crops, the cause of their disparity, If you would use the messes that organic chemists cuss like sin, See life-like ultramicrons wriggle in a sol of protein— If you would know of rubber, glue soap, leather or linoleum, Of baking, dyeing, fabrics, foods, flotation, or pertoleuam— Recall in matters vegetable, animal and mineral, The colloid chemist proves he is a modern chemist gineral. pH. D. THE COLLECTING NET PAGE FIVE DIRECTORY FOR 1927 Abbreviations BB OuAMY OE UMNGIN GR .. 5is% wpe s ecw oo Bot. TICK EUGIN ce te ae Br rT EV el Ute ee im, fein /ahey eda ep *ienciiane » L. Old Main Building........... Oo. M Rockefeller Building ......... Rock, The abbreviations used for the positions and institutions are the same as those incorporated in “American Men of Science.’’ Thus, taking Dr. Amberson as an example, his position during the regular col- lege year is assistant professor of physiology at the University of Penn- sylvania. His work at the laboratory is carried out in the Brick Building in Room 309. THE STAFF Jacobs, M. H., Director, prof. gen. phys. Pennsylvania. ZOOLOGY I. Investigation Conklin, E. C., prof. zool. Princeton. Grave, C., prof. zool. Washington (St. Louis) Jennings, H. S., prof. zool. Hopkins. Lillie, F. R., prof. emb. Chicago. McClung, C. E., prof. zool. Pennsyl- vania. Mast, S. O., prof. zool. Hopkins. Morgan, T. H., prof. exp. zool. Colum- bia. Parker, G. H., prof. zool. Harvard. Wilson, E. B., prof. zool. Columbia. Wocdruff, L. L., prof. zool. Yale. Il. Instruction Dawson, J. A., instr. zool. Harvard. Martin, E. A., asst. prof. zool. C. C. N. Y.- Cole, E. C., asst. prof. zool. Williams. Bennitt, R., instr. biol. Tufts. Bissonnette, T. H., prof. biol. Trinity. Grant, Madeleine P., asst. prof. zool. Mount Holyoke. Severinghaus, A. E., Columbia Uni- versity. Young, D. zona. B., assoc. prof. biol. Ari- PROTOZOOLOGY I. Investigation (see zoology) Il. Instruction Weodruff, L. L., prof. zool. Yale. Calkins, G. N., prof. protozool. lumbia (absent 1927) MacDougall, M. S., prof. zool. Agnes Scott. Unger, W. B., asst. prof. zool. Dart- mouth. Co- EMBRYOLOGY I. Investigation (see zoology) Il. Instruction Goodrich, H. B., prof. biol. Wesleyan. Grave, B. H., prof. biol. Wabash. Packard, C., assoc. inst. Cancer Res. Columbia. Plough, H. H., prof. biol. Amherst. Rogers, C. G., prof. comp. phys. Oberlin. PHYSIOLOGY I. Investigation Bradley, H. C., prof. phys. chem. Wisconsin. f Garrey, W. E., prof. phys. Vander- bilt Med. Lillie, R. S., prof. gen. phys. Chicago. Mathews, A. P., prof. biol. chem. Cin- cinnati. Il. Instruction Jacobs, M. H., prof. gen. phys. Penn- sylvania. Fenn, W. O., prof. phys. Rochester. Michaelis, L., prof. Berlin; Hopkins. Hartline, H. K., Hopkins. Haywood, C., instr. zool., Vassar. BOTANY I. Investigation '-| Duggar, B. M., prof. pov. phys., Wis- consin. *| Allen, C. E., prof. botany Wisconsin. Brooks, S. C., prof. zool. California. Robbins, W. J., prof. botany Missouri. Schramm, J. R., Editor-in-chief, Bio- logical Abstracts, Pennsylvania. II. Instruction Lewis, I. F., prof. biol. Virginia. ‘Taylor, W. R., asst. prof. botany, Pennsylvania. Pocle, J. P., prof. evol. Dartmouth. INVESTIGATORS Abell, R. G., Inst. Allen, Eleanor, grad. Brown. Amberson, W. R., asst. prof. phys., Pennsylvania Med. Br. 309 Armstrong, P., instr. anat. Med. Br. 318 Arncld, Constance W., demonstrator. Brown. Br. 233. Austin, Mary L., lege. Br. 315 Baker, Lillian E., asst. Dept. Exp. Surg. Rockefeller Inst. O. M. Base. Barth, L. G., asst. zool. Michigan. Br. 217A instr. biol. Hampton Cornell lect. Barnard Col- Bartholomew, W. W., res. stud. Co- lumbia. Baskerville, Margaret, adj. prof. Texas Med. Br. 315. Belling, J., fellow. Carnegie Inst. Br. 25. Bigelow, R. P., prof. Inst. Tech. Br. 234. Bissonnette, T. H., prof. biol. Trinity. O. M. 26. Blackford, S. D., instr. med. Va. Lab. Physicians. Dorm. Room 103. Blanchard, K. C., asst. prof. biochem zool., Mass. New York. Br. 325. Blumenthal, R., grad. phys. Pennsyl- vania. Br. 2170. Bowen, R. H., assoc. prof. zool. Co- lumbia. Br. 327. Bradley, H. C., prof. phys. Wiscon- sin. Br. 122A. Breitenbenbecher, J. K., lect. zool., McGill. L. 25. Bridges, C. B., res. asst., Carnegie Inst. Br. 332. Bronfenbrenner, J. J., assoc., Rocke- feller. Br. 208. Bronk, D. W., assoc. , Swarthmore. Br. 340. Brooks, Mrs. M. M., California until July 2, Bot. 4. Brooks, S. B., prof. zool., California until July 2. Brooks, S. C., prof. phys., Rutgers. prof. phys. Budington, R. A., prof. zool., Ober- lin. Br. 218. Campbell, C. J., asst. prof. phys., Syracuse. Br. 106. Canavan, W. P., instr. zool., Penn- sylvania. Br. 217. Carothers, E. Eleanor, Pennsylvania. Br. 221. Carpenter, Esther, asst. zool. Wiscon- lect. zool., Gynaly Dekad lala Carver, G. L., prof. biol., Mercer. Br. 315. Cattell, M., phys. Cornell Med. Br. 214. Cattell, W., Res. fellow biol., Memor- ial Hosp., N. Y. Br. 223. Chambers, R., prof. micr. anat., Cor- nell Med. Br. 328C. Cheer, S. N., fellow of Rockefeller Foundation, Peking Union Med. college. Br. 107. Chen, C. C., prof. biol., Shanghai, China. Br. 322. Chen, T. Y., grad. stud., protozool., Columbia. Br. 314, Chidester, F. E., prof. Virginia. Br. 344, Christie, J. R., assoc. nematologist, U. S. Dept. Agr. Rock. Hast. Clark, Eleanor L., grad. anat. Penn- sylvania Med. Br. 117. Clark, E. R., prof. anat., Pennsyl- vania Med. Br. 117. Clark, L. B., grad. zool. Johns Hop- kins. Br. 315. Clowes, G. H. A., direc. search Lab. Br. 328. Cobb, N. A., agr. technologist. U. S. Dept. Agr. Rock. East. Cohen, B., chem. Hygieric (D. G.) Br. 324. Cohn, E. J., asst. prof. phy. chem. Harvard Med., Br. 109. Cole, E. C., asst. prof. biol. Williams. O. M. 24. Cole, K., nat. res. Br. 114. Conklin, E. G., prof. bio!., Princeton. Bre 225. zool., West Lilly Re- Lab. fellow. Elarvard. Copeland, J., asst. biol. Earlham (Ind.) Bot. Cepeland, M., prof. bio!., Bowdoin. Be. 304. Cowdry, E. V., assoc. Rockefellow Inst. Br. 209A. Cowles, R. P., assoc. prof. zvol, Johns Hopkins. Br. 222. Crawford, W. W., fellow zool. Mis- souri. Br. 217. Geacker; W., direc. Boyce Thompson nst. Curtis, W. C., prof. zool. Missouri. Br. 336. Darby: H. H., instr. phys. New York. Pe es Dawson, J. A., instr. zool. Harvard, O. M. 28. Dellinger, S. C., prof. zool. Arkansas, Bot. Disalvo, Mrs. B., asst. biol. George Washingion H. S. Rock. Inst. Br. 115. Downing, R. C., grad. stud. Wabash. {Ind.) Br. 234. Drew, Kathleen M., lect. bot. Man- chester (Eng.) Bot. 4. Duggar, B. M., prof. bot. phys. Wis- consin, Br. 122B. Durrant, E. P., asst. prof. phys. Ohio State. Br. 3. Edwards, D. J., assoc. Cornell Med. Br. 214. Elftman, H., asst. zool. Co1umbia. Br. 314. Emmart, Emily W., assoc. prof. biol. Western Maryland. Br. 126. Esaki, S., asst. prof. Keio Med. (Ja- pan). Br. 331. Farr, C. H., assoc. prof. bot. Wash- ington (Mo.) O. M. Base. Farr, Mrs. W. K., Barnard Hosp. (St. Louis) O. M. Base. Fenn, W. O., prof. phys. Rochester Med. Br. 341. Field, Elsie, Radcliffe, Br. 213. Field, Madeleine, asst. phys. Holyoke. Br. 122C. Fish, H. D., grad. stud. Columbia. O. M. 34. Fogg, J. M. Jr., instr. bot. Pennsyl- vania. Bot. 22. Freeman, L. B., grad. stud. Pennsyl- vania. Rock. Fry, H. J., asst. prof. biol. New York. O. M. Base. Garrey, W. E., prof phys. Vanderbilt Med. Br. 215. Gates, F. L., assoc. memb. Rockefeller Inst. Br. 209B. prof. phys. Mt. Dolley, W. L. Jr., prof. biol. Buffalo. Br. 339. Donaldson, H. H., prof. neur. Wistar Genther, Ida T., asst. zool. Wisconsin. BrniZZc; Glaser, R. W., assoc. memb. Rocke- feller Inst. Br. 209. Glaser, O. C., prof. biol. Amherst. Br, 204. Goodkind, R., stud. Harvard Med. Br. 109. Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan, (Conn.) Br. 210. Goldfarb, A. J., prof. biol. C. iC, N. Y. L. 34. Gorden, Isabella, res. worker, Im- perial College, London. Br. 335. Graham, J. Y., prof. biol. Alabama. i. 225 Grave, B. H., prof. zool. Wabash (Iind.) Br. 234. Griswold, Sylvia, instr. biol. Penn. Col. Women Bot. Gruenberg, B. C., direc. Am. Assoc. Med. Progress. O. M. Grundfest, H., fellow, Columbia. Br. 314. Hadley, C. E., grad. zool. Harvard. Br AZT Hague, Florence, asst. biol. Sweet Briar. L. 24. Hall, R. P., asst. prof. zool. New York. Tre Hance, R. T., assoc. zool. Rockefeller Inst. L. 21. Hann, H. W., instr. emb. Illinois. Br. 222. Hansen, I. B., asst. zool. Wesleyan, (Conn.) Harral, Ruth, Cornell Med. Br. 324. Harrop, G. A. Jr, assoc. prof. med. Johns Hopkins Med. Br. 312. Hartline, H. K., grad. phys. Johns Hopkins Med. Br. 229. Harvey, E. N., prof. phys. Princeton. Br. 116. prof. Haywood, Charlotte, grad. phys. Pennsylvania. O. M. 6. Hecht, S., assoc. prof. biophysics, Columbia. Br. 230. Heilbrunn, L. V., asst. prof. zool. Michigan. Br. 330. Heyroth, F. F., nat. res. fel. Harvard Med. Br. 110. Hibbard, Hope, Preparateur, Sor-~ bonne, Hidalgo, F., asst. Rockefeller Inst.. Br. 208. Hiller, H., asst. biol. lab. Krakow (Poland) Br. 324. Hoadley, L., asst. prof. biol. Brown. Br. 329. Hof, Anne, grad. bot. Radcliffe. Bot. Hofkesbring, Roberta, instr. pnys. Tulane. O. M. Holmes, Gladys E. grad. asst. Brown. By. 315. Hoskins M. M., asst. prof. hist. New York. L. 33. Hoskins, R G., res. assoc. phys. Har- vard Med. Br. 3. Howe, H. E., editor Am. Chem. Soc. Br. 304. Howe, T. D., instr. biol. James Milli- kin. Bot.° Howland, Ruth B., asst. prof. biol, New York. Br. 331. Huettner, A. F., asst. prof. zool. Co- lumbia. Br. 314. Hughes, T. P., asst. Rockefeller Inst. Br. 206. Inman, O. L., prof. biol. Antioch. Br. 114. Irwin, Marion, assoc. phys. Rocke- feller Inst. Br. 207. Jacobs, M. H., prot. gen. phys. Penn- sylvania, Br. 205. Jennings, H. S., prof. zool. Johns Hop- kins. Br. 126. Johlin, J. M., assoc. pro®. biochem. Vanderbilt Med. Br. 342 Johnsen, P. L., grad. asst. zool. Johns Hopkins. Br. 311. Johnson, R. H. Jr., res. stud. Colum- bia. 0. M. 34. PAGE SIX INVESTIGATORS—Cont. Just, E E., prof. zool. Howard Br. 228. Kaltreider, N. L., Swarthmore. Br. 340. Kapp, Eleanor M., asst. biol. New York. Br. 2. Kaufmann, B. P., prof. biol. South- western (Tenr.i Pr. 305. Keefe, A. M., prof. biol. St. Nor- bert (Wis.) Bot. 5. Keltch, Anna K., res. asst. Ely Lilly and ‘Co. Br. 328. Klein, H., grad. Pennsylvania. O. M. (e Kleiner, I. S., prof. chem. N. Y. H. Med. L. 23. Knowlton, F. P., prof. phys. Syracuse Med. Br. 106. Koch, Henry, tech., Rockefeller Inst. Br. 206. Koehring, Vera, fel. zool. Pennsyl- vania. Br. 217n. Kropp, B., zool. Harvard. Br. 217f. Lancefield, D. E., asst. prof. zool. Co- lumbia. Br. 1. Lancefield, Rebecca C., asst. bact. Rockefeller Inst. Hosp. Br. 206. Landis, E. M., grad. phys. Pennsyl- vania. Br. 205. Lee, M. O., res. assoc. Harvard Med. Bros Ee I. F., prof biol. Virginia. Bot. Light, V. E., grad. Johns Hopkins, Br. 217k. eS F. R., prof. zool. Chicago. Br. Lillie, R. S., prof. gen. phys. Chicago. Br. 326. Loeb, L., prof. path. Washington Med. (St. Louis) Br. 122C. Lorberblatt, I., chem. Harriman Res. Lab. New York. Br. 122C. Lu, H. L., grad. Columbia. Br. 314. Lucas, Catkerine L. T., trav. fel. zool. London. Br. 217g. Lucas, E. R., instr. anat. Kansas. Lucke, B., assoc. prof. path. Penn- sylvania. Br. 310. Lynch, Ruth S., instr. Hopkins. Br. 126. Lyon, E. P., prof. phys. Minnesota Med. Br. 106. Martin, E. A., asst. prof. zool. C. C. Ney. OO. ML 28: Mast, S. O., prof. zool. Johns Hop- kins. Br. 311. Matthews, S. A., grad. Harvard. Br. 217e. Until June 28. Mavor, J. W., prof. biol. Union. Br. 343. May, R. M., res. fel. Am. Field Ser- vice (France). Br. 110. Aug. 15. McCardle, R. C., grad. Michigan. Br. 217c. McClendon, J. F., prof. phys. chem. Minnesota. Br. 342. McClung, C. E., prof. zool. Pennsyl- vania. Br. 219. zool. Johns McCutcheon, M., asst. prof. path. Pennsylvania. Br. 310. MacDougall, Mary S., prof. zool. Agnes Scott. O. M. 21. Macnab, Alleyne, tech. surg. Rocke- feller Inst. Rock. McNamara, Helen, tech. Rockefeller Inst. Br. 207. Metcalf, M. M., res. assoc. zool. Johns Hopkins. Br. 203. Metz, C. W., staff memb. Carnegie Inst. Cold Spring Harbor. Br. 223. Michaclis, L., resident lect. Johns Hopkins Med. Br. 312. Mitchell, P. H., prof. phys. Brown Br. 233. Mitchell, W. H. Jr., fel. phys. Har- vard. Br. 110. Montgomery, H., Harvard Med. Br. 107. ; Moore, Imogene, grad. Yale. Br. 217j Morgan, T. H., prof. zool. Columbia. | Br. 320. Merrill, C. V., asst. prof. anat. Cor- nell Med. L. 27. Morrison, M. E., grad. phys. Pennsyl- vania. Br. 110. Mosez, Mildred S., res. asst. Carnegie Inst. Br. 223. Nelsin, O. E., instr. zool. Pennsyl- vania. Br. 217m. THE COLLECTING NET Newman, H. H., prof. zool. Chicago. Br. 226. Noble, G. K., curator, Dept. Herp. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Br. 306. Nomura, S., asst. prof. zool. Tohoku Imp. (Japan) O. M. Base. Nonidez, J. F., assoc. anat. Cornell Med. Br. 318. Packard, C., asst. prof. zool. Inst. Cancer Res. (Columbia.) O. M. 2. Parker, G. H., prof. zool. Harvard. Br. 213. Parmenter, C. L., asst. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br. 220. Parpart, Ethel R., asst. phys. Am- herst. Br. 204. Patterson, W. M., independent inves- tigator zool. (New York) Br. 315. Perlzweig, W. A., assoc. med. Johns Hopkins. Br. 312. Phelps, Lillian A., instr. zool. Cornell. O. M. 3. Pierce, Madelene E., grad. zool. Rad- cliffe. Rock. Pinney, Mary E., prof. zool. Milwau- kee-Downer. Br. 217h. Plough, H. H., prof. biol. Amherst. Br. 125. Pollock, K. H., Cornell Med. Br. 328. Pocle, J. P., prof. evolu. Dartmouth. Pond, S. E., asst. prof. phys. Penn- sylvania Med. Br. 224. Rand, H. W., assoc. prof. zool. Har- vard. L. 30. Redfield, A. C., asst. prof. phys. Har- vard Med. Br. 107. Redfield, Helen, Nat. Res. Fel. zool. Columbia. Br. 514. Reynolds, S. R. M., asst. phys. Swarthmore. Br. 340. St. DeRenyi, G., asst. prof. anat. Pennsylvania. Br. 117. Reznikoff, P., assoc. anat., instr. med. Cornell Med. Br. 324. ; Rice, K S., assoc. prof. phys. Brown. Oe IME As Richards, A., prof. zool. Oklahoma. L. 26. Richards, Mildred H., res. asst. Okla- homa. L. 26. Ringoen, A. R., asst. prof. zool. Min- nesota. Br. 217e. Ritter, R. A., res. asst. Missouri State. Br. 336. Rogers, C. G., prof. Oberlin. Br. 218. Romer, A. S., assoc. prof. vert. pala- eon. Chicago. L. 28. Rowlee, Silence, asst. prof. bot. El- mira. Bot. Runyon, E. H., instr. bot. Washing- ton (St. Louis) Br. 110. Sanders, Gertrude B., Swarthmore. Br. 340. Sayles, L. P., asst. prof. biol. Nor- wich (Vt.) L. 29. Schaeffer, A. A., prof. zool. Kansas. Br. 3338. Schmitt, F. O., Nat. Res. Fel. phys. Washington (St. Louis) Br. 301. Schrader, F., assoc. prof. zool. Bryn Mawr. O. M. 29. Schrader, Sally H., instr. zool. Bryn Mawr. O. M. 29. Schultz, J., Nat. Res. Fel. zool. Co- lumbia. Br. 314. Scott, Miriam J, inst. zool. Pennsyl- vania. Br. 221. comp. phys. res. asst. Sears, Mary, grad. zool. Radcliffe. Rock. Severinghaus, A. E., inst. anat. Co- lumbia. O. M. 31. Shaftesbury, A. D., assoc. prof. zool. N. C. Col. Women. L. 31. Shlaer, S., stud. asst. zool. Columbia. Br. 314. Shoup, C. S., asst. Br, did. Sichel, F. J. M., phys. McGill. Br. 111. Smith, G. H., instr. bot. Illinois. Bot. Smith, Septima C., fel. med. zool. Johns Hopkins. Rock. Smith, W. A., grad. asst. phys. Penn- sylvania. Br. 309. Sonneborn, T. M., grad. zool. Johns Hopkins. Br. 126. Sribyatta, L., instr. phys. Chulalong- kora Med. (Siam) Br. 111. Stark, Mary B., prof. emb. N. Y. H. Med. L. 23. zool. Princeton. Steen, E. B., instr. zool. Wabash (Ind.) Br. 234. Steggerda, F. R., fel. sota. Rock. Stewart, Dorothy R., instr. biol. Lake Erie. Br. 110. Stockard, C. R., prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br. 317. Stckey, Alma G, prof. bot. Mt. Hol- yoke. Bot. 5. Strong, O. 5., prof. neur. Columbia. chem. Rm. Stunkard, H. W., York. Br. 232. Sturtevant, A. H., memb. staff Car- negie Inst. Columbia. Br. 1. Sumwalt, Margaret, instr. phys. Pennsylvania. Br. 309. Swett, F. H., assoc. prof. anat. Van- derbilt Med. Br. 339. Taft, C. H. Jr., grad. phys. Colum- phys. Minne- prof. biol. New bia. Br. 217d. Taylor, Jean Grant, Pennsylvania. Bot. Taylor, W. R., prof. bot. Pennsyl- vania. Bot. Titlebaum, A., asst. zool. Columbia. Br. 314. Tracy, H. C., prof. zool. Kansas. L. 9 Turner, Abby H., prof. phys. Mt. Holyoke. Br. 211. Uhlenhuth, E, assoc. prof. anat. Mary- land Med. Br. 122D. Ullian, Silka S., res. asst. Carnegie Inst. O. M. 4. Unger, W. B., ‘asst. prof. zool. Dart- mouth. O. M. 22. Visscher, J. P., assoc. prof. Western Reserve. L. 34. Walden, Eda B., res. asst. Eli Lilly & \Co., Research Lab. Br. 328. Wear, J. H., res. asst. Harvard Med. Weech, A. A., instr. med. Johns Hop- biol. kins. Br. 312. Wells, H. S., Nat. Res. Fel. Med. Harvard Med. Br. 110. Wenrich, D. H., asst. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br. 219. Whedon, A. D., prof. phys. N. D. Agri. Br. 226 (Aug. 1) Whitaker, D. M., grad. asst. zool. Stanford. Br. 332. Willey, C. H., instr. biol. New York. Bre2iips Wilson, J. W., Brown. Br. 329. Wolf, E., asst. zool. Heidelberg. Br. 110. Wolf, E. A., instr. phys. Pittsburgh. Br. 315. asst. prof. biol. Woodruff, L. L., prof. protozool. Yale. Br. 323. Wocdward, Alvalyn E., Research worker. Michigan. L. 24. Wyman, J. W., instr. biol. Harvard. Br. 109. Yeung, R. Arliner, ‘asst. prof zool. Howard. Br. 228. Young, D. B., prof. biol. Maine. O. M. 27. STUDENTS The abbreviations used are the same as in the list of investigators. In the case of Mr. Ballard, the in- formation given is that he is an undergraduate student at Darth- mouth College and that he is taking the course in botany at the labora- tory. If the individual is a girl the first name is given. Abell, Richard G., instr. biol. Hamp- ton Inst. zool. Adams, T. G., fel. biol. C. C. N. Y. proto. "2 Alexander, Eleanor G., grad. Colum- bia. proto. Andrews, Ava Lee, asst. zool. North Carolina College, zool. Apgar, Grace M., Pennsylvania. zool. Bahrs, Alice M., asst. phys. Califor- nia. phys. Bailey, Jr., P. L., grad. Brown. emb. Baily, Jr., J. L., fel. biol. Johns Hopkins. emb. Baker, Carolyn. Vassar. bot. Ballard, W. W., Dartmouth. zool. Barron, E. S. G., fel. phys. Lima (Peru). Beebe, Mary E., Oberlin. zool. Beyer, Kathe M., Brown. emb. Bilstad, Nellie M., asst. biol. Wiscon- sin. zool. Blount, R. F., instr. Zool. Arizona. Bond, Evelyn, grad Pennsylvania zool. Borquist, May, res. fel. Cornell Med. phys. Bosworth, E. B., asst. biol. Yale. emb. Boughton, Esther M., Mt. Holyoke. emb. Bowers, W. B., Harvard. bot. Bradley, Mary A., jr. nematologist. Dept. Agr. zool. Brown, D. E., instr. biol. New York. zool Butler, Elizabeth, Vassar. zool. Chase, Jr., A. M., asst. biol. Amherst. emb. Chen, N. S., Pennsylvania. emb. Clarke, R. W., instr. phys. New York. phys. Cline, Elsie, Johns Hopkins Univer- sity. zool. Clcudman, A. M., biol. mont. zool. Crane, N. F., Bowdoin. emb. Curtis, Mary E., asst. biol. Wilson emb. Dalton, A. J., Wesleyan. emb. Davidson, Margaret, North Carolina College, emb. instr. Ver- anat. Pittsburg, prot. Deichmann, Elizabeth, Radcliffe. emb. Delure, G. H., fel. Louvain, Belgium, phys. Dettmer, Clara R., Columbia. prot. Downey, H. R., Johns Hopkins Med. phys. Drumtra, Elizabeth, Wilson. zool. Dunbar, F. F., Harvard. bot. Elftman, H. O., asst. zool. Columbia. zool. Elis, Marjorie F., asst. zool. Dal- housie. zool. Ferris, Frances R., asst. zool. Wash- ington (Mo.) zool. Fletcher, Lydia M., emb. Fort, Irene, Pennsylvania. bot. Frame, Elizabeth G., Dalhousie. zool. Frank, R. L., Corne!l Med. phys. Furtos, Norma C., asst. biol. Western Reserve. zool. Goedloe, Sara, Goucher. proto. Gregg, W. I., Harvard. zool. Gregory, P. W., Harvard. zool. Grizzle, Lucile A., teacher biol. Los Angeles H. S. emb. Hall, E. K., asst. zool. Yale. zool. Hamilton, Sally, Elmira. emb. ‘Hammond, J. W., Cambridge, Mass. phys. lect. Hampel, C. W., Wesleyan. zool. Hardesty, Mary, fellow biol. Neweomb emb. Hare, Laura, De Pauw. zool. grad. Brown. Henderson, J. T., lecturer. McGill: phys. : Herskowitz, I. A., Columbia. emh. Hetherington, W. A., asst. zool. Columbia. prot. Hiller, S., Cracow (Poland) zool. Hiraiwa, Y. K., grad. Chicago. emb. Holliday, G. H., teacher biol. West Va. H.'S. prot. é Hollinshead, W. H., instr. biol. Van- derbilt. emb. Hopkins, S. H., William and Mary. zool. , Hoppaugh, Katherine W., Arizona. bot. Howland, Esther, phys. Hubbard, Catherine E., teacher Hart- ford H. S. proto. Husted, Clara M., grad. Rocnester. grad. Columbia. zool. 1 Husted, D. L., Oberlin. bot. Jansen, J. B., prosector of anat. University of Oslo (Norway) emb. Jewett, Frances L., Wellesley. bot. Johnson, P. E., Amherst. zool. Keith, Bernice, Nebraska. bot. Kerrigan, Alice M., instr. biol. Bos- ton T. C. zool. De Bone, Frances M., student. asst. Lane, Elinor M., asst. biol. Goucher. zool. Leonard, S. L., Rutgers. zool. Lichtman, Frieda, New York. emb. Light, Jr., F. W. Johns Hopkins. phys. Lovell, H. B., Harvard. zool. Luce, W. M., Illinois. emb. Martin, S. J., res. asst. Wisconsin. zool. ees P. N., grad Syracuse. zool. McClintock, Barbara, instr. bot. Cor- nell. bot McClure, G. Y., Dartmouth. zool. McClure, Katherine L., instr. biol. Morningside ((Ia.) zool. MacCoy, C. V., Harvard. zool. MacFarlane, Constance, Dalhousie. bot. McGoun, Jr., R. C., asst. biol. Am- herst. emb. McInerney, Katheryn M., Tufts. zool. McNutt, Dorothea. Wesleyan (IIl.) zool, Miller, Ruth A., Bryn Mawr. emb. Millikin, Eleanor, Wellesley. zool. Molina, Ana M., teacher biol. Porto Rico. zool. Morris, Helen S., grad. Columbia. prot. Nabrit, S. M., instr. zool. Morehouse (Ga.) emb. Naylor, Ernst, instr. bot. Missouri. bot. Nelson, G. E., instr. biol. C. C. N. Y. Newcomer, A. Virginia, Goucher. zool. Newton, M. Isabel, asst. phys. Mt. Holyoke. phys. Olcott, C. T., instr. path. Cornell Med. phys. Pankratz, D. S., instr. biol. Kansas. phys. Parpart, A. K., instr. biol. Amherst. phys. Parsons, Elizabeth H., grad. Oberlin. emb. Patrick, Ruth M., Coker (S. C.) bot. Leta Katherine M., Washington. (Mo.) zool. Pickett, W. N., Wabash. zool. Pinsdorf, Kate, Smith. bot. Prefontaine, G. H., ‘asst. biol. Mont- real. zool. Pyle, Theresa P., Smith. bot. Reck, Virginia D., asst. biol. Yale. zool. Richter, Marion C. R., Columbia. prot. Roberston, G. M., instr. biol. Dart- mouth. prot. Rowell, L. S., instr. biol. Vermont. emb. Schmidt, L. M., instr. biol. Tufts. zool, Scott, Julian P., Kodaker. O. M. 6. Shields, M. L., instr. biol. Phillips Acad. (Mass.) prot. Shinar, Catherine, Hunter. zool. Shorey, Dorothy C., Radcliffe. zool. Small, Virginia, Butler (Ind.) zocl. Smelser, G. K., Earlham (Ind.) zool. Snell, G. D., grad. Harvard. zool. Stabler, R. M., Swarthmore. zool. Steele, C. W., Missourl. phys. Stehr, W. C., asst. zool. Minnesota. zool. Sun, T. P., Rockefeller Foundation. zool. Te Winkle, Helen Oberlin. phys. Tracy, Barbara, Connecticut. emb. Turnbull, Virginia E., teacher Dor- chester H. S. for Girls. zool. Turner, Edna M., asst. biol. York. phys. Uhlenhuthe, E., Maryland. phys. Van Rhyn, Elsie A., instr. biol. Porto Rico. prot. Waterman, A. J., asst. biol. Meeetern Reserve. emb. Wells, Evelyn C., Tennessee. bot. Wen, I. C., fel. Rockefeller Founda- tion. emb. Wilde, Frances M., Radcliffe. zool. Woodard, Jr., T. M., instr. biol. Van- derbilt. emb. M., zool. asst. New assoc. prof. anat. Wocdruff, L. R., prof. zool. Yale. Br.’ THE COLLECTING NET Wu, C. F., asst. biol. Wisconsin. prot. Zimmer, Dorothy K., grad. Columbia. proto. Zimmermann, Helen R., | Massachusetts H. S. bot. teacher ADMINISTRATION MacNaught, F. M., business manager. Crowell, Polly Lv asst. 'to the busi- ness manager. Chamberlain, Thelma I., secretary. MacNaught, Jeanette, office asst. Grizzle, Helen, secretary. LIBRARY Montgomery, Mrs. T. H. Jr., libra- rian. Underwood, Katharine, asst. libra- lan. Lawrence, Deborah, secretary. Chase, Hazel, ‘typist. Rohan, Mary, file clerk. Lyman, Marvis, file clerk. NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL Crocker, W., div. biol. and agr. Elliot, Edith L., sec. Board Nat. Res. Fellowships, biol. sciences. Thorne, Louise C., Sec. to Dr. CHEMICAL SUPPLY ROOM Strong, O. S,. assoc. prof. neur., Co- lumbia, Director. Wolff, W. A., grad. chem. Penn., asst. Director. Hoss, Dorothea, stud. Holyoke. Hale, Joseph, stud. Oberlin. Holbert, Pauline, stud. Elmira. Kril, Elsa, stud. Elmira. Mast, Louise, stud. Roland Park. McKeel, Evelyn, stud. Holyoke. Cole. Spivack, Betty, stud. Hunter. Toledo Hospital. Richard, Oscar, grad. phys. Harvard. MECHANICAL DEPT. Larkin, T., supt. Khaler, R., asst. MacBeth, B. J., night operator Steele, N., fireman BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS Russel, M. SUPPLY DEPARTMENT Gray, G. M., Curator. Veeder, J. J., ‘Captain. Lewis, E. M., Engineer. Leathers, A. W., Head of shipping department. Hiltor, A. M., Collector. McInnis, Jr., Collector. Godrich, J., Collector. Conklin, P., Fireman. Lehy, J., Collector and chauffeur. McAfee, Cora J., Secretary. Crowell, Ruth S., Secretary. Luce, H. N., Fish trap man. Lillie, W., Deckhand. Parrish, J., Collector. Sensenig, H. R., Collector. R., night watchman. | Alsever, J., Collector. Whitelaw, R. N. S., Collector. Hobbs, K., Collector. Yeomans, A., Collector. Mason, W. V., Collector. Ballard, F. J., Deckhand. |Gray, I. E., Curator’s assistant; As- sistant professor of Zoology Tulane University, New Orleans, La. Wamsley, S. W., Special preparator; Supervisor of Schools, Charleston, S. C. i PUREAU OF FISHERIES Fisheries Biological Laboratory U. S. Department of Commerce Higgins, E., chief div. of scientific inquiry, U. S. B. of F., Director. Bateman, C. B., technician, U. S. Zimmerman, Auerill, chem. and bact. Hilten, H. A., supt. buildings and} grounds. Hemenway, W., carpenter. | Bisco, A. H., storekeeper and head|- janitor. Russel, R. L., gardner. PAGE SEVEN Dept. Agr. Buhrer, Edna M., S. Dept. Agr. jr. nematologist, U. Christie, J. R., assoc. nematologist, U. S. Dept. Agr. Cobb, N. A., nematologist, U. S. Dept. iAlgr. Cobb, A., lab. aid, U. S. Dept. Agr. Cohen, B., chem., U. S. Hygienic La- boratory. Cole, A. E., asst. prof. biol., North- western. Conger, P. S., diatomist, asst. Carne- gie Institution. Ford, Regina M., asst. librarian, U. S. B. of F. Washington. Fries, E.. F. B., fel. zool., investigator. Galtsoff, Eugenia, lab. aid. Gates, G. E., prof. biol. (Burma). Gee, H., Yale. Glancy, J. B., asst. Harvard. Judson biochem. Pease Lab. (N. Y.) Hall, F. G., prof. biol. Duke. deinly, Helen M., jr. nematologist, U. S. Dept. Agr. Hemmeter, J. C., physician, Balti- more. Hill, S. E., fel. biol. Princeton, res. worker. LeHew, A. E., temporary asst. U. S. B: of B. INTERNATIONAL Lepkovsky, S., bio. chem. Wisconsin. Lewis, F. P., Buffalo. Linton, E., res. fel. Pennsylvania. MacCallum, G. A., parasitologist, Baltimore. McCarthy, Hallie M., U. S. B. of F., Sec. to the Director. Nesbit, R. N., jr. aquatic biol., U. S. B. of F. O’Brien W., director, Boston Aqua- rium, Boston. Pease, H. B., tech. Pease Lab. (N. Y.) Pearse, R. 1 temporary asst. U. S. B: of i, Pearson, J. C., temporary asst. U. S. B. of F. Perkins, E. B., temporary asst. U. S. B. of F. Power, Gertrude L., jr. scientific aid U.S. Dept. of Agr. Scheidt, C., temporary asst. U. S. B. of F. Sette, O. E., Chief, Division of Fish- ery Industries, U. S. B. of F Smith, H. M., Director eries, Bangkok, Siam. Talavera, F., Pensionada, Philipine Government. Wheeler, P. H., Bs of EY Wilson, C. B., Head Science Dept. Mass State Normal School. of Fish- temporary asst. U. S. CENTRIFUGES EQUIPMENT CO. 352 Western Ave., Boston, Mass. These Centrifuges were developed to meet, in a practical Way, the varied requirements of many laboratories. They are made in several sizes, with capacities ranging from two tubes of 15 ml. each to ten cups of 1500 ml. each, and with relative centrifugal forces up to 3800 times gravity. Bulletins C1 and C2 describe the most used Laboratory Sizes. Turtox Biology Materials The Six Turtox Catalogs describe MODELS MICROSCOPE SLIDES LANTERN SLIDES SKELETONS MUSEUM PREPARATIONS APPARATUS AND INSTRUMENTS LIVE AND PRESERVED SPECIMENS Write for Your Catalogs Today For Botany, Zoology and Embryology The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE (Incorporated) 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place Chicago Illinois PAGE EIGHT THE COLLECTING NET Ne ps BUS SCHEDULE WOODS HOLE, FALMOUTH & FALMOUTH HEIGHTS—SUMMER SCHEDULE In Effect June 15 to September 1, 1927, inclusive. Rates Between—Woods Hole and Falmouth, 25c; Woods Hole and Quissett, 20c; Woods Hole and Falmouth Heights, 40c¢; Quissett and Falmouth, 20c; Falmouth and Falmouth Heights, 20c. Children under 12 years of age, half fare. Children, under 12 years, Woods Hole and Falmouth, round trip, 25ce. 10 Trip Ticket, Woods Hole and Falmouth, $2.00 (Adults Only). Schedule Week Days (Daylight Saving Time) Leave A. M. P.M: Woods Hole, 8.25 10.15 11.20 1.35 2.45 3.55 5.00 7.15 8.15 10.10 Due Falmouth 8.45 10.30 11.40 1.55 3.05 4.20 5.20 7.35 8.35 10.25 Fal. Heights 8.55 10.40 11.50 2.05 3.15 » ‘BGO S20 cree Leave A. M. Pees Ral: Herhts 9:00) 10-40 17-50) 2:05 3.15 ....:, 5.30) 2 cermemeee Falmouth 9.15 10.50 12.00 2.15 3.25 4.20 5.40 7.45 9.30 16. 30 (E. Theatre) Due Woods Hole 9.35 11.10 12.20 a) 3.45 4.40 6.00 8.05 9.50 10. si SCHEDULE—SUNDAYS ONLY (Daylight Saving Time) A. M. PHAM Leave Woods Hole P. O. 8.20 10.10 11.20 .... 3.00 4.30 6.00 Leave Fal. (E. Theatre) 8.60 10.25 11.85 12.05 3.20 4.50 6.20 Due Fal. Hegihts P. O. 8.50 10.35 11.45 12.15 3.30 5.00 6.30 A. M. P. M. Leave Fal. Heights P. O. 8.55 10.40 11.45 12.15 3.85 5.05 6.35 Leave Falmouth (E. Theatre) 9.05 10.50 11.55 12.25 3.45 5.15 6.45 Due Woods Hole OL26 ELLOS es so 4.05 5.35 7.05 SCHEDULE—SATURDAY EVENINGS ONE Bale Leave Woods Hole 6.45 Te S 9.30 10.15 Leave Falmouth (E. Theatre) 7.15 9.00 9.45 10.30 Positively no errands done between June 20 and Sept. 1 except banking. Bus connects with boats: 9.40, 10.15 a. m., 3.50, 4.45, 7.00 p. m. TRAIN SCHEDULE DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME Woods Hole to Boston—Week Days A.M. A.M. ‘A.M. P.M. P.M. Woods Hole, 6.30 7.15 10.25 2.05 5.05 Falmouth, 6.37 (fer) 10.32 2.13 5.13 Boston, 9.00 9.20 12.30 4.35 7.17 Boston to Woods Hole—Week Days A.M.sA.M. A.M. P.M.sP.M. P.M.+ P.M. P.M:s Boston, Se eee 8.30 1.06 1.12 4.08 4.27 8.30 Falmouth 7.387 9.28 10.58 3.08 3.28 6.01 6.382 10.57 Woods Hole, 7.45 9.30 11.00 3.15 3.30 6.08 6.40 11.05 SUNDAY TRAINS To Boston From Boston Read Down Read Up A.M. P.M. P.M. P.M. P.M*.| Woods Hole, 9.15 4.385 5.05 6.00 9.00 9.30 11.00 Falmouth, 9.28 4.42 5.138 6.07 -9.08 9.23 10.53 Boston, ccleke: HGSOD Mite: welled dae (lS 8.30 A.M. A.M. THE “CAPE CODDER” June 26 to Sept. 11 inclusive. Fridays Only (Sleeping cars only.) Sundays Only New York (G.C.T.) 11.20 P.M. Woods Hole 9.00 P.M. 125th Street 11.30 P.M. 125th Street 5.19 A.M. Woods Hole 7.45 A.M. New York (G.C.T.) 5.30 A.M. + Will not run Sept. 5 sSaturdays only. *Runs Monday, Sept. 5, instead of Sunday, Sept. 4. 2 = § see YARD & NANTUCKET STEAM- NEW BEDFORD, MARTHAS VINE- WHAT'S WHAT | 2osrtxe ° ime own ow is Daylight W Saving Time In oods Hole Summer Schedule Telegraph Office Hours In effect June 12, 1927 Daylight Time fee Week Days Week Days .......8.30 a.m.to 8.00 p.m. N. Bedford BG a eee me Sundays . ...... 10.00 a.m. to 11.00 a.m. || Woods Hole 9.40 11.15 3.50 7.00 6.30 p.m. to 7,00 p.m, Oak Bluffs, 10.40 12.00 4.40 8.10 Holidays) 2) ese. 8.00 a.m. to 12.00 a.m, Due Vi Mayen) (cele pOeee oe 146 4.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. ]| Due Edgart’n Sie 0 asin, hha sera ED Due Nantucket 1. 15 =i ‘3 ore ols 7 ‘No Mails on Sunday || Woods Hole 6.55 10.55 1.40 4.45 Due N Bedf’d 8.35 11.50 3.20 6.25 P.M. P.M. see Hours Sundays Daylight Time _ Leave P.M. Wednesdays and Saturdays Onl wiene ae 3.00 p.m. to 5.00. p.m. Woods Hole 4.25 7.00 p.m. to 8.00) p.m. Due New Bedford 6.00 W. A. SMITH. General Agent. BUY, BUY, BIOLOGISTS F ROM Our "ADVERTISERS P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. PHILADELPHIA Exhibiting Science Texts and Reference Books in the Vestibule of the Main Building a SCHOLARSHIP FUND TO GET BIG BOOST Leonard B. Clark, the famous sailor and navigator, wants to buy a car. Robert Cushman, proprietor of the Crocker Gar- age, expert mechanic and sales- man, wants to sell a car. The Collecting Net wants Mr. Clark to buy the car from the Crocker Garage because Mr. Cushman has promised to donate the sum of ten dollars to the “C. N. Scholarship Fund” if the navi- gator can be inveigled into buy- ing it. The contraption in question is a Ford Coupe, a relic of former ages, and it has been rumored that it was a dilapi- dated, second-hand car when Leonardo de Vinci bought it from Lorenzo de Medici. Mr. Cushman is demanding the exorbitant sum of $35.00 for this self-propelling (usually) junk heap. The tires are old, the wind shield is a network of eracks, and the mud-guards are hardly recognizable as_ such. The top would serve as a sieve although the holes are so close together that in some places they fuse to form a larger hole. The upholstery has been large- ly replaced by layers of dirt. It is thought that geologists could glean valuable information of prehistoric times by examining its many and varied layers. An enormous amount of energy and _ time was expended in trying to start the car when Mr. Clark wanted a demonstration. It simply would not go. (It seems that when one is paying $35.00 for a car one should not expect it to run all the time without any gasoline in the tank—we mean it is not reasonable!) On going to press it has been learned that Mr. Clark will probably become affiliated with the “car”. The suspense is al- most unbearable—we tremble lest Mr. Clark realize that Mr. Cushman, who is a very busy man, has only found time to fix up the external features of this peculiar antique. ee Dr. George H. Greene DENTIST Office, Nearly Opposite St. Barnabas Memorial Church FALMOUTH, MASS. Hours: 9 A. M. - 12 M.; 1-4 P. M. Telephone 35 Hardware Paints and Varnishes CHARLES T. EASTMAN FALMOUTH, MASS. Phone Orders Promptly Delivered Tel, 407 Kitchen Furnishings Glenwood Ranges THE COLLECTING NET DR. HEILBRUNN GIVES LECTURE (Continued from Page 1) is to say, whether it is quite fluid or relatively viscous. Often enough physiologists assume that protoplasm is a stiff jelly, but just as often other physiol- ogists base conclusions on the idea that it is a fairly mobile fluid. As a matter of fact it may be both, not only in differ- ent celis, but even in the same cell at different times. There is only one way to decide how fluid or how viscous protoplasm is, and that is by suitable measure- ment. Within the last few years such measurements have been made both for plant and animal cells.” The first determinations were made by the German botanist Heilbrunn, who watched starch grains fall through the proto- plasm of bean cells. Later, he pulled iron specks through the protoplasm with an electro-mag- net. More recently, Seifriz used particles of nickel, instead of iron, for iron no doubt has an adverse specific effect due to its solution. Prof. Heil- brunn’s method avoids the con- sequences of the presence of foreign substances, by simply applying centrifugal force and using the well known formula of Sir Frederick Stokes to caleu- late the viscosity of the medium (protoplasm) from the amount of motion of its granules and the known constants of the ex- periment. Stokes’ law is based on certain assumptions — the particles must be spheres, iso- lated and falling freely in a homogeneous medium. Here the spheres are in rather close proximity, and a correction, as Prof. Heilbrunn showed, must be introduced to allow for their mutual interaction (Cunning- ham’s correction formula). The medium is not strictly homogen- eous: but with particles of this size he assumes it to be. With particles the size of granules in sea-urchin eggs, this may not cause material error. We must, however, remember that with very tiny particles, even the air itself is not homogeneous; and Prof. Robert A. Millikan had to work out and introduce a cor- rection factor for atmospheric inhomogenity into Stokes’ equa- tion, when he applied it to meas- uring the extra weight acquired by an ultramicroscopic oil drop- let when it captured a single electron. This work won Milli- kan the Nobel Prize. The work of Heilbrunn and his colleagues shows that the viscosity of protoplasm varies from about a few times that of water to that of a weak jelly. '| Heilbrunn has checked his re- PAGE NINE sults by observing the time it takes for Brownian movement to re-distribute the granules once more, and applying EHin- stein’s formula for Brownian motion. And by applying the formulae of Einstein, Hatschek, and Bingham, the viscosity of the entire protoplasm (granules and intergranular material), in several times that of the inter- granular medium. “Protoplasm, in some cases at least, is far from being a highly viscous fluid.” Contrasting the behav- ior of gelatin and metal sols with respect to their sensitive-| ness to salts, Heilbrunn said: “Protoplasm is a suspension and it behaves like one.” By a consideration of the behavior of protoplasm towards ions of va- rious charges, the conclusion is reached “that protoplasm is a positively charged suspension which may be quite fluid in some cells. How is this fluid suspen- sion prevented from scattering out through the surrounding medium? Obviously there must be a fairly rigid membrane to enclose it, a membrane rigid enough to resist the impact of granules shot against it by cen- (Continued on Page 10) classes. ture at all times. Columbia Paraffin Oven pes is a simple efficient and inexpensive Paraffin Oven for individual or small class use, admir- ably adapted to supply all the necessary conditions | for infiltration, embedding, spreading and drying. This Oven was suggested to us by Dr. C. E. Tharaldsen, of Northwestern University, in an endeavor to overcome the shortcomings of existing Paraffin. Ovens, and to ob- tain an Oven capable of efficient use for students or small It is heated by two carbon lamps witu temperature con- trolled by the use of Dim-a-lite sockets and by an adjust- able ventilator in the rear, so that the paraffin compart- ments and pipettes are maintained at a uniform tempera- ‘13632 Columbia Paraffin Oven, of heavy sheet metal, with crystal black finish and furnished on heavy wooden base, complete with cord and plug, but without glass- ware, for IilOi voltmeter en Pa $20.00 WILL CORPORATION Products for Every Laboratory Guaranteed Without Reservation Rocuestex, N-Y. PAGE TEN THE COLLECTING NET M. B. L. SATURDAY EVENING DANCE The first Saturday evening dance given by the M. B. L. Club will be held tonight, July 9, from ninetill twelve o'clock, on the main floor of the Club house. Jerry Bowes orchestra will play and there will be a_ specially waxed floor. The dance will be free to members of the club and a fee of .75 will be charged non- members. ’ It is planned that this dance will be the first of a series of | Saturday evening orchestra dances at the Club. These plans will be carried out on condition that students taking the courses, and research workers, will re- spond to the urgent appeal for Club funds by paying the an- nual $1.50 dues. This may be paid at Mr. MasNaught’s office or at the door of the Club house on the evening of the dance. All club dances will be free to club members. Non-members will pay .75 per dance. DR. HEILBRUNN GIVES LECTURE (Continued from Page 9) trifugal force. The surface membrane of a cell is an osmotic membrane and for this reason alone, if for no other, we are interested in understanding its physical properties.” Dr. Heilbrunn considers the usual notion advanced in ¢.xt- pooks, that the membrane re- sults from a surface accumula- tion of subsiances which lower: surface tension (Gibbs’ rule), as an “absurd idea on the face of it, for in order to have ma- terials accumulate in a surface film it is necessary to have a surface film, and it is nard to imagine a surface film between two watery solutions which, as far as the theory goes, are per- fectly miscible. There are va- rious other arguments which might he cited against this uni- versally accepted theory.” By a consideration of the behavior of torn protoplasm in marine eggs and in Protoza. He shows thet membrane formation re- semble: blood coagulation. “If calcium and pigment granules unite to form ovothrombin, why do they not unite within the ceil and form a coagulation there? As a provisional hypothesis to explain this point, let us assume that calcium within the cell is for the most part not free but bound up in some loose combin- ation with lipoid. This hypo- thesis is very possibly wrong, but it has the advantage that it can be very readily tested.” Fat solvents cause a breakdown of pigment granules and forma- tion of numerous vacuoles with- in the cytoplasm of sea-urchin eggs, and long exposure to iso- tonic calcium solutions, causes cytolysis. These results agree with the theory. “Tf our hypothesis is correct it will, beyond any question, contribute to the solution of one of the most important problems in the colloid chemistry of the cell. Bacteria, protoza, tissue cells of higher animals, blood cells, are all known to undergo a mysterious transformation which has been called a wide variety of names by the many, many workers who have studied it. In cytolysis, hemolysis, or ‘tropfische Entmischung’, - or cloudy swelling, the cell fre- quently becomes pale as a result of a loss of pigment. Generally it becomes filled with tiny drop- lets or vacuoles. In the sea- urchin egg, if our interpretation is correct, cytolysis is due to the freeing of calcium within the egg interior. The free calcium unites with the pigment gran- ules, possibly with the pigment itself, ovothrombin is formed, and immediately a surface pre- cipitation reaction is initiated throughout the cell. This is evidenced by the formation of numerous partitions or films within the cell so that it appears to be made up of a mass of vac- uoles. In studying the colloid chemistry of protoplasm we must be on the lookout for te- actions comparable to the inter- nal surface precipitation reac- tion as I have described it.” Your reviewer might point out that many influences may bring about gelatinization of the intergranular protoplasmic fluid which jelling may be partial in degrees or in extent; and fol- lowing this, there may be differ- ential diffusions leading to marked local differences in ion concentrations, notably in pH. For gelitinization brings with it a practical inhibition of the thorough mixing due to kinetic motion in the fluid. Thus if we prepare an agar jelly contain- ing a little potassium ferrocy- anide and some phenolpthalein with enough alkali to render the whole pink, and then layer over the set jelly some ferric chlo- ride, for example, we soon see a white band appear and spread down the tube, followed by a more slowly advancing blue band. Hydrolysis and differen- tial diffsion form sizable layers within a few seconds. Among the many other inter- esting facts brought out by Dr. Heilbrunn is the viscosity-tem- perature curve of the egg of the clam Cumingia, which shows a peculiar maximum at about 15° C. and also another near the freezing point, and one at 30° C. “There is no known inani- mate colloid that behaves like this Protoplasm is not gelatin, nor egg albumin, nor casein. Its behavior is not like that of any of these substances.” This is certainly true. Per- haps the peculiarities mentioned will find their explanation when we experimentally determine the behavior of mixtures of two or more relatively simple col- loids, as has been done by Dr. D. T. MacDougal of the Desert Laboratory at Tuscon, Arizona. Prof. H. Schade of Keil has also pointed out the peculiar results of “entgegengesetzte Quellung”’, where two colloidal groups co- exist and respond at different rate to changes in H-ion con- centration and the like. The remark of the French philoso- pher Rousseau “Man is good, but men are wicked”, seems to apply to colloids as well. “As we learn more about what protoplasm is like, we may be able to study the physical | The Elizabeth Theatre FALMOUTH, MASS. HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS Show Starts at 7.45 Short Reels Repeated After the Feature Picture. A COMPLETE SHOW AFTER 8.30 Saturday Two Shows at 7.00 and 9.00 O'clock Matinees Monday, Wednesday and Saturday at 2.30 HORSE SHOES with MONTY BANKS Saturday ote July 9 THE CALLAHANS AND THE MURPHYS with MARIE DRESSLER AND POLLY MORAN Monday’ .. 205500 THE GENERAL with BUSTER KEATON properties of colloidal systems which really resemble it in their fundamental nature. Such study will doubtless suggest new methods of attack on the living substance itself. In the years ahead, biologists may hope to penetrate the mysteries of the living cell with at least as much success as the physicists have had in penetrating the myster- ies of the atom. Jerome Alexander. Beach Party? FRESH ROLLS BACON SAUSAGE STEAKS and CHOPS EVERYTHING QUICK SERVICE LOW PRICES Morrison’s Market Woods Hole, Mass. Feature Picture at 8.30 Tuesday TAXI-TAXI with RAYMOND HORTON Wed. and Thurs....July 13-14 MICHAEL STROGOFF ON ZE BOULEVARD A New Metro-Goldwyn Picture Ten Acre Farm in FALMOUTH DISTRIBUTORS FOR 5. S. PIERCE CO. ) THE COLLECTING NET PAGE ELEVEN Evolution of the Chemical Room (Continued from Page 1) “Cogito ergo sum”—perhaps in this ease better “Appellatus ergo sum’—has proven untrue, at least in the case of the writer who has not noticed any in- crease in his limited store of chemical lore since he has been dubbed “Chemist”. Professor Hunter was succeeded in this office by the writer in 1905, pos- sibly 1906, there being some doubt about the date. At the time when the present incumb- ent assumed this office the Chemical Room occupied a por- tion of the second floor of the middle part of the Old Main Building, now occupied by the class in Protozoology. This portion was a part of the west side of this room, the remainder being occupied by the Library and two investigators’ rooms at the north end. The Chemical Room itself was thus about iif- teen to twenty feet long by about twelve feet wide. This generous space was further i:- creased by a loft directly above, aecess to which was gained by a somewhat perilous and acro- batic ascent by means of very steep movable steps. At this primitive period the chemical activities of the Chemist con- sisted mainly in mixing such time honored compounds as! Fleming’s, Kleinenberg’s, Per- enyi’s and other similar fluids. | We were not troubled then with molecular weight solutions, buf- fers and other various sbtand- ardized solutions, all against a! shifting, chaotic background of ions, electrolytes, etc., with a number of dubious new elements threwn in to increase the con-! fusion. Even at this early pe-| riod the necessity of protection against the withdrawal of un-} due amounts of expensive rea- gents was exemplified by the’ following incident, of perhaps doubtful authenticity: an in-| yestigator ordered a _ solution of osmic acid. When asked what strength, he said, “Oh, about ten per cent”, and when asked the amount he said “About two quarts”! } On his induction in his officia’ duties the Chemist was solemnly presented by the Director (Dr. F. R. Lillie) with a volume entitled “Memoranda, M. B. L.., F. R. L.. Inventory Sept. 256 1904”. This volume was about 7x4”, very slightly larger than) our present order books. In this we find some eight or nine pages devoted to an inventorv’ of the ‘main storeroom”. It; might be of interest to give a| brief summary of its items in | Bhesorder 30) which hey occyr qe | m i ‘ 1954, The undying thirst for finger bowls was even then manifested by the presence of 841 of them; Coplin jars, 259; alcohol lamps, 106; Naples jars, 458; balsam bottles, 125; empty glass stop- pered bottles of various sizes, about 750; alcohol bottles, 319: bottles with special reagents ex- clusive of stock bottles, 240; battery jars of various sizes, 24; aquarium jars, round, 18, “and 31 of various sizes in loft”; cry- stalization dishes, about 125; square glass trays, 82; glass funnels, 30; mortars, 4; grad- uated cylinders, including ‘4 over old iron stairway”, 68; Syracuse watch glasses (even then well represented), 6938; hones, 5; Petri dishes, 81; Tralle hydrometer for spirit, 1; Beaumé specific gravity scales, 4; centigrade thermometers, 28; graduated pipettes, 44; ungrad- uated pipettes, 11; various sizes of beakers, 149; Erlenmeyer flasks, 135; wash bottles, 27; Jena flasks, 9; stender dishes, 63; test tube stands, 30; shovels, 36; pails, 14; siphon tubes, 6; small paraffin baths, 17; bell jars, 5; square aquarium jars, 5; paraffin filter, 1; iron tripods 19; stock bottles, 28; nappies, 126. This, however, does not apparently include the total lab- oratory equipment for we find some fifteen or sixteen pages devoted to various items headed “Phys. Shipment—3639” and covering about five pages, the remaining ten being headed “General Supplies” with num- bers apparently representing erders. If we pick out the chemical items they reach the staggering total of over 100, the remainder being devoted to mis- cellaneous laboratory supplies. We find also a heading “Phys. Store-room” with no inventory indicated. It is to be suspected however, that even at that early date the physiologists had be- gun their nefarious activities and absorbed those fifteen pages of supplies. Cortirued Next Week) When Locking for Reliable Merchandise Try ARENOVSKY’S Est. 1892 Phone 410 The Home of Hart Schaffner & Marx Clothing Lamson & Hubbard Hats Printzess Suits, Coats and Dresses Everything in the Way of Sport Clothes Walk-Over Shoes Satisfaction Guaranteed or Money Refunded Falmouth — -:- -:- Mass. || rere er eS Ee Ao OR ee RS Se er EXHIBIT Scientific Instruments July 19th to 29th LECTURE HALL Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. Executive Offices and Manufactory ROCHESTER, N. Y. LABORATORY APPARATUS and SUPPLIES Our (General Laboratory and Museum Supplies Include: Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Ana- tomical Models, Osteological Preparations, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Glass Jars, Miscroscopes and Accessories. Biological and General Laboratory Supplies THE KNY-SCHEERER CORPORATION OF AMERICA 119-125 7th Ave. (Cor. 17th St.) New York City Dept. of Natural Science, G. Lagai, Ph.D. PAGE TWELVE THE COLLECTING NET OUR AUTHORiteS Dr. Edwin G. Conklin is pro- fessor of zoology at Princeton University and a member of the National Academy of Sciences. Dr. Conklin came down to Woods Hole first in 1890, and with the exception of three or four summers spent in Europe, he has been with us constantly. During the summers of 1890-91 he occupied the Johns Hopkins; University Table at the Bureau of Fisheries, and also did some work over at the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory. His studies were then devoted to the em- bryology of Crepidula—and he has been carrying on investiga- tions in this field almost ever since. Dr. Oliver S. Strong is pro- fessor of neurology and neuro- histology at the College of Physicians and Surgeons, Co- lumbia University. Dr. Strong’s initial visit to Woods Hole was in the summer of 1892. With the exception of the summers of 1900 and 1902 he has not missed a year out of the thirty-six years. During the years from 1895-1901, inclusive, Dr. Strong was associated with Dr. Frank R. Lillie in giving the course in embryology down this labora- tory. Wide Area Patrolled by Local Coast Guard Recently, with the abolition of the Coast Guard Station at Nantucket, the Woods Hole base has taken over their work and| now includes in its patrol area all the coastwise waters as far east as Monomoy Point (at the | upward bend of the Cape) in-| cluding Nantucket and the Vineyard. The present equip- ment consists of fifteen seventy- five foot patrol boats, thirty-six foot pickets and one speed boat. It is particularly interesting to know that the last, the little grey fellow that attracts so much attention as it churns through the Hole is a converted rum runner that was} found adrift, and was induced ‘by the Coast Guard to abandon its nefarious ways and become a useful citizen of these waters. Besides these smaller craft there is the station ship, the Wyandotte. This vessel is re- placing the familiar Acushnet which is now relieving a New York cutter, and will not be back in these waters until the Fall. The personnel of the base. comprises one hundred and sixty-two enlisted men, nineteen warrant officers and three com- missioned officers, under the able command of Lieutenant R. L. Raney. three} The chief duty of the Coast Guard is the patrolling of the coast waters to apprehend smugglers, a considerable task in this region where the coast is well indented and the many small inlets and creeks offer an opportunity for illicit traffic. Police duty is not their only task, however. The Coast Guard is frequently called upon to per- form rescue work. In the past year the Woods tiole base alone has performed over eighty-five rescues, eight of them occurring withing a period of two weeks in January—a considerable rec- ord of service for so short « period. Besides the work of rescuing wrecked vessels. by means of the patrol boats, there are the specialized life-saving crews stationed at Gay Head and Nantucket where continu- ous five mile patrols are main- tained on shore to guard the safety of coastwise traffic. Beach Tennis Courts to Be in Readiness Szon Due to no fault on the part of the Courts Committee, the M. B. L. Tennis Club is not yet able to present its full complement of courts for play. The work of reconstruction on the three Beach Courts, have been ready for active use early this Spring, has been un- avoidably delayed and as a re- sult the Mess Court is the only one at present functioning. It is hoped that in a very short time one of the Beach Courts (the East one) will be opened for play and that work will con- tinue actively on the other two. To avoid undue crowding of the one court now in use complete cooperation is requested of the members in the matter of sign- ing up for play. Dr. R. Bennitt is treasurer again this season and announces that he is continually in a re- ceptive frame of mind. He may be found in Room 25 of the Old Main Building, and should re- ceive promptly the dues of all those who desire to make use of the M. B. L. courts. The dues to members of the M. B. L. are as usual $5.00 for the season and $4.00 for the six-weeks period of the courses. The rate to transients is $1.00 a week or fraction thereof. Junior mem- bership (for those under 16) is $2.50. In view of the crippled condi- tion of the courts this year, it seems advisable to dispense with the annual tournament which has for so long been an out- standing feature of the Club’s activities. Should any change in this policy become possible, due announcement of the fact will be made on the various bul- letin-boards and through the columns of The Collecting Net. which were to TIME is the important factor in all activities SAVE IT by using ° . “Lye: . . The Wistar Institute Bibliographic Service which brings to your table authors’ abstracts of all papers about to appear in the: Journal of Morphology and Physiology The Journal of Comparative Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record The Journal of Experimental Zoology American Anatomical Memoris American Journal of Physical Anthropology Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokyo, Japan) Biological Bulletin The Journal of Parasitology Stain Technology Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science (Adelaide, South Australia) Advance Abstract Sheets = - - - - - - - $8.00 per year Bibliographic Service Cards - = - -°- - - $5.00 per year Both appear before the complete articles are published THE WISTAR INSTITUTE Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. Thirty- sixth HOTPOINT ELECTRIC RANGES Electric heat is flameless, uniform in intensity, evenly distributed and easily regulated. Accurate heat control means that your favorite dish can be made over and over again with uniformly successful results. Cost of cooking electrically is much less than generally supposed. CAPE AND VINEYARD ELECTRIC CO. Falmouth Chatham Oak Bluffs REISER RTE AN ERE AES A A EE Hyannis ia i a a SANSOUCI BARBER SHOP Expert Bobbing WOODS HOLE, MASS. ——— Ee WALLACE’S MARKET MEATS and PROVISIONS Staple and Fancy Groceries Fresh Vegetables in Season THE LEATHER SHOP Falmouth, Mass. oa F. E. WALLAICE, Prop. Established 1904 FALMOUTH, MAIS. ARTHUR C. EASTMAN Re I eS ee 24-hour Boston Donnelly’s Beauty Shoppe Service on Daily HAIR BOBBING Films Papers Robinson’s Pharmacy Building Main St.,2Jpper Floor Falmouth, Mass. Telephone 589-2 for Appointment JAMES’S SPA Down by the Depot PARK TAILORING SHOP Men’s and Women’s Fine Tailoring WILLIAM SCHLEPARK, Prop. Work Called For and Delivered Tel, 239-4 Weeks Bldg., Falmouth, Mass. Meals at all hours Durand’s Chocolates Cynthia Sweets Home-cooked Food Volume II Number 2 WOODS HOLE, MASS., SATURDAY, JULY 16, 1927 available to be moved into a suitable spot for work. Smaller and more portable outfits of the same kind, however, are to be found in one of the apparatus store rooms and loaned on application. In such a list of equipment with definite location, may be included the balances or scales, centrifuges, filter-pumps, gas tanks, Kjeld- ahl shelves, ovens, photographic equipment, refrigerators and cold rooms, Soxhlet extractors, sterilizers, ete. Briefly their locations are as follows: Baances 200 gram capacity, 1/10 mgm sensititivity, analytical type, Rooms 112, 119, 212, 316 North wing O. M. First floor Bot. Brick Laboratory 2 kilogram capacity, Room 119 Br North wing O. M. First floor Bot. 5 kilogram capacity Room 212 Br Trip scales and torsion bal- ances in Balance Rooms and on application through Ap- paratus Room Office. Precision balances and weights in care of certain individuals. Centrifuges Rooms 110, 122, 205, 318 Br. First floor O. M. Portable electric and hand centrifuges on application. Filter-pumps attached to water pipes in most laboratory room or on application. Pumps of glass construction obtainable through Chemical Room Special equipment for int2r- mittent work and high va- cuum by application through Apparatus Rooms Office Kjeldahl distilling and digesting shelves Room 108 and 121 Br. Extra shelves and equipment on application. Photographic safelights, etc. Rooms under Invertebrate Zoology Class Room, in charge of Dr. E. C. Cole, Room 24, O. M., Room 315 Br. Safelights (Wratten & Wain- wright screens) on applica- tion to fit ceiling fixtures in Laboratory dark rooms. Refrigerators Special cold rooms, basement, Brick Lab. (Adjustments of temperature in charge of Mr. T. E. Larkin, Superintendent of Machinery, Room 7-a, Br.). Refrigerators with ice Room 122, also corridor of third floor, Brick Lab. North wing O. M. Soxhlet extractors Room 110 Br. Sterilizers, including vertical autoclaves, Lautenschlager hot air-ovens, etc. Rooms 1, 111, 121, 206, 315 Br. First floor Bot. Freas Drying Oven Room 110, Br. X-Ray equipment in charge of of Dr. J. W. Maver, R. 343, Br. Smaller portable devices, Ap- paratus Rooms. PAGE FIVE Special Service Information In addition to the equipment for scientific work several mat- ters associated with the use and construction of apparatus have been developed in the Labora- tory along different lines. Those in connection with the Ap- paratus Rooms, or which in certain instances affect more than one individual or stock ,| room and involve special appara- tus are briefly mentioned below. Occasional reference to this in- formation will be found helpful in expediting research work in one way or another. Catalog File. Adjoining Room 216, Brick Laboratory, will be found a file of apparatus cata- logs and bulletins of numerous manufacturers and dealers, ar- ranged alphabetically and kept up to date. Investigators who desire to procure special infor- mation concerning cost and availability of apparatus may may consult this file or borrow for brief periods the printed matter on hand. Electrical connections and lighting fixtures. Desk lamps and table lights are furnished with each room, or on applica- tion to Mr. Bisco, Room 6, Brick Laboratory. Special fixtures, changes in the wiring, or con- nections to the special low or high voltage circuits may be ar- ranged when necessary thru Mr. Larkin, Room 7-a, basement, Brick Lab. Before attaching special devices to the electric outlets it will be well for each investigator to look over the voltage and ampere rating on the name plate, or consult with Mr. Larkin. The general light- ing circuit in all buildings of the Laboratory is 115 volts, Direct Current, and the: outlets will normally carry 5 amperes satis- factorily (550 to 600 watts). Under these conditions resis- tance units are required for low voltage devices; transformers cannot be used in the direct cur- rent circuits. It will be well for each one to bear in mind that one side of the electric circuits is connected to the ground and hence leakage resulting in possible damage to (Continued on Page 7) CENTRIFUGES INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT Co. 352 Western Ave., Boston, Mass. These Centrifuges were developed to meet, in a practical way, the varied requirements of many laboratories. They are made in several sizes, with capacities ranging from two tubes of 15 ml. each to ten cups of 1500 ml. each, and with relative centrifugal forces up to 8800 times gravity. Bulletins C1 and C2 describe the most used Laboratory Sizes. TIME is the important factor in all activities SAVE IT by using The Wistar Institute Bibliographic Service which brings to your table authors’ abstracts of all papers about to appear in the: Journal of Morphology and Physiology The Journal of Comparative Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record The Journal of Experimental Zoology American Anatomical Memoris American Journal of Physical Anthropology Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokyo, Japan) Biological Bulletin The Journal of Parasitology Stain Technology Australian Journal of and Medical Science Advance Abstract Sheets . -— Bibliographic Service Cards — Experimental Biology (Adelaide, South Australia) $3.00 per year $5.00 per year Both appear before the complete articles are published THE WISTAR INSTITUTE Philadelphia, Pa. Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue sents PAGE SIX The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the activities of the Marine Biologi- cal Laboratery and of Woods Hole in general. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Prof. of Anatomy, Cornell University Medical School. Edwin J. Conklin, Prof. of Biology, Prineeton University. Lorande L. Woodruff, Prof. of zoo- logy, Yale University. EDITORIAL STAFF WiarenGattell, 7%) (sic alncr- mar Editor Dorothy Alexander..... Asst. Editor Hugh Montgomery.....-- Art Editor Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn. .General News Helen S. Morris......General News Contributing Editors ee KOR Sa eye) = =n teats level © Sport News Ward I. Grege.....:.: Invertebrate Mary Hardesty.........Embryology By GevA Gams cjevanichspsne4s Protozoology Buciness Staff Katharine Unde-wood...Bus. Manager (Application for entry as second-class matter is pending.) The Un-versal Press New Bedford Woods Hole Massachusetts Cur Home We appreciate greatly the privilege of using the Trustees Room which was extended to us during the preparation of the “Directory for 1927”. At this time frequent consultation was necessary with those persons working in the business office of the Laboratory, and the proximity of the latter light- ened our task. The Collecting Net has now become established in its new headquarters in the Old Car- penter Shop which was the “Bake Shop” in the old whal- ing days—and there it finds ample ,space and quiet. An embryo project thus installs it- self in an ancient setting. Here were made the sea_ biscuits which the whalers stored in the hold of their vessels in prepara- tion for their long and adven- turous voyages around Cape Horn. Later it was a tenement house, but it was not until 1916 that the Laboratory acquired this historic and picturesque building. Sunday Singing Once it was the custom for members of the laboratory to gather every Sunday evening at twilight for informal singing. At these gatherings ‘“labora- tory” songs were sung along with the old melodies known by every one. The revival of this custom beginning next Sunday evening will do its part in re- storing the “community spirit” THE COLLECTING NET which has been partly lost with the rapid growth of the labora- tory. Older people number these evenings of singing as among the most enjoyable hours spent at Woods Hole—and we are confident that those who can find time to this Sunday will at- tend again the following week. DIRECTORY ADDENDA ADDITIONS Shauffler, W. G. phys. Jens Aa Mathews, A. P. prof. phys. Cincinnati Br. 344. Phipps, R. dept. (Princeton) mechanician, mechanical CORRECTIONS Crane, S. collector. i Sribyatta, L. fel. Rockefeller Inst. Br whe Thorn, Louise C. sec. to Dr. Crocker. “The Story cf Woods Hole” (Continued from Page 3) shelves of each rack. The wall shelf racks are indicated by WA, WB, etc. and the tables as TA, TB, etc. There is a separate jocked cabinet filled with draw- ers for the dyes, drugs and some of the rarer metals. As a minor point, but possibly of interest it may be mentioned that the numbers of tthe shelves, chemical symbols of the bases occupying certain shelves and | other similar designations are stenciled with a water paint and subsequently brushed over with shellac. } and time-consuming labeling, more subject to change, is simp- ly neatly lettered on the edges of the shelves with soft yellow chalk. When this is sprayed with a solution of shellac in an atomizer it is fixed so that it cannot be readily rubbed off. When changes are desired the whole label can easily be re- moved with alcohol and a piece of cloth. Careful Records Kept Some ten years ago or there- | abouts the Chemist felt it in-} cumbent upon him to get up an: elaborate catalogue of the Chem- ical Room supplies which would | also be used for inventory pur- poses. While a card catalogue easily handled and is liable to become mixed up when used by more than one person. Conse- quently it was decided to use a loose leaf catalogue with inter- calated sheets for inventories bearing the names not only of the Chemical Room but of the various biuldings in which some of the supplies might be located at the time the inventory is taken. By pursuing the policy of entering all the various sizes of given articles, whether at that time in possession of the Labora- tory or not, and by leaving spaces for the intercalation of added items in their proper places, the catalogue, although the | very bulky, was of such a char- acter that very few changes in the leaves have had to be made since. Not only were the items shown, but also the catalogue numbers from a well-known and large firm, such as Eimer and Amend, were indicated and on the backs of the opposite pages, which were blank, correspond- ing illustrations cut from the catalogue were pasted, thereby making it much easier for as- sistants unfamiliar with the supplies to identify the vari- ous articles. Dates of purchase and also catalogue prices were added. Although the latter are subject to considerable changes they nevertheless furnish gen- eral indications as to the values of the articles. The firms are indicated by initials and in the front part of the catalogue there is a key to these initials giving the full names of the firms and their addresses, such data being often very uesful in ordering more supplies. Other abbrevia- tions used are also explained in this place. The extension in- ventory sheets can be removed when filled and others inserted in their place. The location in the Chemical Room of each item is also noted on the main page after each item. While such a catalogue is not| very often consulted by mem- bers of the staff who have be- come familiar with the location Other more complete | of supplies it is often very use- ful to new members and is neces- sary for stability in their gen- eral arrangement. Before taking up the general functions of the Chemical Room and the system upon which it is run, it may be well to re- mark that the Chemical Room is largely postplanned, not pre- planned. In postplanning there is simply a codification of the system after it has been evolved by actual experience. Preplan- ning consists in laying out a system even down to minute de- tails before it is put into actual operation. While preplanning is to some degree necessary, pre- planners are usually more or less ata | of a nuisance in imposing their has many advantages, it is not: ideas, aesthetic, utilitarian and otherwise, upon their unfortun- ate victims. A postplanned codification of the system pur- sued in the Chemical Room, as evolved from past experience, | was embodied by the Chemist in a pamphlet, some eight or ten years ago, and presented to the Director. The Director glanced at the somewhat bulky pamph- let, his face at first fell and then brightened as he said “‘Well this simply embodies what we have been doing right along, doesn’t it?” Upon being assured that no preplanned atrocity was| about to be inflicted upon the Marine Biological Laboratory | public, he promptly approved the document and handed it back to the author, thereby deftly avoid- ing its perusal. It is proposed to quote freely from this admirable document at the risk of repeating various notices already seen ad nauseam by members of the M. B. L. The department of ‘Chemical Supplies”, located in the ““Chemi- cal Room” has charge of the ordering, storing and distribu- tion of all laboratory apparatus (excepting the more delicate and expensive apparatus already alluded to as in charge of Pro- fessor Pond), glassware and reagents including drugs and dyes, owned by the M. B. L. and used by the M. B. L. investiga- tors and classes during their work in the M. B. L. labora- tories. It does not sell or in any way provide supplies to be used elsewhere than in the M. B. L. The titles “Chemical Supplies” and “Chemical Room” are thus not entirely accurate but were chesen to sharply differentiate the department from the “Sup- ply Department” (under Mr. Gray in the Stone Building) which furnishes biological ma- terial (animal and plant) not only to investigators and classes of the M. B. L. but sells the same to various other institutions and also sells certain other supplies which investigators at the M. B. L. may require for their per- manent use. The Chemical Room staff makes up the vari- ous fixing, hardening, presery- ing and staining solutions, and certain standardized reagents used by investigators and classes in ordinary biclogical and chemi- cai work. It aoes not, however, undertake special chemical work for individuals or classes. The main duties of the Chemi- cal Room staff are thus (a) ordering supplies, (b) keeping these supplies in order and in proper condition while stored in the Chemical Room, attend- ing to their distribution to in- vestigators and classes and to their return, after use,'in pro- per condition to their proper places in the Chemical Room, and (c) making up certain solu- tions etc. for biological and chemical work. It may be re- marked that certain supplies to classes are kept permanently outside the Chemical Room and are largely under the care of the instructors but over these the Chemical Room staff exercises a certain amount of supervision. In certain cases also where in- vestigators are reasonably cer- tain of returning the next sea- son and of using the same sup- plies, by signing a card provid- ed for that purpose the supplies remain in their room until next season or are kept apart in the Chemical Room until their re- turn the following season. (To Be Continued) Orchestra Dances to Be Held Regularly by Club M. B. L. Club’s first dance of the season was held Saturday evening, July 9, and was so well patronized that plans have been completed for orchestra danc- ing at the Club regularly every Saturday evening during the summer months. A double stag party will be given at the next dance in an effort to let newcomers become better acquainted. Everyone wishing to attend the dance on Saturday, July 16, is requested to come singly. This applies particularly to girls. Gentle- men are also requested to be un- accompanied, although this rule will not necessarily be in effect at the end of the dance. Scholarship Fund Not Yet Boosted ‘ Mr. Leonard B. Clark has not yet purchased the Ford from Mr. Cushman of the Crocker Garage. The latter, with his corps of mechanics, has been working almost incessantly — but still he does not feel pre- pared to let the car get outside of the garage under the weight of a six-foot Canadian (we mean that he is afraid that the car might not remain intact un- der circumstances such as these) . However, we learn that things have been put up in splints and packed and supported to extent almost sufficient to get by. Clark, it is understood, will have it out on trial this week- end. We are wondering how far he will be able to get and just how much of it he will be able to take back to Mr. Cush- man. Pressure is being brought to bear from every possible source —and the chance of getting the ten dollars for our cholarship fund seems to ge a good one. It is rumored that Mr. Clark had an engagement to go out for a drive on this coming Sun- _ day with a certain young lady. For some reason, shortly after | reading the last issue of The Collecting Net, she told him that it would be quite impossible for her to keep the engagement. We apologize to Mr. Clark for having upset his plans, but can only remind him that it has been the long-standing policy of The Collecting Net to report the facts as it knows them to be. THE COLLECTING NET | Apparatus Rooms Entail Much Care (Continued from Page 5) a device or to the permanent ap- paratus about the buildings may result if care is not exercised. Keep electrical outfits away from the water and the concrete floors or walls. Ask for infor- mation in case you are not cer- tain of the outfit you desire to use. | Glass-blowing Service. For small and minor repairs to glass apparatus individual out- fits, consisting of blast-lamps and air bellows or motor blowers may be loaned for short periods from the Apparatus Rooms. More difficult work may be ar- ranged through a glass-blower, available at certain times dur- ing the season. Arrangements should. be made in advance for this service either through the Chemical Room or Apparatus Rooms. Excepting certain materials regularly stocked by the Labora- tory, the work is done at cost, the glass-blower’s time being the chief item, at $2.50 per hour. Incandescent lamps. Incan- descent electric light bulbs with standard screw (Edison) base for desk and general laboratory illumination are provided through Mr. Bisco, for use in the devices which are supplied to investigators. Replacements for special ap- paratus, scientific equipment, heating units, and the like are supplied by the Apparatus Rooms office for those devices owned by the Laboratory. Special lamps, bulbs with bay- onet bases, miniature lights, ete. for experimental work may be purchased through the Supply Department, or through the local shops. The Penzance Gar- age near the Laboratory build- ings carries a stock of flashlight and automobile bulbs. Mechanical work. A machine shop is located in the Brick La- boratory, equipped for certain operations with standard and special tools, and with a ma- chinist, Mr. R. E. Phipps, as- signed to apparatus work. In- vestigators who have need of repairs of a technical nature or special construction may make arrangements either through the Apparatus Rooms office or by direct application to Mr. Lar- kin or Mr. Phipps. Excepting minor repairs a record is made of labor involved and stock used, since in most cases special ap- paratus is constructed of such a nature as to be used again by workers coming to the Labora. |. tory. Special apparatus, or ex- pensive construction is charged at cost to the individual for whom the arrangements are made, if in the judgment of the PAGE SEVEN Laboratory the work does not provide generally useful appara- tus. Oxygen, Hydrogen, Nitrogen, Carbon Dioxide, etc. The more common gases in metal cylin- ders (100 and 200 cu. ft. bot- tles) are available through the Chemical Room if application is made in advance. Small (fractional cubic foot) cylin- ders of oxygen and carbon dio- xide are provided with special attachments through the Ap- paratus Rooms. All reducing valves, regulators and fittings are supplied by the Apparatus! Rooms. Special care is frequently nec- essary in the fitting of the vari- ous regulators to different makes of tanks, preferably at the time of initial connection for use. Application to Mr. Larkin for inspection and advice may assist in avoiding unnecessary leaks breaks and accidents as well as protect the Laboratory against receipt of dangerous tanks or connections. Everyone should avoid hand- ling gauges, tank valves and con- nections, with greasy or oily hands, rags or tools. With oxygen especially keep oil and grease away. Use small tools which are properly adjusted for the nuts and valves, or obtain (Continued on Page 8) The official Laboratory physi- cian this year is Dr. §S. D. Blackford, who will hold office hours in Dormitory Room 103 from 10.30-12.30 A. M. Those who wish to consult Dr. Black- ford should first procure a slip (the the Maine Office in the Brick Building) which will be given on payment of a fee of one dollar. HUDSON-ESSEX MOTOR CARS We have several good second hand cars for sale. The Crocker Garage Corporation, Inc. Falmouth Mass. Visit Cape Cod’s Largest Department Store H. MALCHMAN & BRO. Thos. Malchman, Prop. CLOTHIERS, HATTERS and FURNISHERS Main Street Falmouth Telephone Connection EXHIBIT Scientific Instruments July 19th to 29th LECTURE HALL Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. Executive Offices and Manufactory ROCHESTER, N. Y. PAGE EIGHT THE COLLECTING NET Apparatus Rooms Entail Much Care (Continued from Page 7) directions and assistance from the Apparatus Rooms or the Machine Shop in case of doubt. This year the Laboratory is equipped to fill small oxygen cylinders and also power bottles THE CLUB DANCES We are indeed glad to learn that the M. B. L. Club will hold -an orchestra dance every Satur- day evening. These dances will fill a long felt need and will be especially appreciated by those who like to dance and who do not own cars and cannot afford to pay the relatively high prices of carbon dioxide. Requests for small quantities of gas at low and moderately high pres- sures may be filled upon notice left with the Chemical or Ap- paratus Rooms. Photographic work. Increas- ing demands on the Laoratory and the assignment of most of the dark rooms for scientific work of a physical nature con- siderably limits the available space for photography. Port- able devices are loaned by the Apparatus Rooms for photo- micrography, etc. The photography of appara- tus, experiments in progress, set-ups, and charts or drawings may be arranged for through Mr. Duggar, Room 276, Brick Laboratory. Lantern slides, as well as process negatives, con- trast printing, enlarging and re- ducing or retouching may be done at cost. Likewise mechani- cal drawings or arrangements of tables for copy can be done with special arrangements. A limited amount of panchroma- tic and isochromatic work can be handled by either dark de- velopment or desensitization. Photographic chemicals are usually available in the Chemical Room, omitting special reducing agents. Commercial plates and paper, however, are not furnish- ed by the Laboratory. Storage of valuable papers, apparatus and fine metals. For the convenience of investigators who plan to continue research at the Laboratory at a later time, or desire temporary storage dur- ing absence, a set of vault- drawers, vault-cupboards, and safe deposit boxes are available. Arrangement for these may be made through the Apparatus Rooms or the Business Office. Statistical calculations, pro- gressive analysis, and comptome- try. Use of calculating ma- chines may be arranged . for through the Apparatus Rooms Office. At different times dur- ing the season it is frequently possible to arrange for exper- ienced assistance with the ma- chines which are available for use, or for instruction in the use of them for special operations. Ordinarily the mechanical cal- culators are in demand and ad- which are charged at the tea rooms and dance halls in the vicinity. Members of the M. B. L. Clab can now attend an orchestra dance without involving any ex- pense to them. Of course some of the larger dance halls offer better music and a better floor, but we feel that this is counter- balanced alone by the friendly atmosphere of our own little dance. Here one is not tied down to a limited group but can dance with his friends, and in the course of the evening meet many fellow students and re- search workers, with whom they might not otherwise have the opportunity of becoming ac- quainted. We urge those who did not attend the last Club dance to be in attendance next Saturday evening, so that they too, may enjoy the spirit of good fellow- ship which prevails. It is hoped that many will come without partners because in this way the opportunity of meeting many new people will be still greater. This fall Dr. Robert T. Hance goes to the University of Pitts- burg as professor and acting head of the department of zool- ogy. Dr. Hance has been at the Rockefeller Institute for Medi- cal Research for several years. Dr. Donald B. Young has been chosen for the headship of the department of zoology of the University of Maine. Dr. Young has been associate professor of zoology at the University of Arizona. EMBRYOS Fundulus greeted us upon our first day at Woods Hole. Before we had heard four of Dr. Good- rich’s lectures on the teleost, we were already adept in mili- tary tactics. There would have been no doubt of this in the mind of even a uniformed observer if he had seen normally vertical microscopes assume in unison a horizontal position. Such elab- orate preparations are neces- sary for even a fleeting glance of the elusive Cunner polar vance notice will be required to care for individual requirements: bodies. Dr. Charles R. Stockard of | Cornell Medical School, in- his special lecture, told us that we ourselves are not entirely re- sponsible for our present condi- tion, for there are good and bad eggs, and environment is ex- tremely powerful. It is even possible by nearly freezing the unsuspecting eggs to produce wtins. All the young hopeful scientists immediately attempt- ed twinning but returned with little success, for even the em- bryos have become immune to Woods iio!2 weather. However, the class has no doubt but that environment plays a very important part in development — after treatment with alcohol, did not ears flop like eyes?—but of course we realize that such subjects are all over the heads of the Inverte- brates. While waiting for twins to appear, the atmosphere was constantly punctured with cries of, ‘Where’s the micropyle?” But why should this cause so much consternation? The mi- cropyle is right in the class! We even seen an occasional first cleavage. Captain Veeder has good rea- son to be proud of his good ship Cayadetta. On the first field trip of the Embryos it cruised about the fish traps for an hour, scanning the horizon, waiting for the noble Sagitta to arrive. W:-C:DAVIS‘;COMPANY: HOME FURNISHERS FALMOUTH MASS But then it must be remembered that the Sagitta went two miles up and down for every one mile ahead. Discovered—a new species— Metridium _ echinarachniensis. We give all the credit for this discovery to Dr. Plough of Am- herst but it must be rememb- ered that had it not been for the able assistance of Dr. Rogers of Oberlin this discovery would not have been possible. At the end of a four-day mar- athon between the students and Coelenterate planulae, the plan- ulae were declared to be still in the lead. Neither by natural nor arti- ficial means could Gonionemus be persuaded to lay eggs. Once more this famous Woods Hole citizen reniged. To break the monotony of regular lectures held to the tune of speed baots in the harbor, Dr. Hoadley spoke on studies on the development of the chick—and Dr. Richards on the continuity of the germ plasm. After two lectures by Dr. Rogers on Echinoderms road signs appeared on all sides: — “Please walk gently. Embryos must not be dis- turbed.” On Saturday Dr. Plough will give a special lecture. Dr. Just’s lecture on fertilization comes some time next week. Show Starts at 7.45 EDDIE CANTOR in “SPECIAL DELIVERY” Fox News Educational Comedy “THE LOVE THRILL” with LAURA LAPLANTE, TOM MOORE and BRYANT WASHBURN News Comedy The Elizabeth Theatre FALMOUTH, MASS. HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS Short Reels Repeated After the Feature Picture. A COMPLETE SHOW AFTER 8.30 Saturday Two Shows at 7.00 and 9.00 O’clock Matinees Monday, Wednesday and Saturday at 2.30 Feature Picture at 8.30 TWO DAYS Wednesday Thursday July 20 July 21 “THE YANKEE CLIPPER” A Tremendous realistic drama of the Sea Adults 50c Children 25c Matinee 2.30 P. M. on Wednesday. Friday July 22 LON CHANEY in “MR. WU” Topics of the Day Educational Comedy Saturday July 23 HARRY LANGDON in “HIS FIRST FLAME” Pathe News Sennett Comedy MAST GIVES REVIEW OF WORK ON AMOEBA First in Series of Evening Lectures The lecture of Professor 8S. O. Mast consisted of a presenta- tion of the more important re- sults and conclusions thus far obtained and formulated con- cerning structure, locomotion, and stimulation in Amoeba proteus. He faced the old problem of either spending most of his time on the work of himself and his students and of paying seant attention to the previous work, a course which is gener- ally adopted, or of discussing at some length the previous work and devoting less time to his own work. He chose the latter alternative. } The first ten minutes of his lecture were devoted to a dis- cussion of the views of Schultze, Berthold, Butschli, and others. In this he stressed particularly the two surface tension theories, the one formu- lated by Berthold and the other by Butschli. He then demon- strated by very convincing evi- dence that a number of impor- tant phenomena concerned with locomotion in Amoeba are not in accord with either of these theories. Among these he em- phasized the “biting” in two of Paramoecium and Frontonia by Amoeba. He showed figures by himself and Root, Beers, and Kepner and Whitlock of Amoe- ba feeling on these two organ- ims. These figures, in which the body of the ciliate is repre- sented as being drawn out so as to form a small strand in a part of the food vacuole (and the evident fact that the part of the ciliate not yet in the food vacuole was under pressure, because of changes in its shape), seem to answer the criticisms that have been made against Mast’s contention that these organisms are actually “yinched” in two by action of the amoebae. They show that the Paramoecium or Frontonia does not really “pinch” itself in two, that it is not cut in two by| a digestive process, and that) this phenomenon can not be due to surface tension in accord with the theories mentioned. He presented with the aid of free hand sketches and slides his conclusion that the body of an Amoeba can be divided into three chief regions, an outside fairly tough membrane, the plasmalemma, an inner region, the plasmasol, and an _inter- mediate region, the plasmagel. He maintained that the plas- magel changes to plasmasol at the posterior end; that the centrally located plasmasol flows forward to stream out at the anterior end like a fountain: 1 THE COLLECTING NET and that the sol is converted again into gel at the anterior end. One of his slides representing the structure of Amoeba was made from a figure in his splen- did paper on Amoeba which appeared last winter. This fig- ure, drawn with the aid of his student, the Japanese investiga- tor, Ibara, is destined to appear in many textbooks. He concluded that there are three chief factors concerned in locomotion: first, a contin- uous change from the gel to the sol state at the posterior end and the opposite at the ante- rior end; second, an increase in elastic strength in the plasma- gel from the anterior to the posterior end; and third, adhe- sion to the substratum. The third factor seemed to be dem- onstrated conclusively by graphs showing the rate of locomotion of Amoeba on various sub- strata. These indieated that on redistilled paraffin there is no adhesion and consequently no locomotion and that on ordinary glass, quartz, and pyrex glass the rate is about the same, after initial differences, while commercial paraffin the rate of locomotion is considerably higher. Consequently, he maintained that, if the three factors in- volved in locomotion are the ones stated above, then stimu- lation consists in a modification of one or more of them. His conclusion that stimula- tion by light and by electricity are fundamentally different was based on the work of his stu- dents, Folger and Luce. He (Continued on Page 10) DUGGER SUMMARY (Continued from Page 4) periments, next discussed, served this purpose. The virus was subjected to mechanical comminuation tests by means of comparative stud- ies upon bacteria and upon dis- eased tobacco juice, the grind- ing substance being diatoma- ceous earth. Grinding was ef- fected in an agate mortar pro- vided with a motor-driven ex- eentrically arranged pestle, a device frequently employed in grinding bacterial cultures. Pe- riods of grinding ranging from one to six hours were found to be effective in rupturing both vegetative cells and spores of bacteria, but no appreciable in- jury was done to the virus treated in the same way. While such results yield no data for a direct determination of size, they are regarded as indicating that the virus ageney cannot ex- ist as a large, flexible, attenuate; or semi-liquid body; and again the data suggest an extremely on ; small size of the virus agency. A variety of experimental re- sults seemed to find explanation in a high adsorptive capacity on the part of the virus, so that direct determination of this property was made by using substances of diverse type. Among the various adsorbing surfaces, charcoal and clay, for example, were contrasted with such basic materials as precipi- tated calcium carbonate and calcium phosphate. Charcoal was found to be surprisingly adsorptive of the virus, this dis- ease agency being rendered in- ert in respect to infection when one gram of juice (diluted) was treated for a relatively short period (12 hours) with one gram of blood charcoal, calcium carbonate was less effective than charcoal, while calcium phosphate—probably soluble on inoculation into the tissues— was still less effective. By com- parison with bacteria and other organisms, this capacity of the virus to be adsorbed was con- sidered further to be proof of its ultramieroscopic size. In fact, the first two lines of study stressed were regarded as show- ing that particles of minute size (colloidal dimensions) are in- volved, and rather extensive adsorption experiments indicate that large organisms are not concerned. After considering briefly other lines of experimentation and some possibilities of the so- called enzyme or toxin nature of the virus, it was pointed out that on the whole this virus shows characteristics very sug- gestive of a low order of life, subcellular, only sightly respon- sive, and perhaps with a very inferior degree of organization. This possibility was made the basis of a purely speculative dis- cussion of the origin of living organisms. Our ideas of the criteria of life are derived ex- clusively from observations on the complex cell. Could such complexity originate at one jump? In general, this discus- sion was a plea for a careful consideration of the problem of the origin of life, that it may be brought more nearly into line with the facts known concern- ing the development of other materials on the earth, and more particularly into line with the universality of evolution. DUGGER REVIEW (Continued from Page 4) these, other than aster yellows, reguires a period in the insect bodv is not fully determined. Whether we can think of the causative agents of the “aster yellows” type of diseases as fil- terable viruses is not known, because as yet they can not be transmitted except by specific carriers or by budding or graft- ing, PAGE NINE Perhaps one of the longest known virus diseases of plants is “peach yellows”. It has been known at least 135 years and has been rather intensively studied for forty years. In spite of this we do not even know how it is transmitted from a diseased to a healthy plant, let alone knowing anything about the causative agent. We only know that it is not transmitted by the ordinary needle or scalpel meth- od. To find the carrier of peach yellows will be a neat scientific contribution. Assuming that the carrier is an insect, the dif- ficulty is evident in contrast to “aster yellows”, when one real- izes that asters have about a dozen common insect pests and the symptoms of the disease ap- pear in the plant two or three weeks after the infected insect feeds on the plant, while on the peach there are about one hun- dred fifty rather common insect pests and symptoms of the dis- ease do not show up for more than a year after a diseased bud is grafted into the plant. In closing I might say taht I feel the lecturer needed to make no apology for the speculative portion of his lecture in which he suggested that the causative agents of virus diseases are a very simple type of organism— much simpler than the simplest forms we have previously known and studied and are ac- customed to think of as the sim- plest possible living beings. The same is true of his suggestion that even today such extremely simple organisms may be in process of creation. Being evo- lutionists we can hardly believe that life started at a simgle jump with complex things as the simplest bacteria with their complex protein molecules and their highly developed metabol- ism. Indeed perhaps the earlier organisms had much simpler proteins, and much simpler me- tabolism than any known or- ganism. Perhaps, too, some of these very primitive organisms have remained over to prey up- on the higher ones as they devel- oped. It will be no more strange for us to discover a series of or- ganisms simpler than the sim- plest bacteria than it was for Leeuwenhoek to discover the microscopical “beasties” in his day. In the future we may have to follow in the footsteps of Spallanzani, Pasteur and others in working out the methods of reproduction, the cosmic signi- ficance and the nature of the metabolism of this very simple order of life. Such scientific imagination is productive rather than dangerous when it is backed up by the careful logical sort of experimentation shown in the lecture. Dr. William Crocker Boyce-Thompson Inst. for Plant Research PAGE TEN THE COLLECTING NET Mast Gives Review | of Work on Amoeba | (Continued from Page 9) contended that the orientations to these two stimuli are merely outwardly similar; that in the electric current pseudopods are formed on the cathode side, ow- ing to solation on that side; while in light, pseudopod for- mation is inhibited on the illu- minated side owing to gelation on that side. This recalls his view that the process of orien- tation of Volvox in light and in the electric current are funda- mentally dissimilar. His dis- cussion of the work of his stu- dent, Folger, was tantalizing in its brevity. It appears to show conclusively that the Bunsen Roscoe law does not hold for the reactions to light in Amoeba; that as the luminous intensity increases the length of the latent period increases rapidly to a maximum and then de- ereases more slowly to a mini- mum, while the length of the stimulation period decreases rapidly to a minimum and then increases slowly; and that in order to produce a response to light in Amoeba, consisting of a cessation of movement, about thirty times as much energy is required in very bright light as is required in weaker light. According to the Bunsen Ros- coe law equal amounts of ener- gy would be required. His contention that there is no specific relation between the chemical content of the sur- rounding medium and the form assumed by an Amoeba was supported by slides showing that Amoeba proteus can as- sume all its possible shapes in| the purest water that can be produced in a pyrex glass still. Moreover, he demonstrated that | locomotion in Amoeba occurs in such water, thus contradict- ing the view that locomotion is possible only in solutions con- taining certain salts, especially calcium, excepting possibly ex- tremely minute amounts. He also presented evidence showing the relation between the rate of locomotion and tem- perature and hydrogen ion concentration. With the aid of slides he discussed the rele- tion between hydrogen ion con- centration, sugar concentration, and urea concentration and the total volume of Amoeba, as’ well as the relation between these factors and the plasmagel-plas- masol ratio. Here again one was tantalized by his hurried treatment and by his failure to tell the methods used in meas- uring the volume and the rela- tive amounts of plasmasol and plasmagel, in measuring the rate of locomotion, in regulating and controlling the tempera- ture, and in measuring and controlling the hydrogen ion concentration. One felt that this was perhaps the most im- portant part of the lecture and yet lack of time prevented the adequate treatment that the re- sults deserved. One came away from the lecture impressed by the fact that a tremendous amount of work of the utmost importance had been done by Professor Mast. Furthermore, one was conscious of the fact that an im- pressive program of work had been outlined. William L. Dolley, Jr. Electric Cookery is More Convenient Just the Turn of a Switch That is all that is needed to start cooking on a Hotpoint Super- No hunting for matches or carrying coal and And there is no danger if electricity is turned on acci- Automatic Range. ‘wood. dentally by the children. Come in and let us tell you about the many other advantages of the Hotpoint Electric Range. HOTPOINT Super-Automatic Electric Ranges Cape and Vineyard Electric Company Offices at Oak Bluffs Falmouth Hyannis Chatham Conservation Work of Bureau of Fisheries (Continued from Page 1) Although the work of the bu- reau has broadened to some ex- tent since that time, its chief activities are still the same as when first established. It is concerned primarily with the discovery of the depletion of our fisheries, with causes and with possible remedies. Through its participation in fish cultural operations, it has actively striv- en to prevent depletion and to build up fisheries which have been depleted. The great sal- mon fisheries of Alaska, one of the most valuable in the world, are under the control of the De- partment of Commerce and are administered by the Bureau of Fisheries. The bureau consists of fonr main divisions: the divisions of scientific inqdiry, fish cnlture, fishery indlstries and the Alaska service. The work of the divi- sion of inquiry includes practi- cally all of the work for which the bureau was originally estab- lished and involves the study of the various fisheries in order to determine yhich are showing depletion and what methods may be applied toward their conservation. The division of fish culture is concerned mainly with the proagation and distri- bution of various food and game fishes and also conducts the res- cue operations in the waters of the upper Mississippi Valley by means of which millions of fish left stranded in shallow pools by the receding waters after the spring floods, are saved from certain death and returned to the river. The division of fish- ery industries collects statistics which are of fundamental im- portance in revealing the char- acter and extent of depletion, and which also serve trade pur- poses. It conducts investiba- tions of methods of preserving and of Ish merchandisiny in or- der to provide for the hiphest economic use of the harvests taken. The Alaska service ad- ministers the laws yoverning the filsheries of Alaska, which include the salmon, herring, halibut, cod, and clam fisheries, and a number of others of lesser importance. It also handles the important fur-seal industry, centered in the Pribilof Islands —an industry so closely related to the fisheries that its care has been placed in the hands of the Bureau of Fisheries. (To Be Continued) ’ —— nn The Crocker Garage Co. Incorporated Tow Car—tTel 72-2 Falmouth Mass. General Repair Work When Looking for Reliable Merchandise Try ARENOVSKI'S Est. 1892 Phone 410 The Home of Hart Schaffner & Marx Clothing Lamson & Hubbard Hats Printzess Suits, Coats and Dresses Everything in the Way of Sport Clothes Walk-Over Shoes Satisfaction Guaranteed or Money Refunded Falmouth -:- -:- Mass. ee ET Dr. George H. Greene DENTIST Office, Nearly Opposite St. Barnabas Memorial Church FALMOUTH, MASS. 9 A. M. - 12 M.; 1-4 P. M. Telephone 385 Hours: Hardware Paints and Varnishes CHARLES T. EASTMAN FALMOUTH, MASS. Phone Orders Promptly Delivered Tel. 407 Kitchen Furnishings Glenwood Ranges Beach Party? FRESH ROLLS BACON SAUSAGE STEAKS and CHOPS EVERYTHING QUICK SERVICE LOW PRICES Morrison’s Market Woods Hole, Mass. SANSOUCI BARBER SHOP Expert Bobbing WOODS HOLE, MASS. | THE LEATHER SHOP Falmouth, Mass. ARTHUR C. EASTMAN | Follow the Crowd to’ DANIELS’ Home-made Ice Cream, Delicious Sandwiches, Coffee PICNIC LUNCHES A Specialty for “THE CHEMICAL ROOM” (Continued from Page 2) items are lumped it is rather difficult to tell what portion of these figures belong to the Chemical Room proper. The items are quoted as given. 1888, chemicals, $180.50; scientific apparatus, inside and_ outside equipment, $1,741.40. 1889, in- crease of equipment (apparatus, etc.,) $866.16. 1890, apparat- us, chemicals, etc., $391.70; al- cohol $35.50. 1891, chemicals and supplies $377.61; alcohol $110.40. 1892, chemicals $153; alcohol $114; “Supplies” $660. 1893, chemicals $393.81; equip- ment $288.01; supplies $730.55. 1894, chemicals, glassware and instruments $569.97. 1895, (and 1896?) chemicals, glass- ware and instruments $1431.62. 1897, chemicals $154.24; instru- ments $6839. 1898, chemicals $543.19; instruments $5120. 1899, chemicals $196.93; sup- plies $1359.67. 1900, chemistry department, $1888.82; instru- ments $4531. 1901, chemicals, chemist supplies, etc., 5410.43. 1902, chemicals, chemist sup- plies, ete., $918.20. 1903, chem- icals, chemist supplies, etc., UPD ey af 1904, chemicals, chemist supplies, etc., $948.05. 1905, chemicals, chemist sup- plies, etc., $906.32. 1906, chem- icals, chemist supplies, etc., $705.22. 1907, chemicals, chem- ist supplies, etc., $519.14. 1908, chemicals, chemist supplies, etc., $752.20. 1909, chemicals, chem-! ist supplies, etc., $659.32; in- struments and laboratory sup- plies, $131.15. In 1910 the policy was adopt- ed by the Chemist of keeping an account of all the bills for Chemical Room supplies as they were O. K.’d and sent in to the Business Manager’s office. Va- rious items such as freight, ex- press charges and sundry doubt- ful items and also the salaries of the Chemical Room staff are included in the Reports but not in the Chemical Room account. Consequently the figures from the Reports are larger, but the former figures more accurately represent the actual expendi- tures of Chemical Room supplies and owing to doubtful items wiil be quoted simply in round num- bers: 1910, $825; 1911, $300; 1912, $730; 1913, 1585; 1914, $1780; 1915, $1130; 1916, $1260; 1917, $1000; 1918, $850; 1919, $885; 1920, $1065; 1921, $1365; 1922, $1710; 1923, $2080; 1924, 1780; 1925, $5755; 1926, $3500. It may be remarked that the famous researches by Dr. Jacques Loeb were carried on in a separate laboratory built by the Rockefeller Institute and various chemicals used by him were principally paid for by THE COLLECTING NET PAGE ELEVEN that Institution and are not, of course, included in the above ex- penditures. Two of the earliest pieces of complicated physical apparatus, precursors of the avalanche to come, were an Ostwald ther- mostat purchased in 1908 and an Einthoven string galvano- meter (Edelmann make) pur- chased about the same time at the request of the ever enthusi- astic Dr. A. P. Mathews. This latter apparatus was not put into actual use until 1915 when the necessary accessory parts were purchased. It has since then, until 1925, been under the fostering vigilant care of Dr. Walter E. Garrey. It would be interesting, but would be too great a task, to analyze the various items pur- chased through the Chemical Room during all these years, but it would be safe to say that such an analysis would simply reveal the tendency, well known to everybody, for biological work to assume more and more a physico-chemical character. This tendency culminated in the necessity for better provision to be made for purchase, housing and care of the ever increasing volume of delicate apparatus and resulted in what might be termed a partial binary fissioh of the Department of Chemical Supplies. The problem appar- ently of the “powers that be” was to find an individual not only an expert in some line of biological work, but also an en- thusiast in the matter of appar- atus and moreover such a genial disposition as to withstand all the assults upon his temper in- volved in such a function. Their immediate and unanimous choice, as the writer understands it, was Professor S. E. Pond who has also been inveigled by the Editor of The Collecting Net into furnishing an article on this subject. Returning to the Chemica) Room proper, a rough survey seems to show that the few items mentioned in the inventory of 1904 have grown in number to about 500, each of such items as beakers, bottles, filter paper, rubber stoppers, rubber tubing, etc., with their great variety of material, quality, size and num- ber, being considered as one item. We also find that the chemicals, drugs and dies have increased to about 1,000 or more. Expanded in 1925 Before describing the system upon which the Chemical Room is run it might be well to take a glance at the physical charac- teristics of the present quarters of the Chemical Room occupied since 1925. These quarters consist of a long room about 155 ft. long by about 20 ft. wide. From one end there projects an L: extension about 26 x 23 ft. This and the adjoining part lying in the new- est part of the Laboratory is occupied more especially by the equipment required for the chemical activities of the staff. There is also at the other end a small adjoining room about 8x 6ft. used as an office for the clerical work, storage of cata- logues, correspondence, etc., pertaining to the Chemical Room. The furnishing of the Chemical Room consists of a long series of open transverse shelf racks, mostly with iron movable shelves; of wall shelf racks with movable iron shelves; of cabinets; tables and two hoods. The cabinets, which were devised by Dr. Gilman A. Drew when Resident Director of the Marine Biological Laboratory, deserve a special mention. They consist of a number of compart- ments, the upright partitions separating them being composed of grooved paraffined boards into which corresponding flanges of the drawers fit. Each com- partment has a separate door. The drawers are also heavily paraffined and their sides are provided with vertical grooves on the inside into which dividing partitions can be inserted. It is evident that with such an ar- rangement not only can the drawers be spaced either close together or any distance apart according to their contents, but they can be taken out entirely and the compartment converted into a closet or movable shelves can be inserted in the grooves instead of the drawers The para- fining is also a very important feature in a damp seaside cli- mate like that of Woods Hole. Not once in the memory of the writer has a single drawer in these cabinets stuck or even functioned poorly. Each draw- er is provided with a card hold- er upon which its contents are indicated and on the outside of the door of each compartment a card is thumbtacked upon which is indicated the general nature of the contents of the whole stack of drawers contained in that compartment. A double letter system is used in designating these vari- ous articles of furniture, the cabinets being all called C and each one by a secondary letter, e. g. CA, CB; CC, CD, etc. The open shelf racks are designated by R each one being designated RA, RB, RC, ete., numbers being reserved for the individual (To Be Continued) FIRE ALARM KEY SPECIAL SIGNALS 4 Forest Fire. 55 Daily Test Signal at 12 o’clock noon and 4.30 P. M. General Alarm, followed by a box number. This may be followed by a box number. Chimney or other Small Fire reported over telephone. No School signal at 7.45 A. M. Aid requested by ‘‘out-of-town”’ call. All persons are warned to comply with the new “right of way” law for fire apparatus and not park within 600 feet of any fire, and also to “pull over’? and permit apparatus to pass. If you do not know how to operate a fire alarm box, ask any fireman and he will be glad to show you. fire station during the day. Box 14 141 142 143 144 145 15 16 17 212 213 214 215 216 217 23 231 232 234 235 24 25 251 252 253 26 27 28 32 Location Phinney’s Boat Shop Oak Crest Hotel Terrace Gables Vineyard Sound House Amherst and Grand Aves. Turner and Breivogel Garage Tower House Maravista and Grand Aves. Hadley’s Cor., Davisville King St. and Clinton Ave. Power Station Queen St. and Nye Rd. Almshouse Teaticket Post Office Trotting Park Rd. Palmer Ave. and Morse Rd. Sippewissett and State Rds. Palmer and.Oakwood Aves. Gifford St. and Morse Rd. Queen’s Buyway Falmouth National Bank Wood Lumber Co. Falmouth Railroad Station Elm Rd. (The Moors) Surf Drive Grammar School (Village) Main and Walker Sts. High School Hose No. 5 Station, Woods Hole Gunning Point District Sippewissett Hotel Quissett Harbor House 324 325 326 Visitors are welcome at any Box 34 Location Quissett and Buzzards Bay Aves. Hilton’s, Glendon Rd., Woods Hole Nobska Point Section, Woods Hole Fenno’s Farm, Quissett Marshall’s, Quissett Ave. Quissett Four Corners School House, Woods Hole Carlton Estate, Woods Hole Gansett Section West and Milfield Sts., Woods Hole U. S. Buoy Yard, Woods Hole Steamboat Wharf, Woods Hole Prospect St. Bay Ave. Penzance Point Section East Falmouth Kenyon’s Corner Fuller’s Corner Brick Kiln and State Rds. Brick Kiln and Sandwich Rds. Menauhant District Waquoit District Fresh Pond District West Falmouth District North Falmouth District Megansett District Silver Beach District Hatchville District Ashumet District 341 342 343 345 346 347 348 349 35 36 37 38 and Buzzards 39 41 412 413 414 415 42 43 432 45 46 47 48 49 492 PAGE TWELVE THE COLLECTING NET @ur Authorities Dr. Edwin G. Conklin is pro- fessor of biology at Princeton University, and a member of the National Academy of Sc*- ences. Dr. Oliver S. Strong is pro- fessor of neurology and neuro- histology at the College of Phy- sicians and Surgeons, Columbia University. Dr. Samuel E. Bond is as- sistant professor of physiology at the University of Pennsyl- vania. He isin charge of the apparatus department of the Laboratory. Dr. W. L. Dolley, Jr., is pro- fessor of biology at the Univer- sity of Buffalo. Dr. Alexander Forbes is as- sociate professor of physiology at the Harvard University Med- ical School. Dr. B. M. Dugger is profes- sor of physiological botany and economics at the University of Wisconsin. Dr. William Crocker is di- rector of the Boyce-Thompson Institute for Plant Research. - Se ROBINSON’S PHARMACY B. W. Dris, Prop. R. W. Nickerson, Reg. Phar. Falmoutth’s Oldest Drugstore First-class Drugs and Imported Toilet Articles A Registered Pharmacist Always on Duty THE SEA ROBIN Directly on the Sound Club Breakfasts .. 30c up Also Dinner, Tea, and Supper MRS. CRITTENDEN Attractive Weekly Rates Tel. 667-3 a ry Compliments of PENZANCE GARAGE WOODS HOLE, MASS. Day or Night AS Ts A; Phone 652 Towing SS IDEAL RESTAURANT BEST FOOD IN TOWN Main Street Woods Hole (he Apparatus Accumulates at Barely Burning Blaze History was made in this humble little town on the after- noon of Friday, July 8. No in- auguration could have been more impressive, although most of the inhabitants of the sleepy village were hardly aware of the significant event occurring within their midst. At 5.48 the unceasing calm of a scientific community hung over Woods Hole. Hardly a starfish crawled in the labora- tory, hardly an eel wiggled in the pond. At 5.49 the deep- throated voice of an alarm threatened the peace and quies- ence of the locality with the dread menace of fire. The sig- nal tokened the schoolhouse dis- trict which lies in the remote suburbs of the town, and there- fore, few from the Laboratory felt able to follow the fire de- partment as it thundered forth, but curiously scanned the sky across the Eel Pond. Disap- pointed not to see the sky alight from the glow of the flames they returned to the dead monotone of research, while at the scene of disaster history was written for Woode Hole. The Collecting Net corre- spondent is able to report au- thentically, much as it may startle the readers of this weekly, that the new Woods Hole fire pump was actually put into operation for the first time. According to Mr. Ferris, per- manent head of Station 5, an authority, the apparatus unden- iably worked, pumping great streams of water to quell the blaze which lurked in the depths of the Stevenson House cellar. As if to make the occasion more inspiring the Falmouth Fire Department lent the glory of two engines and a hook and ladder to augment the sturdy Woods Hole pair, and together with Fire Chief Ray D. Wells’ private machine made a total of five pieces of apparatus. The traffic tie-up threatened to be serious on the Falmouth road. Care were blocked in a jam difficult to manage because of the presence of the entire canine and small boy population. Some of those fortunate enough to see one or two billows of smoke among them) and noticed fire- men pouring chemicals down the chimney realized that a small pile of blazing newspapers in the cellar had caused the ini- tiation of the shiny red and silver pump of which Woods Hole is rightfully so proud. Horseshoes in Full Swing Among Old Hands The newcomer at Woods Hole is not infrequently heard to inquire whether the Labora- tory boasts a blacskmith shop in addition to its other adjuncts. This query seems sometimes to be prompted by the discovery of a collection of ‘horseshoes neatly parked on the rear wall of the Old Main Building but is doubtless more often occasioned by the fact that at almost any hour of the day from dawn till dusk a curious clinking sound, | as of hammer on anvil, may be heard by anyone wandering within half a mile of the Labo- ratory. To the initiated, however, this sound conveys merely the knowledge that the “old-timers” are at it again in the horseshoe pits. It means in all probabil- ity, especially if it be heard at the noon hour, that “Art” Daw- son is tossing double-ringers or that “Sturt”, with pipe firmly clutched between teeth, is ex- hibiting that Hermes-like pose that characterizes his follow- through. Or perhaps it is “Mart”, that splendid exponent of scientifically cautious pro- cedure in the realm of horseshoe (the correspondent, pitching. Yes, nearly all of last season’s headliners are with us once more and may be seen limbering up daily in prepara- tion for the annual ladder tour- nament which will soon be in full swing. Dr. J. A. Dawson, last year’s winner, is on hand to defend his crown, and his runner-up and _ time-honored rival, Dr. O. L. Inman, is once more out to make a serious bid for the championship. Each is said to be playing a strong game and the battle should be a keen one. In addition to _ these, Lancefield, Swett, Sturtevant Wilson, and a host of others, any of whom may prove the “Dark Horse of 1927”, may be observed so frequently in action that one is led to predict a year of activity totally without paral- lel in the annals of M. B. L. horseshoes. Victoribus sunt praemia! K. and G. BAKERY and LUNCH Breakfast 45ec Supper 45-60c ° Dinner 60-75c Special Rates by the Week to Laboratory Workers Mrs. Grace Grant, Prop. P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. PUBLISHERS. PHILADELPHIA. Exhibiting in the Vestibule of the Main Building Outlines of the Comparative Anat- omy of Vertebrates.” By J. S. Kingsley, Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Illinois, Urbana. é 3d Edition. 535 Illustrations. Cloth, $4.00. “The Nematode Parasites of Ver- tebrates.”’ By Warrington Yorke, M. D., Professor of Parasitology, Univer- sity of Liverpool and Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine, and P. A. Maplestone, M. D., D. S. O., with Foreword by 'C. W. Stiles, Prof. of Zoology, U. S. Public Health Service. 307 Illustrations. Cloth, $9.00. “The Early Embryology of the Chick.” By Bradley M. Patten, Assistant Professor of Histology and Em- bryology, School of Medicine, Western Reserve University. 2d Edition. 62 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.25. Meredith. A Textbook for College Stu- dents With Sections on Anatomy, Physiology and Pathological Con- ae 268 Illustrations. Cloth, 3.50. By Florence Lyndon Meredith, M. D., College Physician and Pro- fessor of Hygiene, Smith College. Hygiene. Gager. General Botany. 689 Illustrations. Cloth, $4.00. By C. Stuart Gager, Ph. D., Se. D., Pd. D., Director, Brooklyn Bo- tanie Garden. “The Embryology of the Pig.” By Bradley M. Platten. Colored Frontispiece and 168 Text illustra- tions. Cloth, $3.50. “SA Manual of Land and Fresh Water Vertebrate Animals of the United States.” By Henry Sherring Pratt, Prof. of Biology, Haverford College. 184 Illustrations. May, Bibli- ofraphy, Glossary. Cloth, $6.00. Poe ere ee an RR ES SRR SRR SE RE ) Volume II Number 3 WOODS HOLE, MASS., SATURDAY, JULY 23, THE PERMEABILITY OF THE CAPILLARY WALL H. M. LANpIS University of Pennsylvania Mr. Landis delivered a lecture bearing the above title on the evening of July 15. The author’s summary and a review of the paper follow. | The methods used in the study of the passage of water and dissolved substances through the capillary wall have been for the most part indirect in character, and have involved large numbers of capillaries. The interpretation of results obtained in this way is difficult because of the continually changing dia- meter, pressure, and rate of flow in the separate vessels which compose the capillary network. These variables can be reduced in number and more adequately controlled by study- ing single vessels, which limits observation to what is in fact the unit of fluid interchange. A micro-injection technique was used for the measurement of systolic, diastolic, and mean blood pressure in single capil- laries. The results indicated the existence of a balance be- tween capillary blood pressure and the osmotic pressure of the plasma proteins. The level at which this balance occurred was - higher in the rat, a mammal, (Continued on Page 5) fA. B. L. Calendar Saturday, July 23 9:00-12:00 P. M. Club Dance. Orchestra. M. B. L. Club. Admission free to mem- bers; 75c for non-members. Sunday, July 24 9:00 P. M. Informal Singing. Roof of Brick Building if the weather is good. Otherwise the group will gather upstairs on the M. B. L. Club porch. Tuesday, July 26 8:00 P. M. Evening Lecture. Dr. Robert M. Yerkes, Professor of Psychol- ogy, Yale University. Subject: “The Psycho-biology of the Gorilla’’. Friday, July 29 4:00-6:00 P. M. Physiology Tea. M. B. L. Club. Friday, July 29 8:00 P. M. Evening Lecture. Dr. Henry Bigelow. Subject: To be an- nounced later. Review By Dr. A. P. MATHEWS Professor of Physiology, University of Cineinnati It is well known that between the ends of the arterioles and the veins of the body there is to be found a network of very fine blood vessels of which the walls are a single cell in thick- ness. These vessels are the capillaries. It is through the walls of these vessels that all the food matters brought by the blood must pass to the tissues; and the waste and other prod- ucts of the chemical activity of the tissues pass back to the blood. The question of the na- ture of the processes involved in this passage outward and in- ward in the tissues has been in- vestigated for many years, and opinions have been divided whether it is wholly a physical process of osmosis, the capillary wall playing a wholly passive part, or whether it is in reality a vital process, the physical play of osmotic forces being con- trolled and regulated by the vi- tal activity of the living cells of the capillary wall. The ana- logous problem in the lungs, of the passage of the oxygen into (Continued on Page 5) RESEARCH iN COLLEGES An informal conference in regard to research in colleges will be held in Room 130, Brick Building, at 8.00 P. M., Thurs- day, July 28. Brief accounts of conditions in a few institu- tions will be given, accompanied by a general discussion. This meeting is called in accordance with the vote passed at the simi- lar conference held last sum- mer. All interested are invited to attend. a 1927. _ CILIA AND CILIA The Protozoology class as- sembled the twenty-eighth of June with the serious intention of pursuing the elusive Proto- zoan. A collecting trip was in- augurated immediately after a lecture by Dr. Woodruff, who gave the class a general idea of the Protozoan. Lillie’s Ditch, Dump Pond, School House Pond, and various other future bases of supply were visited. The afternoon’s work settled down to trying to find what the books so accurately describe. This tale would, from now on, be mere repetition of lecture and laboratory, were it not for the variety in lectures and the learning curve in the laboratory work. The lectures describe the bio- logical background beginning first with the origin of the mi- croscope, from simple lenses to those that finally led to the manufacture of the present day masterpiece. Indeed as the au- tomobile was popularized by Henry Ford so was the micro- scope popularized by Robert Hooke’s “Micrographia,” Henry Baker’s works, as well as those of the two Adams, father and son. Microscopes are of little sig- nificance unless the men who use them correlate the results of keen observation. Leeuwen- hoek, a man of no formal edu- cation, observed the organisms which we today recognize as (Continued on Page 4) Currents in the Hole At following hours the current in the hole turns to run from Buz- zards Bay to Vineyard Sound: A.M. P.M. July 23 See 11.45 12.00m Darby ay a se 12.40 10.04a.m AGL BB ais oats 1.40 2.00 Jiliy: AG a nnebens 2.40, 2.50 SOL 2 0 sete 3.40 3.40 July 28 |f sees 4.20 4.40 JulypAag ee 5.15 5.15 dualysrd OMe ana 6.00 6.10 In each case. the current changes six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. Subscription $1.25 Single Copies, lie FISH COMMISSION WAS ONCE HOUSED AT LITTLE HARBOR “Reminiscences of the »Fish Commission” Dr. EDWIN LINTON Honorary Research Fellow in Zool- ology, University of Pennsylvania I. Baird at Woods Hole In consenting to write ao series of articles on his early days at the Fish Commission, Dr. Linton is undertaking a task which will be appreciated by everyone at the laboratory. I have been asked by the Editor of The Collecting Net to write out some of my recollec- tions of events connected with the United States Fish Commis- sion Laboratory at Woods Hole. In complying with this request I shall make, for my first con- tribution, an unpublished ad- dress which was delivered at the Baird Centennary Celebration, in the auditorium of the Unitec States National Museum at Washington, D. C., on February 3, 1923. Seven years ago, lacking but six days, it was my honor te have a place on the program of exercises attending the unveil- ing of a memorial tablet to Spencer Fullerton Baird, on the forty-fifth anniversary of the establishment of the United States Bureau of Fisheries. My contribution on that occa- sion was an appreciation of Professor Baird (Science, N. S., vol. 48, pp. 25-34), in which ap- preciation stress was laid on his power, through a simple, per- suasive eloquence, which was peculiarly his, to convince those who were then in charge of pub- lic affairs, of the vital impor- tance to the nation of scientific inquiry. The creation of such an or- ganization as the National Re- search Council, in the early decades of this century, may be looked upon as a natural devel- opment of ideas concerning the public welfare which dominated the mind of Professor Boiv4 in (Continued on Page 4) PAGE TWO THE COLLECTING NET “The Chemical Room” | Its Past and Present | Dr. Oliver S. Strong | Professor of Neurology and Neuro- Histology, College of Physicians end Surge Columbia University. : This the third installment of Dr. Strong’s article on the develop- ment of the Chemical Room. The Chemical Room is under the general supervision of the person designated Chemist in in the Announcement of the M. RB. L. This person, in consulta- tion with the Director, (a) ap- points the staff, (b) determines the general nature of the man- agement (rules, division of la- bor, ete,), (c) determines the arrangement of the supplies in the room and any physical changes needed, and (d) orders all supplies. If absent, the gen- eral charge of the room and mak- ing the emergency orders then devolve upon a member of the staff designated by him as act- ing in charge. Upon the other members of the staff devolve the actual care, placing, distribution and return to their places after use, of the supplies, and making up various solutions as indica- ted above. Chemica! Room Appointments Popular Regarding appointments to the staff a few words may not be amiss and may be of practical use to some readers of this arti- cle. Those wishing positions in the Chemical Room are reques- ted to make application in writ- ing to the Chemist, stating their qualifications, about when they expect to reach and leave Woods Hole and whether they prefer to work whole or part time. The actual distribution of time de- pends upon the varied needs of their services. Preference is given to those who have pre- viously served with satisfaction and to those who wish to do re- search work. While training in chemistry or biology is desir- able, it is not necessary in all eases. It may be remarked that the Chemical Room affords working space for those mem- bers of its staff who desire to carry on personal research and that such members have the same facilities and privileges (supervision by older investi- gators, lectures, library, use of apparatus and so forth) as the investigators. In fact the gen- eral aim in filling positions in the Chemical Room is not only to provide efficient service but also to afford opportunity for its staff to avail themseves of the general scientific advantages of spending a season in Woods Hole. of time among the members of | ,suggest a common mechanism Private rearrangements | the staff are permitted provided that the efficiency of the service is not in any way impaired, that the total amount of pay is not increased, and that the pro rata (Continued on Column 4) | “iIMfPLICATIONS OF THE ALL OR NONE PRINCIPLE IN THE PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CHEMICAL NERVOUS SYSTEM” Dr. ALEXANDER FORBES Professor of Physiology, Harvard | Associate I Dr. Forbes delivered a lecture bearing the above title le e The author’s summary and a review ot the paper tollow. July 5. University Medical School on the evening of Summary | By AUTHOR | The complexity of the ner-| vous system is extreme. Any} contribution which makes its’ workings intelligible is welcome. Some people like complexity, and increase it by inventing new names which may mean nothing. The greatest advances have been those of simplifica- tion; e. g. Newton reducing complex motions of the planets to the expressions of a simple law of gravitation. Keith Lucas made great strides in classifying the func- tions of nerve and muscle. His work tended toward simplifica- tion. It brought out the funda- mental similiarity of function between nerve and muscle. Su- perficially we are struck by their differences; their respec- tive purposes—conduction and contraction—are in contrast, the structural difference is great; as regards heat produc- tion and fatigue they differ greatly. But the resemblances are much more fundamental. The laws of electrical stimula- tion are the same for both, and of excitation. Duration, as well as intensity, is a determining factor in the exciting effect of the current, and the curve cor- relating requisite intensity with duration has the same shape in both nerve and muscle. On this fact is based Nernst’s theory of excitation, which assumes that a certain concentration of ions, caused by the exciting current at a point in the tissue near some semipermeable membrane, is the essential feature in ex- citation. In both tissues the re- sulting response is a progressive disturbance marked by lowered electric potential in the active region. Both nerve and muscle depend on oxygen and give off carbon dioxide; both develop heat when active. Both tissues shows a refractory period fol- lowed by gradual recovery after response. In both nerve and muscle the response obeys the all-or-none law, which means that the energy of response comes not from the stimulus but from the tissue. There are quantitative differences; in par- ticular the time elements— chronaxie, action current, re- fractory phase—which are about three times as brief in nerve as in muscle. But the close simi- (Continued on Page 3) Review By Dr. McKrEen. CATTELL Cornell University Medical School Those who were fortunate enough to be present listened to a most comprehensive and In- teresting talk on nerve physiol- ogy from America’s foremost investigator in this field. Dr. Forbesresides on the neighbor- ing island, Naushon, and has spent many summers working in the laboratory. The opinion was expressed by the lecturer that the more im- portant advances in science are not those which add detail to our knowledge, but rather those of simplification, i. e., discover- ies which help to relate and ex- plain apparently isolated. phe- nomena, examples of which are Wewton’s theory of gravitation, and the all or none principle of nerve and muscle function, the latter established largely from the pioneering investigations of Keith Lucas. Stress was laid on the tendency to emphasize the differences in the properties. be- tween nerve and muscle, in physiological teaching, whereas all recent investigations have pointed to a striking similarity in fundamental mechanism gov- erning the action of these tis- sues. Differences which occur are quantitative rather than qualitative. the refractory periods, latent periods, speeds of conduction, energy exchanges, the all-or- none principle, etc., were dis- cussed. The demonstration of the essential similarity in the properties of nerve and muscle, he considered to be the most important contribution of Lu- cas; an opinion which would be disputed by but few physiolo- gists. The major part of the lecture was devoted to a consideration of the central nervous function in the light of our knowledge of peripheral nerve muscle physi- ology, with a special considera- tion of the all-or-none principle. The various points of difference between simple nerve conduc- tion through the reflex are, as enumerated by Sherrington, were discussed, with especial emphasis on the advances in the understanding of the causes of these differences. Those inter- ested should read Dr. Forbes’ recent presentation of the sub- ject in Physiological Reviews. The resonance theory of Weiss came in for criticism, and de- (Continued on Page 3) In this connection | “The Chemica! Rooin”’ payment per hour of services is not increased. Chemical Room positions have always been pop- ular in the past and the necessi- ty of keeping new applicants in suspense until it can be learned what members of the previous staff propose to return, together with the selection of appoint- ments from new applicants, has proven a problem requiring con- siderable delicacy of adjustment. It may also be remarked that several members of this years staff, owing to the fact that there have been more applicants than vacancies, have taken positions without pay on account of the general advantages accompany- ing such positions. The determination of the amount of time spent by each member of the staff—accomo- dating this to the varied needs of service, to the desires of the individual, and to the limita- tions of the budget—is also a matter of considerable complex- ity, involving, as it does, So many variables. Mr. Wolff recently presented to the Chemist an elaborate card upon which ap- peared the results of his wrest- lings with this problem. The Process of Ordering The process of obtaining sup- plies as it has been worked out in the Chemical Room may be of some interest. There have been provided now for ten or more years two books, one of which is entitled “Supplies Im- mediately Needed” and the other ‘Supplies Needed for Next Season”. When any member of the staff has a request for a sup- ply not in stock or thinks that some item is running short and more will be needed soon he (or she) notes in the first named book the name of the item in question with further details as to the probable amount needed, quality, catalogue number where possible. and by whom needed, adding his own initials so that further details can be obtained if necessary, when an order is made. The actual order is only made up by the Chemist or by the person in charge of the Chemical Room. The order it- self is written in a special book provided for the purpose, with ithe firm to whom the order is to be sent, the date of the order, and all the necessary details about the items ordered. This book is then taken to the Busi- - ness Manager’s office, a copy of the order in duplicate is made, the number of the order is also entered in the Chemical Room book and a copy of the order is sent to the proper firm by the Business Office. When the goods arrive they are checked in the Chemical Room book. In mak- ing up an order the catalogue price of each item, or the pro- (Continued on Page 11) THE COLLECTING NET Choral Club Organized, Plan to Give Concert Last August a group of Lab- oratory people interested in music met to discuss the possi- bilities of singing a step beyond “Sweet Marie” and “Abdul-a- bul-bul Amir’’. Their noble purpose has been realized in the Woods Hole Choral Club, an or- ganiziation of forty members which meets on Tuesday and Friday nights at nine o’clock to recuperate from the lectures. The organization is unusually fortunate in having for its lead- er Mr. Ivan Gorokoff, director of the Smith College Choirs, and late choirmaster at the Russian Cathedral at New York. A public concert is contem- plated for the middle of August, but the exact date has not yet been arranged. At this time Woods Holers will have an op- portunity of welcoming and en- couraging this new organiza- tion. Forbes’ Summary (Continued from Page 2) larity in all the above proper- ties shows that the response is of essentially the same nature in both tissues. It is probably a development of something in- herent in primitive cells. Lucas’ work also helps to form clearer pictures of the workings of the nervous system asawhole. The older literature treats “excitation” loosely as if it were a continuous stream poured through a nerve as through a pipe, graded in in- tensity by the strength of stim- ulus as by a faucet or throttle. The fact that in axons, at least, the stream is made up of in- dividual response whose size de- pends not on the stimulus but on the degree of recovery from a previous response calls for an important revision of the older pictures of reflex activity. The idea of graded synaptic resist- ance must be modified, and the selective effects ascribed to tem- poral sequence of impulses in- stead of to graded intensity without reference to sequence. Sherrington’s earlier work emphasized the purposive and coordinating nature of spinal reflexes. More recently, since the newer conception of the nature of nerve response has been available, he has dealt more with the analysis of re- flexes. With the aid of isomet- ric recording he has found much about the sequence of volleys of individual nerve impulses in- volved in the limb reflexes. The question of synaptic function is unsettled. Sherring- ton enumerated the salient dif- ferences between conduction in the nerve trunk and in the reflex arc, and he gave reasons for ascribing the properties of the reflexes to the synapse. The ex- tensive branching and redistri- bution of impulses in the gray matter is also an important fea- ture in the reflex. Lucas raised the question whether reflex function might be built up of responses funda- mentally like that of the nerve trunk, and whether the postu- late of a special type of function in the synapse might be super- fluous. He showed how a cer- tain type of summation in the nerve-muscle preparation and the Wedensky effect might pro- vide a basis for explaining re- flex summation and reflex inhi- bition—two of the most distinc- tive functions of the reflex arc. Sherrington has suggested that the synapse may differ from the axon in having a capacity for graded and cumulative activity. This view facilitates the inter- pretation of reflex behavior, and both the ‘“‘local excitatory process” and mechanical sum- mation in mhsrle provide coun- terparts in peripheral tisshes for these asshmed properties of the center. In any case the all-or-none principle leads to important generalizations. If it is dlti- mately shown that all the ac- tivity of the nervous system, not only in the axons but also in the synapses, is made up of a single type of disturbance, it will be a generalization as im- portant to neurology as that which explains all atomic masses on the combinations of protons is to physics. Even if a dis- tinct type of function must be postulated for the synapse, the recognition of unit impulses in the axon is almost as clarifying a generalization. Cattell’s Summary (Continued from Page 2) servedly so in its present form, nevertheless, the reviewer feels that the question of the effect of rhythm on sensation and mo- tor function warrants further investigation. We have evi- dence that, under certain condi- tions, the frequency of the im- pulse bears an important re- lation to the _ effects pro- duced, for example in conditions giving Wedensky inhibition, and when one impulse travels in the subnormal phase of the pre- ceding one. Recent work from Adrian’s laboratory has demon- strated that the rhythm of indi- vidual nerve fibers varies with the strength and duration of the stimulus, and it can be hardly questioned that these changes of rhythm are responsible for changes in the sensations. On the motor side it can readily be demonstrated that the rate of stimulation modifies the degree of summation produced in muscle. It seems, therefore, not unreasonable to suppose that reflexes may be modified in some degree by changes in the rhythm of central discharge, and such a conclusion in no way invalidiates the all-or-none principle. It has been customary for the speakers in the evening lecture series to give some of their own investigations, and it was a dis- appointment to the reviewer Scientific Instruments to appear in the: Biological Bulletin Stain Technology Advance Abstract Sheets - - Bibliographic Service Cards - Both appear before the complete articles are published THE WISTAR INSTITUTE Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue EXHIBIT July 19th to 29th LECTURE HALL Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. Executive Offices and Manufactory ROCHESTER, N. Y. TIME is the important factor in all activities SAVE IT by using The Wistar Institute Bibliographic Service which brings to your table authors’ abstracts of all papers about Journal of Morphology and Physiology The Journal of Comparative Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record The Journal of Experimental Zoology American Anatomical Memoris American Journal of Physical Anthropology Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokyo, Japan) The Journal of Parasitology Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science (Adelaide, South Australia) PAGE THREE that Dr. Forbes did not draw upon his own wealth of material and describe investigations now in progress. It must be remem- bered, however, that the physi- ologists form but a small min- ority of the Woods Hole group of biologists, and it may be that a better purpose was served in giving a less technical talk which was of general interest to all members of the labora- $3.00 per year $5.00 per year nes) Philadelphia, Pa. PAGE FOUR Reminiscences of the Fish Commission (Continued from Page 1) the middle decades of the past century. If the same wisdom and suc- cess, which characterized Pro- fessor Baird, in initiating, and carrying through projects for the nation’s welfare, attend the activities of the Council, those who look for an honorable and prosperous future for our coun- try are in a fair way of seeing their expectations realized. The topic which has been as- signed to me in these centen- nary exercises is “Baird at Woods Hole.” I have already put on record some of my recollections of those days (Science, N. S., vol. 41, pp. 737-753), and am natu- rally tempted to draw upon them on this occasion. I shall endeavor however, in trying to interpret my impressions of those cross-sections of time in which I had the rare privilege of associating with the man whose memory we are now met to cele- brate, to make but little direct use of those reminiscences. Professor Baird’s acquain- tance with Woods Hole began as early as 1863. In 1870 he made a systematic beginning in the study of Vineyard Sound and adjacent waters, with the object of ascertaining the facts re- specting the reported diminution in the supply of food fishes. In this preliminary work he made much use of the local knowledge, and untiring co-op- erative labors of Vinal N. Ed- wards. Vinal lived to take part in the ceremonial of the unveil- ing of the tablet to the memory of Professor Baird, and for a few years after. Among the relics of the early days of the Fish Commission which he kept in his room in the laboratory of the Bureau of Fisheries, was a pair of shoes which Professor Baird had worn when he and Vinal were making collections. As I knew Vinal, his mind, it seemed to me, mirrored with surprising accuracy, and in de- tail, the moving panorama of nature, the changing tides, the shifting winds, the flight of birds, the migration of fishes, from Narragansett Bay to Mon- omoy. Professor Baird had great confidence in the accuracy of Vinal’s knowledge, and I am inclined to attribute much of his acquired worth to the education which he received through his association with the Professor. In the early days of scientific inquiry into problems relating to the fisheries which it was desired to solve, Woods Hole was chosen as the place to be- gin. That was in 1871. Pro- fessor Verrill writes me that THE COLLECTING NET they did their work with a sail boat and a worn out steam launch. However meagre the equipment may seem, when it is compared with what it was ten years later, there can be no criticism, other than commend- atory, of a scientific staff with Professor Verrill in charge. In subsequent years head- -quarters were established at va- rious points on the coast, from Naank, Connecticut, to EHast- port, Maine, and, for a part of the summer of 1877, to Halifax, Nova Scotia. In 1875 Woods Hole was again the headquar- ters. After that season it was not until 1881 that return was made to Woods Hole, which thenceforth became the center of activity for such scientific in- vestigation as was carried on iby the Fish Commission in the summer time on the New Eng- land coast. The reasons which Professor Baird gave for his choice of a site for a permanent laboratory ; have often been quoted, but are entitled to a place here: A totally different condition of things was found at Woods Hole where the walter is excep- tionally pure and free from sediment. ‘and where a strong tide rushing through the Woods Hole passage keeps the water . in a state of healthy oxygena- tion specially favorable for bio- logical research of every kind and description. The entire ab- sence of sewage owing to the re- moteness of large towns, as well as the absence of large rivers tending to reduce the salinity of the water, constituted a strong argument in its favor, and this station was finally fixed upon for the purpose in question. It is worthy of note that this choice of a location for a biolog- ical laboratory was approved by the founders of the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory, which began a work in 1888 that has made Woods Hole familiar to biolo- gists the world over. Great power was given to the Commissioner of Fish and Fish- eries at first, since the heads of the various executive depart- ments of the government were required to furnish to the Com- missioner any assistance that it was in their power to render. We, therefore, saw something of the machinery of the Federal Government at Woods Hole. For example, until July, 1885, the laboratory was in a building on the wharf in Little Harbor belonging to the Light House Service. Moreover, the officers and crews of all the steam vessels of the Commission were on the pay-roll of the Navy. The power that was thus placed in _the hands of the Commissioner was sufficient to have turned the heads of some men, but, so far as my observation extends, IT can testify that Professor (Continued on Page 10) Cilia and Cilia (Continued from Page 1) Protozoa and Bacteria. Ehren- berg in the early nineteenth century saw everything that we see today. However he mis- interpreted the thesis forms in terms of Metazoan morphol- ogy, even in terms of bewhis- kered physiogomy. He did, however, add a certain degree of dignity to the embryonic science of Protozoology. Du- jardin originated ideas diame- trically opposite to Ehrenberg and gradually supplemented the Metazoan interpretation. To leave out Schleiden and Schwann, whom the “prep” student knows in connection with the cell theory, would slight the ever increasing his- tory of Biology. We shall take the leap of a span of years to Butschli, who is considered the greatest student of the Protozoa because of his application of Protozoology to the clearing up of other problems. His sum- maries are considered excellent. In the latter part of the nine- teenth century Kent did very good work on the Protozoa, but it did not come up to that of Butschli. We must not leave out Stein of the late seventies of the nine- teenth century, who is noted in our laboratory for his three volumes. An initiated hearer might suspect our group of pre- Volstead tendencies to hear the frequent demand for “Stein’s’’. July 14, 1927 Dr. Wenrich of the University of Pennsy!- vania delivered a talk about the interesting vicissitudes of the parasitic amebae. Modestly ! disclaiming any authoritative knowledge he proceeded to give us a thorough talk including six “good” species. A seventh species was mentioned ‘and logi- cally eliminated. The leatning curve is reptile with “despond” plateaus. The first two as three days show no rise in altitude. Cries of “Hurry up, lend me your ocular micrometer,” are interspersed with sighs of disappointment as the Metabolic Protozoa depart. “Diagnostic features” is our| motto until at night in our dreams we see nothing but cirri and membranelles. We become cilia and cilia, wishing that Euplotes Charou would carry us across the River Styx to the land where everyone has identified one hundred species, past Cerebrus’s watchful eyes, who hands us back our “mas- terpieces” as “not diagnostic.” Follow the Crowd to DANIELS’ Home-made Ice Cream, Delicious Sandwiches, Coffee PICNIC LUNCHES A for Specialty en BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS Microscopes and Microscope Accessories—Including Bausch & Lomb, Leitz, Spencer and Zeiss makes. Microtomes—Including Bausch & Lomb, International, Jung and Spencer forms. Incubators—Including C.S.&E., Freas and Thelco types. Also Water Baths, Sterilizers and General Laboratory Appar- atus. Write for further details and visit our Showrooms at 18th St. and 38rd Ave. EIMER & AMEND Est. 1851 Ine. 1897 HEADQUARTERS FOR LAB- ORATORY APPARATUS AND CHEMICAL REAGENTS NEW YORK, N. Y. Third Ave., 18th to 19th St. When Looking for Reliable Merchandise Try ARENOVSKY'S Est: 1892 Phone 410 The Home of Hart Schaffner & Marx Clothing Lamson & Hubbard Hats Printzess Suits, Coats and Dresses Everything in the Way of Sport Clothes Walk-Over Shoes Satisfaction Guaranteed or Money Refunded Falmouth -:- -:- Mass. 24-hour Boston Service on Daily Films Papers JAMES’S SPA Down by the Depot Meals at all hours Durand’s Chocolates Cynthia Sweets Home-cooked Food PARK TAILORING SHOP Men’s and Women’s Fine Tailoring WILLIAM SCHLEPARK, Prop. Work Called For and Delivered Tel. 239-4 Weeks Bldg., Falmouth, Mass. i an EMBRYOS One half the course is over and we are still going in circles. An order has gone to New Bed- ford for thirty compasses—W hy can t eggs be square? But still it must be remembered that pies come in circles as well as eggs __also blueberries. Between Dr. Goodrich and Dr. Rogers the pie soon disappeared as the lab floor took on a new coat of paint. — With the beginning of experl- mental work on Echinoderms there came a general exodus of glassware from the cupboard and a corresponding — lack of room for further activity. But it’s worth it if we can just shake apart a few Starfish blas- tomeres. We've taken to the centrifuge like children to a new toy. We know just how to diagnose its wild groans. If anyone needs ribbons matched to dresses she is urged to apply at the Embryology lab. Experts in matching colors are being ground out there every hour. Before long we'll be find- ing the pH of that glorious henna in Arbacia eggs. Dr. Clarke, “the tadpole s tailor”, gave a fascinating lec- ture on the Growth and Hapan- sion of Cells in the Tail of the Tadpole. Friday Dr. Rogers entertained us with a lecture on the development of the star fish which he illustrated most elab- orately with colored clay models. Saturday, Dr. Plough reviewed his recent experimental work on localization in Echinoderms. This week we are. studying Molluscs. Landis’ Summary (Continued from Page 1) than in the frog, an amphibian. In both forms the average grad- ient of pressure fall along the capillary network was related to the colloid osmotic pressure in such a way as to permit fil- tration in the arteriolar portion of the capillary. and absorption in the venous portion, tending therefore to maintain a con- stant blood volume. ; This balance between capil- lary pressure and the osmotic pressure of the plasma proteins strongly suggested, but still did not specifically prove, that this was the true mechanism in- volved in fluid movement. It was possible, however, to study directly the relation between capillary pressure and the pass- age of fiuid through the endo- thelial wall. When blood flow through a single capillary in the frog’s mesentery was stopped the corpuscles at the free ex- tremity in some _ instances moved toward the closed end, indicating filtration; in some away from the closed end, indi- THE COLLECTING NET cating absorption; and in others the corpuscles remained in their original positions. This move- ment of the cells at the open end of the occluded vessel was used as a measure of the direction and the rate at which fluid was passing through the capillary wall. The filtering area could be computed from the length and diameter of the capillary. A micro-pipette introduced into the vessel determined the capil- lary pressure. At pressures above 14.5 cm. of water filtration was always observed; while below 10 cm. absorption occurred in almost every case. Between 10 and 13 em. there was little or no move- ment in either direction. As would be expected from Poise- uille’s law, when the rates of fluid movement, measured in cubic micra per square micron of capillary wall per second, were plotted against capillary pressure, they were distributed about a straight line. This in- tersected the line of zero filtra- tion at a pressure of 11.5 cm. which represented the osmotic pressure of the plasma proteins measured against the capillary wall. Mathematical treatment of the data permitted the com- putation of a filtration constant. Good agreement was observed between the observed rates of fluid movement and values cal- culated on the basis of this fil- tration constant. Having, thus obtained a quan- titative measure of normal ca- pillary permeability it was pos- sible to study the manner in which this property was modi- fied under certain experimental conditions. It had been ob- served repeatedly that active hyperemia produced a rapid movement of fluid from the blood stream into the tissue spaces. This change was usu- ally ascribed to the dilatation of the capillary on the assump- tion that the stretched capillary wall became more permeable to fluids, and, according to Krogh, even to colloids. But by direct measurement it was found that in any active hyperemia there appeared also a pronounced rise of capillary pressure, which would tend to produce an_ in- creased rate of filtration. It seemed of interest to determine which of these factors was the more important. Experiments involving the perfusion of single capillaries of known diameter, at a known pressure, indicated that the rate of passage of certain dye solu- tions was related not to the de- gree of dilatation, but depended entirely upon the pressure at which the perfusion was made. Moreover, direct measurement of fluid movement showed that in capillaries of the same diam- eter there might occur filtration, absorption, or neither according to the relation of capillary pres- sure to the colloid osmotic pressure. In addition at any one capillary pressure the rate of filtration remained constant irrespective of capillary diam- eter. It seems therefore that the increase in filtration which accompanies dilatation of the normal capillary is due not to a change in the permeability of the capillary wall, but to a rise in capillary pressure. A study of injured capillaries indicated a marked increase in their permeability. Micro-in- jection showed that the dam- aged endothelium was quite permeable to highly colloidal dyes and to the plasma proteins. By direct measurement it was found that fluid filtered through the injured wall from six to eight times as rapidly as through normal endothelium. Due to this increased permeability the effective osmotic pressure of the plasma proteins was reduced to less than half the normal value. In measuring capillary per- meability under the conditions which are likely to accompany active tissue function it ap- peared that, within physiological limits, increase of hydrogen ion concentration and rise in carbon dioxide tension produced no matked change. A lack of oxy- gen, lasting for three minutes, increased the rate of fluid move- ment, and lowered the effective colloid osmotic pressure; both changes in all probability being due to an increase in the per- meability of the capillary wall. Within certain limits this change was reversible. It appears from these obser- vations that the direct measure- ment of fluid movement may be of value as a means of deter- mining quantitatively the modi- fications in permeability pro- duced by various experimental procedures. It seems also that the importance of local capillary blood pressure, as a factor in fluid movement, can hardly be over-estimated in the quantita- tive study of the physical pro- cesses involved in either normal or pathological capillary per- meability. Mathews’ Review (Continued from Page 1) the blood and carbon dioxide out of the blood, has, for the moment at least, been settled as a purely physical matter, the lung cells not actively interven- ing in the process. In the view of Dr. Landis, who at Dr. Jacobs’ suggestion applied the method of micro- injection worked out by Bar- bour, Kite and Chambers and perfected by the latter, to the study of capillary pressures in the capillaries of the mesentery PAGE FIVE of the frog and rat, the forma- tion of lymph, that is the pass- age outward of fluid from the blood to the tissues carrying with it substances in solution, is a purely physical process; as is also the absorption of fluid from the tissues. The capillary wall plays no active part in the process, although if injured its permeability increases and it lets more fluid through and also permits the passage of colloids, such as the blood proteins, through the wall. The lecturer gave almost en- tirely the results of his own in- vestigations. These were car- ried out with great ingenuity and led to the direct determin- ation of the pressure in individ- ual capillaries of the mesentery. He was thus able to show direct- ly the diminution in the pres- sure in the arterioles and in the capillary network and in the small veins. Many other at- temps have been made, with some success, to measure the capillary pressure, and the re- sults obtained by the author confirm in general the results obtained by these other methods but have the advantage that they are direct determinations of single capillary pressures. The pressure thus found in the capillaries of the frog me- sentery was about 11 or 12 ems. of water, a figure in consonance with the work of Krogh. In the rat's mesentery it was higher and of about 25 cms. of water. It seems remarkable that the pipette thus introduced into the capillary should not have al- lowed any leakage about the point of entrance, but apparent- ly no such leakage occurred. If ieakage had occurred the results would have been to some extent invalidated. The speaker made no direct statement in this re- gard, but it is to be assumed that so obvious a source of error would have been guarded against. By means of the measure- ments thus obtained a formula was derived which permitted the calculation of the amount of fluid passing through a definite area of the capillary wall in a definite time as a function of the difference between the osmotic pressure of the proteins of the blood and the pressure in the capillary. The amounts calcu- lated in this manner and from observations of the movements of corpuscles agreed as closely as was to be expected. Measurements were also made of the state of permeabil- ity of the capillary wall by the injection of dyes of various kinds and the determination of the time required for the dye to pass outside the capillary when different pressures were applied to it. The results were found (Continued on Page 10) PAGE SIX THE COLLECTING NET The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the activities of the Marine Biologi- cal Laboratory and of Woods Hole in general. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Prof. of Anatomy, Cornell University Medical School. Edwin J. Conklin, Prof. of Biology, Princeton University. | Lorande L. Woodruff, Prof. of Zoo- logy, Yale University. EDITORIAL STAFF Ware Caitell ..........---:; Editor Dorothy Alexander..... Asst. Editor Hugh Montgomery......- Art Editor Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn. .General News Helen S. Morris....-- General News Contributing Editors Jack Fogg ....---+--++: Sport News Ward I. Grege.....------ Jelly Fish Mary Hardesty......-- . Embryology TG. Adams.....---- Cilia and Cilia Anonymous......---+-+:> Our Bacia Business Staff Katharine Underwood....Bus. Man. Ilse Michaelis....... Asst. Bus. Man. (Application for entry as second-class matter is pending.) The Universal Press New Bedford Woods Hole Massachusetts An Apslogy We humbly ask the indulgence of our readers for the many and varied errors which occur- red in the last issue of The Col- lecting Net. They will not oc- cur en masse again. Rather than permit mistakes to creep in with such frequency we will let the number come out on Monday instead of Saturday. But this must not happen, and can be avoided if we send our copy to the printers in suffi- cient time. The bulk of the material must be in our hands before noon on Sunday so that we can put it on the boat leav- ing for New Bedford on Mon- day morning. The remainder of the copy must follow on the early boat Tuesday morning. Short items of importance could be taken care of as late as Tuesday evening, but these must always be limited. We view with chagrin the condition of The Collecting Net for July 16. But we can al- ways see a bright side to the worst situation. What fun. it will be to watch ourselves im- prove, and how much more a perfect number will be appre- ciated! A day of sunshine at Tuscon is just another day, but a day of sunshine at Woods Hole is the day! The Sad Fate of a Youthful Sponge (Tune: “John Brown’s Body.’’) There was a little blastula no bigger than a germ, Who performed invagination in his mother’s mesoderm, And soon his nascent cilia with joy began to squirm In ecstacy supreme. Oh, the joys of locomotion, Down within the depths of Ocean, Oh, to feel the great commotion Within each blastomere. Chorus: Repeat after each verse. No protozoan e’er can guess the pleasure he did feel As he felt within his ectoderm a growing pastrocoel; With joy and pride his polar cells began at length to reel In foolish self-content. His gastrocoel was filled with pride that comes before a fall, And he felt his mother’s ectoderm to be exceeding small, So he freed himself from all restraint by rupturing the wall, And floated out to sea. But oh, alas for youthful pride, as upward he did soar, He caught the topmost spiculae upon his blastopore; And, trying hard to get it off, his ectoderm he tore A great, big, ugly rent. “Oh, Mother dear,” he cried in grief, ‘come quickly now and try To heal my little ectoderm, or else I'll have to die ;” But his mother dear was sessile, and could only sit and cry From her excurrent pore. | Now every night his little ghost within the depths is found, Lamenting to the annelids that burrow in the ground; The hydroids wave their tentacles and shudder at the sound Of that familiar strain. H. H. Wilder. Amphioxus (Tune: “Tipperary.”) A fish-like thing appeared among the annelids one day; It hadn’t any parapods or setae to display; It hadn’t any eyes or jaws or ventral nervous cord, But it had a lot of gill-slits, and it had a notochord. It’s a long way from Amphioxus, It’s a long way to us; It’s a long way from Amphioxus To the meanest human cuss; It’s good-by, fins and gill-slits, Welcome, skin and hair; It’s a long, long way from Amphioxus, But we came from there. Chorus: Repeat after each verse. It wasn’t much to look at, and it scarce knew how to swim, And Nereis was very sure it hadn’t come from him; The molluscs wouldn’t own it, and the arthropods got sore, So the poor thing had to burrow in the sand along the shore. It wriggled in the sand before a crab could nip its tail; And said, “Gill-slits and myotomes are all of no avail’; I’ve grown some metapleural folds, and sport an oral hood, But all these fine new characters don’t do me any good.” It sulked awhile down in the sand without a bit of pep, Then stiffened up its notochord and said, “T’ll beat em yet; I’ve got more possibilities within my slender frame Than ey these proud invertebrates that treat me with such shame.” “My notochord shall grow into a chain of vertebrae; As fins my metapleural folds shall agitate the sea; This tiny dorsal nervous tube shall form a mighty brain; And the vertebrates shall dominate the animal domain.” SCHOLARSHIP FUND GETS TEN DOLLARS Dr. Ralph Cole, owner of “Cole’s” store in Falmouth, has made the initial donation to “The Collecting Net Scholar- | ship Fund’. On hearing about the Fund and its purpose he im- mediately wrote out a check for ten dollars payable to the Fund. Dr. Cole’s donation is appreciated by every one at the Laboratory and likewise his request to ‘‘call again next sum- mer for another one”. DIRECTORY ADDENDA ADDITIONS Huffes, R., supt., Bureau of Fisheries To The Collecting Net: Individually scientists seem to be more or less indispensible to a community—mostly more. Collectively, the reaction seems to be reversible. At least that must be the sad_ conclusion reached by one who, though far from scientific, knows the dif- ference between fresh, sparkling H20 and the excuse for water that is perpetrated at Woods Hole. Have you had your iron today? Healthy it may be, but for flatness, tastelessness and color-scheme it is inconceivably appalling. , Isn’t there some noble, un- selfish scientist who can tear himself away from search and re-searching long enough to bring Woods Hole water back to a state of normalcy? Let him prove that scientists en masse | are not quite as legarthic and hopeless as they now seem to be, and gain the fervent thanks of one Unscientific Sufferer. A MYSTERIOUS © SILENCE REIGNS We have heard absolutely nothing about Mr. Clark and Mr. Cushman and the object of their get-together. The condi- tions have been diagnosed as “the lull before the storm”’. Sentimental Salt “Wed me, my affinity,” Fervent Fluorine cried. Sweet maid Sodium shyly said, “For you I would have dyad.” Fickle Fluorine falsely fled With Silly Kate, who jeers: “Content yourself with old Chlorine— Shed sodium chloride tears.” Hal Ide, pH. D. THE COLLECTING NET “THE STORY OF WOODS HOLE” Dr. EDWIN GRANT CONKLIN Professor of Zoology, Princeton University Il. THE BEGINNING OF BIOLOGY AT WOODS HOLE. (Continued) Anniversary Celebrated On August 13, 1923, the Ma- rine Biological Laboratory cele- brated at Woods Hole the 50th anniversary of the founding of the Penikese School. tablet commemorative of Louis Agassiz and the Penikese School was set in a great boulder near the highest point on the island of Penikese and a replica of this was placed in the entrance hall of the Crane Building of the M. B. L. Addresses were made at the semi-centennial celebration by three persons who had been teachers or students at Peni- kese, namely: Edward S. Morse, David Starr Jordan and Cor- nelia Clapp as well as by cer- tain officers and members of the M. B. L. All the speakers em- phasized the new and fruitful methods in the study of biology which were introduced by the Penikese School. 3. The Annisquam Labora- tory and the Inception of the M. B. L. The Marine Biological Lab- oratory is the immediate out- growth of a sea-side laboratory conducted at Annisquam, Massachusetts, from 1880 to 1886 by the Woman’s Educa- tion Association of Boston, in cooperation with the Boston So- ciety of Natural History. The Annisquam Laboratory was or- ganized to serve the same ends as the Penikese School. Its promotor and director was Al- pheus Hyatt, Curator of the Boston Society of Natural His- tory, student of Agassiz and in- heror of the Penikese ideal. At first this laboratory was located in half of his own house and Jater in an old barn remodeled for the purpose. At the end of its sixth session letters were sent out to persons and institu- tions that might be interested, inviting cooperation in estab- lishing a larger and more per- manent laboratory. A prelimi- nary meeting was held at the Boston Society of Natural His- tory in March, 1887, when it was decided to raise $15,000 to found a new laboratory. In the course of the next year about $10,000 was raised and on March 20, 1888 the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory was incorp- orated. The First Annual Re- port of the Laboratory says that “differences of opinion as to lo- cation, policy, etc., were difficult to reconcile,” but Woods Hole was finally chosen because Baird had selected it for the Fish Commission Station after ten years of experience up and A bronze} down the coast from Eastport, Me., to Crisfield, Md. A small plot of land, 78x120 feet near the Fisheries Station was bought for about $1300 and a two story, frame building 28x63 feet was erected on it, which with its water supply cost about $4000. In this founding of the Marine Biological Laboratory Alpheus Hyatt was the leading spirit and for two years he served as President of the Trus- tees. Associated with him as founders of the Laboratory we must include three other Peni- kesians, C. S. Minot, W. K. Brooks and C. O. Whitman and their names, together with that of Agassiz, are now commem- orated in the name of the roads on the Gansett Property of the Laboratory. 4. Professor Whitman Ac- cepts Directorship The next step was to find a suitable director. Professor Whitman of Clark University was finally offered the director- ship and accepted, and it is no disparagement of what others have done to say that the char- acter of this Laboratory is due to Whitman more than to any other person. Whitman was in a peculiar sense a prod- uct of Penikese. A graduate of Bowdoin College and a teacher of Latin in the English High School, Boston, he got his first inspiration for biological work at Penikese. In his address at the opening of this Laboratory, July 17, 1888, he said, “The Marine Biological Laboratory traces its historic roots to Peni- keese. -Our minds natur- ally revert to the old Penikese School.” He often referred to Penikese, and its ideals were ever present in his mind and were to a large extent embodied in this Laboratory. As our par- ents live in us so Penikese lives in the Marine Biological Lab- oratory. In his inaugural address at the opening of this Laboratory Professor Whitman clearly in- dicated what these ideals were. “There is great need,” he said, “for a laboratory which shall represent (1) the whole of bi- ology, (2) both teaching and re- search, (8) the widest possible cooperation of Educational and Scientific institutions. Such a laboratory should not be merely a collecting station, nor a sum- mer school, nor a_ scientific workshop, nor a congress of bi- ologists, but all of these; an in- stitution combining in itself the functions and features of the best biological institutes in the world, having the cooperation of the biologists of this country, and thus forming a national cen- ter of research in every depart- ment of biology.’’ Again in his first Annual Report he said: “The new Laboratory at Woods Hole is nothing more and I trust nothing less than a first step toward the establishment of an ideal biological station, organ- ized on a basis broad enough to represent all important features of the several types of labora- tories hitherto known in Europe and America. An undertaking of such magnitude cannot be a matter of local interest merely and if it be pushed with energy and wisdom, it cannot fail to Compliments of PENZANCE GARAGE WOODS HOLE, MASS. Day or Night A. L. A. Phone 652 Towing Beach Party? FRESH ROLLS BACON SAUSAGE STEAKS and CHOPS EVERYTHING QUICK SERVICE LOW PRICES Morrison’s Market Weods Hole, Mass. PAGE SEVEN receive the support of the uni- versities, colleges and schools of the country.” There was little in the early conditions of the laboratory to justify such high hopes. It be- gan with no assured coopera- tion, no constituency, a bare building, no library, no private rooms for investigators, only a row boat for collecting and with only two instructors, seven in- vestigators and eight students. What it has grown to you can see for yourselves. I think I do not exaggerate when I say that this Laboratory is probably the very best as it is certainly the largest marine biological labora- tory in the world. | THE LEATHER SHOP Falmouth, Mass. ARTHUR C. EASTMAN eee K. and G. BAKERY and LUNCH Breakfast 45e Supper 45-60c Dinner 60-75¢e Special Rates by the Week to Laboratory Workers Mrs. Grace Grant, Prop. ee i P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. PUBLISHERS Yorke and Maplestone—The Nematode Parasites of Vertebrates By WARRINGTON YORKE—Professor of Parasitology, Uni- P. A. MAPLESTONE, M. D., D. 8S. O. Foreword by C. W. STILES, Professor of Zoology, United States Public Health Service. xi + 536 pp. 307 illustrations containing 1002 figures, 8vo. versity of Liverpool. $9.00, THS book has been lege. xv + 422 pp. 184 illustrations, 8vo. $6.00 HIS manual supplies diagnostic descriptions of the T land and fresh water United States (exclusive of birds,) together with analyti- cal keys by means of which they can be readily identified and their affinities determined. scientific names of species as well as all the larger groups to which they belong, and also reflects the recent ad- vances in our knowledge of their systematic and struc- tural relationships, their manner of life, and their geo- The region covered by this work is the whole of the United States between the Canadian and Mexican borders, and the southern portion of Can- This book will be found to be of inestimable value for reference in all biological libraries and laboratories. IN THE VESTIBULE OF THE MAIN BUILDING graphical distribution. ada. EXHIBITING prepared in an effort to simplify the identification of Nematode parasites. eraa are described and classified. Pratt—Manual of Land and Fresh Water Vertebrate Animals of the United States By HENRY S. PRATT, Professor of Biology, Haverford Col- PHILADELPHIA The gen- vertebrate animals of the It gives the accepted PAGE EIGHT THE C. F. WING CO. NEW BEDFORD, MASS “Finger Bowls” We have supplied: Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Osborne Zoological Labora- tory, Yale The Universities of Cincin- nati, Pittsburg and Johns Hopkins We will ship anywhere in the world. Mail orders filled. THE C. F. WING CO. 790 PURCHASE ST. New Bedford, Mass. New (Sich Photomicrographic Camera Made in two sizes. Fits any standard microscope. PALO COMPANY Apparatus for Industrial and Lab- oratory Use 153 West 23rd St., New York, N. Y¥. ‘tion phenomena because they THE COLLECTING NET LOCALIZATION PHENOMENA IN DEVELOPMENT | EDWIN G. CoNKLIN Professor of Zoology, Princeton University Dr. Conklin delivered a lecture bearing the above title on the evening | of July 12. The author’s summary and a review of the paper follow. Summary Development, which is pro- gressive, coordinate differentia- tion, is one of the greatest problems of biology. The mechanism of hereditary trans- mission, that is chromosomes | and genes, is largely known. But the manner in which such hereditary factors influence or control development is largely unknown. To understand any mechanism it is necessary to know what it is as well as how it works; and to understand the factors of development we must know as fully as possible the course of normal develop- ment as well as the results of experiments. This is my “apologia pro opera mea”’. The facts of differentiation as contrasted with the factors are, first the appearance of dif- ferent substances and, second the localization of these sub- stances in different cells or parts of cells. The notion that a perfectly isotropic protoplasm undergoes development through the influence of some entelechy or immaterial principle, is on a parity with Kepler’s idea that the planets are guided in their courses by supervising angels. The idea that function exists apart from structure, and can cause structure, is as improba- ble as that an immaterial vision floats around in space and grad- ually forms an eye around itself. Function is usually a more deli- eate indicator of differences than is microscopic structure but it is logically necessary to as- sume that for every difference in function there exists some difference, even though invisible, in structure. Whenever we find differences in the functions of cells or parts of cells, we may safely conclude that an “un- limited microscopist’’ would find differences in structure also. The polarity or symmetry or pattern of localization of an egg cell indicates differences in both function and structure in differ- ent axes or areas of the cell. Differentiation is therefore not some immaterial or mystical process; but consists in the for- mation of different materials and in their localization during the process of development. Some eggs are very favour- ‘able for the study of localiza- contain certain granules or pig- ments which serve as ‘‘indica- tors” of differences in different areas of the protoplasm. These (Continued on Page 9) Review By Dr. E. E. Just Rosenwald Fellow, National Research Council In a lecture given the evening of July 12th, Dr. E. G. Conklin, Professor of Biology at Prince- ton University, reviewed some of his earlier work on the egg of Cynthia and reported some results of a recent study on the development of the egg of Am- phioxus. The subject of the lec- ture was “Localization Phe- nomena in Development”. As is the case whenever he lectures, whether it is in the evening or to the class in embryology, Pro- fessor Conklin had a large and appreciative audience. Indeed, no lecturer compares with him in popularity—a well deserved popularity which is the end product of substantial contribu- tions to embryology, noteworthy for their painstaking exactness and their demonstration of an unusual capacity for making excellent observations. It is not the purpose of this review to furnish the reader with an abstract of this lecture; such an abstract the reader will find elsewhere in this issue. Rather, this review aims to present briefly the thesis of the lecture as the basis for a con- cise statement of the problem of localization. Visible materials are localized in the eggs of Cynthia and of Amphioxus and this localization may be followed during the pro- gressive differentiation that leads to the formation of the embryo. In the egg of Cynthia some evidence indicates that these visible and variously col- ored materials take up definite positions in the embryo and that loss or displacement of these materials leads to defective embryo formation. In the casé of the egg of Amphioxus, how- ever, evidence for the exact dis- tribution of localized materials as a necessity for perfect devel- opment is not so clear. Profes- sor Conklin was very frank on this point. His attitude in thus presenting his data would viti- ate adverse criticism by the most captious critic. HIE Students of embryology know that there are numerous eggs that show no visibly localized areas. Thus, there are eggs, like that of Arbacia for exam- ple, which though possessing pigment, oil, and yolk show no differential distribution of these (Continued on Page 9) SCHOOL AND SOCIETY A weekly journal covering the field of education in rela- tion to the problems of Ameri- can democracy. Its objects are the advancement of cducation as a science and the adjust- ment of our lower and higher schools to the needs of modern life. Eacn number ordinarily contains articles and addresses of some length, shorter contri- butions, discussion and corres- pondence, reviews and _ ab- stracts, reports and quotations, proceedings of societies and a department of educational notes and news. Annual Subscription $5.00; single copies 15 cents. SCIENCE A weekly journal, estab- lished in 1883, devoted to the advancement of the natural and exact sciences, the official or- gan of the American Associa- tion for the Advancement of Science. For thirty years SCIENCE has been conducted by its present editor, and is now generally regarded as the professional journal of Ameri- can men of science. Annual Subscription $6.00; single copies 15 cents. THE AMERICAN NATURALIST A bi-monthly journal estab- lished in 1867, devoted to the biological sciences, with special reference to the factors of organic evolution. Annual Subscription $5.00; single copies $1.00. AMERICAN MEN OF SCIENCE A Biographical Directory A fourth edition of this book is now in preparation. There are only left about fifty copies of the third edition which is an invaluable work of reference for libraries and for all having relations with scientific men. The first and second editions were sold out before a new edition was printed. There are many who need the third edi- tion and should order it now. Price: Ten Dollars, postage paid. THE SCIENCE PRESS Grand Central Terminal New York, N. Y. net, ‘ : ,] —————eSO ,-Would have produced if they had ' remained egg of amphioxus BRAND NEW ARRIVAL IN PACKARD FAMILY Miss Priscilla Adams Packard ! weight seven and one-quarter pounds, became the daughter of Dr. and Mrs. Charles Packard on Sunday, July 17, at Stratford, Conn. the home of Mrs. Pack- ard’s mother. Priscilla and her mother are getting along as well as can be expected. Dr. Packard returned to Woods Hole on Monday evening, July 19. Conklin’s Summary (Continued from Page 8) granules or pigments may be merely passive materials that take no active part in the pro- cess of differentiation, but “‘like) the shells on the beach they in- dicate where the tides of life: have been.” Among such eggs that are particularly favourable for the study of localization are! those of annelids, gastropods, cephalopods, ascidians, and am- phibians. The study of the liv- ing eggs in all of these groups shows that there is a progres- sive formation of different sub- stances, and a progressive local- ization of these substances. Ex- periments on all of these groups indicate that the visible granules or pigments may be shifted about without destroying the localization pattern of the egg. This proves that there is some substance in which this pattern inheres and which does not change its position when the visible substances are moved| about. In the ascidians alone, of all groups named, I have} found that the dislocation of visible substances does lead to the dislocation of the developing organs, and in this group, as! well as in others with “deter- minate cleavage,” isolated blas- tomeres give rise only to the parts of embryos which they} in connection with the other blastomeres. This “mosaic development”, of ascidians eggs is very unlike, the results which Prof. E. B. Wilson obtained with the egg of amphioxus 34 years ago. In view of the fact that the normal development of amphixous fol- lows the same pattern as that of the ascidians. I haye repeated Prof. Wilson’s experiments and have found, as he did, that iso-| lated blastomeres of the two- cell stage give rise to perfect larvae. In a single instance Prof. Wilson found that one blastomere of the four-cell stage gave rise to a nearly complete larva, and in a_number of in-| stances I have found the same thing to be true. Therefore the although THE COLLECTING NET showing the same localization pattern as that of the ascidians, is much more capable of regula- tion. This may be associated with the fact that the proto- plasm of the amphioxus egg is much more fluid than is that of the ascidian egg. After the four-cell stage, regulation of iso- lated blastomeres never appears in amphioxus and it rarely ap- pears as late as the four-cell stage. It occurs much more frequently in anterior quarters than in posterior ones and in this respect it resembles the ege of Triton as described by Spemann. In conclusion; the egg of amphibians, ascidians and amphioxus have the same pattern of localization. In all of these there is a crescentic area on the anterior-dorsal side of unsegmented egg which goes into the dorsal lip of the blas- topore and later gives rise to the neural plate and notochord. In all of these eggs there is an area around the posterior side of the unsegmented egg which goes into the ventral and lateral lips of the blastopore, and which contains all or almost all of the materials which form the meso- derm. By a series of beautiful ex- periments Spemann has found that there is localized in the endoderm of the dorsal lip a fac- | tor which determines the dif- ferentiation of the dorsal organs of the embryo. It is significant that the notochord comes from! cells in this region and I have found in ascidians and in am- phioxus that the embryo does not grow in length nor differ-| entiate normally unless a noto- chord is present. Is it possible’ that notochordal tissue is Spe- mann’s “organizer”? Finally it is generally accepted that al-' though the nucleus is the seat of inheritance materials nuclei undergo no differentiation in the course of development. The cytoplasm on the other hand is the seat of new differentiations. | Its polarity, symmetry and pat- tern of localization are some- times fixed before fertilization | and it is therefore necessary to) conclude that the egg alone fixes’ the pattern of development and that the egg and sperm are not eaual in developmental po- tencies. Silk Underwear Silk Hosiery Linens Perfumes Dress Materials at MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS FALMOUTH Just’s Review (Continued from Page 8) materials except that the pig- ment granules are at the sur- face. There are eggs which are, according to descriptions, perfectly transparent. Whether pigmented or not, numbers of eggs show no morphological or- ganization; and indeed, many eggs, except during maturation or through the possession of a funnel (too frequently and er- roneously termed a micropyle) in the jelly hull, give no evidence of even their inherent polarity. And the polarity of both egg cells and of adult organisms on the basis of physiological stud- ies, especially the work of Child and his students—the most im- portant modern work in the physiology of development—we cannot dismiss simply by saying that polarity is a species of mysticism. I have studied Professor Conklin’s work most seriously and have leaned on it most heavily in my own studies. I feel safe in saying, therefore, that he would agree that since there are ova that exhibit no localized areas, the mere pres- ence of variously colored ma- terials suspended in the cyto- plasm—however definite their distribution to systems and to organs— is not sufficient evi- dence that such materials of themselves are the cause of that progressive differentiation which we term embryology. III. Many of these ova that nor- | mally possess no visible localiza- tion of materials—for example, those of Chaetopterus, Arbacia, Cumingia, and Crepidula — through centrifuging shows de- | finite stratification: that is, the different kinds of suspended particles of the protoplasm be- come massed in zones according to their specific gravity. Such eggs develop as normal uncen- trifuged eggs, as Lillie first showed, thus contradicting the earlier work of Morgan on Ar- bacia; as Morgan himself later showed for the eggs of Arbacia and of Cumingia. Conklin’s results on the eggs of several gastropods belong here also. It is noteworthy that all these ova except the ovum of Arbacia possess determinate cleavage. What is more, of centrifuged eggs with determinate cleavage (e. g., Lillie’s work on Chaetop- terus) the clear portions devoid of granules are capable of devel- opment. IV. On the basis of these consid- erations it is reasonable to con- PAGE NINE clude that the progressive dif- ferentiation which is develop- ment, is not dependent on visible stuffs in the eggs whether these be pigmented or not, no matter how definite may be their dis- tribution to the germ layers and to the various organs. Pro- gressive differentiation—i, e., development—is inherent in the ground substance or colloidal substratum in which are sus- pended the granules, spherules, and the like—of mitochondria, yolk, oil, ete. Even in those casés where the variously col- ored suspended particles take up definite loci in the developing embryo, we have no good evi- dence that such location is more than casual. The ground sub- stance is real protoplasm; the formed bodies suspended in the ground substance are not proto- plasm in the fundamental sense: they are but expressions of the activity of this practically al- most homogeneous ground sub- stance. This does not mean that the granules, spherules, etc., whether pigmented or not are mere metabolites — they have, as we know, undoubted functions. But if we are seek- ing the “cause” of the progres- sive differentiation, i. e., of de- velopment, it is a mistake in the face of the mass of evidence on the other side, to attribute this progressive differentiation to visible stuffs in the egg, however important they may be in a subsidiary way to the main course of development. It is unfortunate that many workers apparently do not suffi- ciently appreciate the distinc- tion between the ground sub- stance or colloidal substratum of the cell and the cell body as a whole—that is, the ground substance plus the various gran- ules, spherules, etc., suspended in it. Thus, Wilson speaks of the alveolar structure of proto- plasm, meaning by the alveoli, I would guess, the yolk spheres. There is no good evidence that the ground substance is alveo- lar; or, that it is an emulsion. It would be well, therefore, if we keep in mind that there is this almost homogeneous and almost optically empty ground substance, which, isolated from the visible stuffs in an egg with determinate cleavage, is capable of the developmental process. The localization phenomena in the progressive differentiation which is development, is a prob- lem of the ground substance. Dr. George H. Greene DENTIST Office, Nearly Opposite St. Barnabas Memorial Church FALMOUTH, MASS. 9 A. M. - 12M.; 1-4 P. M. Telephone 35 Hours; PAGE TEN Reminiscences of the Fish] Commission (Continued from Page 4) Baird exercised this power with consummate tact. The officers of the Albatross performed their somewhat unusual duties with cheerful promptness. As for Captain Tanner, whom I saw in all the vigorous activity of his bluff personality, his support of Professor Baird was enthusias- tic, efficient and whole-hearted. Professor Baird was very sensitive in the matter | of ap- pointments. I am quite sure that any one with the name of Baird would have stood - little chance of securing a position on the Fish Commission. He even expressed regret that the chief engineer on the Albatross bore that name, with whose assign- ment as an officer of the Navy, he could not have had anything to do, and who, so far as he, or any one else knew, was no rela- tion of his. es Those of us who did not join the Commission until 1882 of the experience had been associat- ed with Professor Baird in pre- vious summers. Thus, Dr. E. A. Andrews, in a recent letter, speaking of the work at New- port, tells of the shrinking at- tention which he and others in the laboratory gave to an exhi- bition of snakes let loose on the floor by the Professor, who talked, most interestingly of the king-snake, and other sorts, meanwhile handling them with familiarity and pleasure not al- together comprehended by his startled audience. This is a phase of Professor Baird, which we at Woods Hole had little op- portunity to observe. The importance of having a permanent laboratory at Woods Hole appealed so strongly to Professor Baird, that, when it appeared to be doubtful that the government could be in- duced to assist in the undertak- ing, he devised the plan of hav- ing the colleges and universities assist by contributing to the purchase of land, on condition that they should have perpetual right to a table, or tables, for the use of students, or members of their teaching staffs. About this time he enlisted the sympathy of the late Joseph Fay in the project, the result of which was a gift to the gen- eral government, for the Fish Commission, of the water front missed much of those who on Great Harbor, running from) the property, now owned by: the Marine Biological Laboratory, to a point about opposite the western end of the breakwater on Buzzards Bay. Then, some- what to the Professor’s sur- prise, I think, but much to his THE COLLECTING NET gratification, an appropriation was made by Congress which allowed for the improvement of this property. As a result, what in 1882 was a rocky point, soon became the well-appointed grounds of the Fish Commis- sion, with sea wall, basin, pool and pier on the water, and lab- oratory and other buildings on the landward side, much as they are today. Dr. Andrews recalls the long consultations which Professor Baird was holding with Profes- sors Verrill and Smith over blue prints of new buildings and a steamship for deep sea work. These were so far accomplished facts by 1882 that plans for them were not much in evidence, so far as my memory serves, 2l- though plans for the equipment of the new laboratory were dis- cussed, the designs for which were drawn by Professor Ver- rill, and constructed under his direction. The Albatross was planned for deep sea work, and was, and still is, a good sea-going steam- ship. F Perhaps no one is at fault, and it is doubtless only an inci- dent in the onrush of events in these days of world disturbance, but, when, last summer, I saw the Albatross made fast to the Fish Commission wharf, at Woods Hole, with no crew, either on board or ashore, with streaks of rust on her sides, and with a list to starboard, as if she were downright discour- aged, I could not help contrast- ing her present forlorn plight with the trim appearance which she presented, when, in 1883, with full complement of officers and crew, and with the tempor- ary addition of a small staff of investigators, she made her first dredging trip to the Gulf Stream. I remember too the lively interest which Professor Baird took in this trip, and in the strange examples of the abyssal fauna which were Se- cured. I do not know what he would think, if he were here, and as he was when the Albatross was new. He gave me the impress- ion of being one who had learned to maintain complete mastery over himself. That he was cap- able of just anger there can be no doubt, and I think that the present disuse of the Albatross might prove a severe test of his powers of self-control. (Continued Next Week) net! SANSOUCI BARBER SHOP Expert Bobbing WOODS HOLE, MASS. SS Mathews’ Review (Continued from Page 5) that when the blood circulation | had been interrupted for a few minutes, the capillaries allowed the dye to pass very much more rapidly and would allow | colloidal dyes to pass. Urethane had a similar action. Injury of any kind increased the ease of | passage of fluid and colloid through the capillary walls. Simple dilation of the capillaries did not change their permeabil- ity, as had been suggested as a possibility by Keogh, although the increased pressure of the blood in the capillary produced by dilation of the arteriole did increase the rate of passage of fluid outward. The work as a whole is very much to be commended. It is ingenious, thorough and quanti- tative. It gives us definite fig- ures for the rate of passage through capillary walls which are valuable. It made on the audience a delightful impres- sion, as it was presented clearly and gracefully. The general result of the work was to confirm an opinion expressed some thirty years ago by Professor Starling, the Eng- lish physiologist, that the pres- sure in the capillaries must be large enough to force out of the blood the liquid with substances in solution, against the pressure inward due to the osmotic pres- sure of the blood proteins. De- terminations of the osmotic pressure of the proteins of the blood plasma have shown pres- sures ranging from 10 to 12 ems. of water in frogs blood. This is just the pressure measured by Landis as the capillary pressure. While the results thus sup- port the idea that the passage of fluid through the capillary wall is largely controlled by these two mechanical factors of osmotic pressure and capillary blood pressure, as has _ been generally concluded hitherto. they show also that the state of the capillary wall itself is still more important. This state is referred to by the author in con- sonance with custom as perme- ability; but it really means the state of vital action of the wall itself. The capillaries are made of living cells; these cells are innervated. -Dr. Landis has shown that the maintenance of their ordinary impermeability to proteins is dependent upon their respiration; and since the fundamental effect of the nerve impulse is to change the rate of the respiration of cells, it may be anticipated that further work will show that the forma- tion of the lymph is controlled Lueals Wey WS Oe ere by the activity of the capillary cells, although the driving forces may be those of osmosis and capillary blood pressure. Dr. Landis should bring his results into connection with the work on secretion. It will be recalled that many years ago Heidenhain postulated the con- trol of lymph formation by nerves, and made the assump- tion that the passage was large- ly a_ secretion controlled by special nerves. The reviewer discovered many years ago that if blood is cut off from the sal- ivary glands for a few minutes, readmission of the blood is often followed by the spontaneous and rapid flow of saliva from the gland. Dr. Landis has shown that this process of deprivation of oxygen leads to the increase of passage of fluid through the capillary wall. The natural conclusion is that this may in- directly cause the spontaneous secretion of saliva observed. And if this is so, the control of secretion by the chorda tympani nerve may be largely by its ac- tion on the blood flow, in addi- - tion to its innervation of con- tractile elements in the gland. The admirable work of Dr. Landis illustrates also the great value of the discovery of a method of investigation. Meth- ods developed by Dr. Chambers for the study of cell structure are found to be applicable to the solution of a problem in quite another field. By this method the biologist can study individual capillaries. He no longer has to rely on statistical averages of behaviour of great numbers of capillaries. It is by the study of individuals, rather than by that of populations, that real advance is made in biological work. It is this power of studying individuals which gives the biologist his great advantage over the physi- cist and chemist, for both the - latter branches of science are forced, in nearly all cases, to study great populations, and to rely on statistical methods which show only what the av- erage conduct will be and never what any single individual molecule or atom or electron or individual will do. Perhaps when the physicist is able to study the behaviour of an atom he will find it showing all the indications of possessing men- tality and exercising choice, which the biologist finds in every living thing whether that be the cell of a capillary wall or himself. IDEAL RESTAURANT BEST FOOD IN TOWN Main Street Woods Hole WW OUR BACIA What we are doing in Physi- ology may be summarized as follows: For the first two weeks we averaged nine lectures a week; now we have one a day, at nine o’clock. Professor Michaelis of Berlin and Johns Hopkins has| been lecturing on physical chem- istry as applied to biology. Ai- most everyone who can manage it comes to hear him, but since there are some who cannot, a summary of his lectures may be of interest. First he treated the periodic system in a striking fashion, valence, interactions of elements all standing out in their relationship to it. Next the mass law. the reactions will be an _ inti- mate memory to all of us. Electrolytic dissociations led to “NH”, and that to “buffers” and “Sndicators’’. Hydrogen and quin-hydrone electrodes ‘were next discussed, then adsorption and surface tension. Ordinary physico-chemical subjects were presented in a most extraordin- ary manner. Dr. Michaelis con- tinues his course Tuesdays, Wednesdays and Fridays at nine o’clock. Dr. Jacobs or Dr. Fenn lecture on the other days. Dr. Jacobs’ lectures have been equally noteworthy. He has presented over ninety refer- ences, (up to the present time), each one succinctly summarized and mostly from recent publica- tions. Such a summary of lit- erature in itself would be re- markable; but he has done much more. He put a vitality into mathematical equations which makes even a Doubting Thomas realize that in biology the mathematical approach is an extremely productive one: calculus, physiology, chemistry, and applied sciences show their intimate relationships. And the laboratory work, at present under Drs. Jacobs and Haywood, but soon to be under Drs. Fenn and Hartline, is an outstanding feature. One of the class claims unerring accur- racy in differentiating the male from the female Arbacia, but the rest go blindly in, making lots of mistakes. Effects of ions, alone and in combination, ef- fects of change of tonicity of the water, and pH bring out the more or less quantitative re- sults. The Amherst instructor rarely gets poor results; others a minority, perhaps, though one of them is now writing, are not so clever and their curves when plotted remind one of the Cool- idge angle worms now causing a deep schism in the G. O. P. Don’t forget the explanations (not always mathematical) of why the curves were or were not as they should be. The lab- _ oratory is rarely occupied be- Ay Mice The “‘K” of all) THE COLLECTING NET PAGE ELEVEN tween one and six a. m., rarely unoccupied between six and one. The shades of the arinicola larvae, the neytelus, and the faithful Funduli ery out for a place in this sketch but short shrift must be given them. You all (if we may so address some of the fearless few still read- ing) know how Fundulus with| scales intact can live in either sea or fresh water. This must be seen to be appreciated; also those remarkable phores. one happen to find out that they ‘beat’ after being put in sodium and then in barium?” The inability of the duly elected sub-editor to prepare this note for The Collecting Net is regretted by the whole class, but by none more than by the “Anonymous Undersigned’’. “The Chemical Room” (Continued from Page 2) bable price, is also noted in the Chemical Room book. This en- ables the Chemical Room to keep track of the general amount out against it even though not corresponding exactly to the final bill prices. When the bill comes in it is of course compar- ed with the items in the Chemi- cal Room book, the bill prices are also added and the bill itself along with the name of the firm. order numbers, date and total amount is entered in another place in the same book. When an order comes in, be- | sides being checked off as re- ceived in the order book, the date of receipt, in the case of chemicals, is stamped upon the label and the label and stopper- ed end is dipped in a mixture of melted soft paraffin and bees- wax. This is also done to most reagent bottles each time after the bottle has been opened dur- ing the season. The above named orders are termed “Emergency Orders”. In contra-distinetion to them there are orders made up in advance of the season, based upon the probable needs for the coming season. Such orders are known as “Winter Orders”. Data for these orders are obtained from entries in the book entitled “Suvplies Needed for Next Sea- son”, from inspection of the emergency orders of the season and from a careful inspection of the stock at the end of the sea- son. Entries are made in above book during the season by any member of the staff. From these data a list is made up with estimated prices and forms the basis of the winter orders. In placing these orders, certain standardized articles, the prices of which are fixed, are ordered from a suitabie firm with which the laboratory deals most ex- chromato- | As an N. Y. U. Medical; | School man said: “How did any- tensively. In the case of other supplies quotations are obtained from several firms and the or- ders are placed on the basis of these. In all cases quotations are obtained before an order is placed whether there is competi- tion or not. When these orders! reach the Laboratory they are of course checked off on the in- voices and the goods placed in the proper places in the Chemi- cal Room, bottles of chemicals being first dated and treated with paraffin wax as previously indicated. When the bills come in their prices are of course com- pared with the quotation prices in the usual way. At the beginning of the season all the bills for emergency orders with their amounts etc., but not their items, are entered in the above mentioned Chemical Room order book. These, with the subse- quent emergency order bills en- tered there, not only enable the Chemical Room to easily keep track of its annual expenditures but furnishes a reasonably ac- curate basis for a tabulation of the amounts spent for chemicals, glassware, etc., (excepting the apparatus now under the charge of Professor Pond). It was from such data that the expen- ditures for each year since oO: given earlier in this article, were based. It may be of inter- est to note in passing that the Chemical Room has had deal- ings with about seventy-five to one hundred firms in its past history. In the early days the old firm of Bausch and Lomb received considerable attention but now for many years past the fine old German firm of Eimer and Amend of New York seems to hold first place, with an honorable mention of the Arthur H. Thomas Company of Philadelphia and the Fisher Scientific Company of Pitts- burgh. The above applies espec- ially to glassware ete. In the line of chemicals we find stil] on the shelves many bottles label- ed Kahlbaum, all pre-war, to- gether with much from J. T. Baker, Eimer and Amend, Merck, Eastman Kodak Com- pany, not to mention a number of others. In the case of cer- tain kinds of supplies, the policy has been pursued, when filling In emergency orders, of order- ing extra amounts. This has resulted, in the case of dyes, in building up a fine stock of the Grubler dyes, there being in the neighborhood of two hundred on the Chemical Room list. (To Be Continued) $e sss eee: SAMUEL CAHOON Wholesale and Retail Dealer in FISH AND LOBSTERS Tel. Falmouth 660-661 Weods Hele, Mass. ee eta aaa ae ae a eae ae DR. H. A. WHITE DENTIST Main St. Opposite Post Office Tel. 907-2 Falmouth, Mass. eT RR NES Se ES RP RR EP ACCRA AA RIDE THE BUS TO FALMOUTH It costs less than to drive your own car. B. R. NICKERSON WOODS HOLE, MASS. The Elizabeth Theatre FALMOUTH, MASS. HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS Show Starts at 7.45 — Feature Picture at 8.30 Short Reels Repeated After the Feature Picture. A COMPLETE SHOW AFTER 8.30 Saturday Two Shows at 7.00 and 9.00 O'clock Matinees Monday, Wednesday and Saturday at 2.30 July 25 “WEDDING BILLS” with RAYMOND GRIFFITH Fox News Educational Comedy Tuesday July 26 “BROADWAY NIGHTS” with LOIS WILSON, SAM HARDY News Comedy Wed. (Se Thars.. 2... July 27-28 “McFADDEN’S FLATS” with C. Murray, C. Conklin Pathe News Aesop Fables Short Reel Mirae a vse's heii July 29 “FRAMED” with MILTON SILLS Topics of the Day aa ee ee ae PAGE. TWELVE THE COLLECTING NET JELLY FISH On July 28 some 50 odd stu- dents assembled in the Inverte- brate laboratory to learn all that the catalogue promised. For you who are further inter- ested, we refer you to the 1927 announcement of the Marine Biological Laboratory. The routine of lecture and labora- tory work has been broken by five field trips so far. These are by far the most interesting fea- tures of the course. By this means the students get first hand information as to the habitat and habits of the ani- mals they are studying. This is really invaluable to some of our budding professors of In- vertebrate Zoology. The first trip was Dr. Daw- son’s Paradise, for we went on a protozoa hunt. As the class is very large we divided into two parties, one going out in the vicinity of Nobska with Dr. Young, and the other to Pen- zance with Dr. Dawson. (Note: Wear your seven-league boots when going with Dr. Young or you will find yourself some- where in the rear). You can- not fool Dr. Dawson when it comes to protozoa. All ; at- tempts to present unidentified forms failed. Many of the newcomers to Woods Hole decided after a visit to the Cedar Swamp and the Sphagnum Swamp that field trips are no joke, but must be taken in a humble spirit for one never knows when the fall is going to come. At Quisset we went on our first salt water collecting trip. Dr. Bennitt enjoyed this for worms were abundant. It real- ly is a help that each tour re- veals in abundance a form to make our staff happy and enthu- siastic. And speaking of en- thusiasm, it is a joy to go col- lecting with our staff, for they never grow weary of the count- less questions and are quite as happy to receive a student’s dis- covery as though it were really something never before seen. Quisset was a rather moist ex- cursion, but clean salt water is no hardship. Preceding the field trip for July 9, Dr. Young lectured on Phylogeny. This was our first cruise on the Cayadetta, al- though some went on the Nereis and said that they pitied those on the larger boat. The wharf piles at Vineyard Haven. are well covered with Mytius edulis, and thanks to the forethought of Drs. Young and Severing- haus, certain fortunate mem- bers of the class carried on through the arduous work of scraping pilings with steamed mussels. We were fortunate in getting a very good collection of the animal inhabitants of wharf pilings. Another trip was taken to Nobska for salt water forms and was distinguished by a few duckings into the salt water. As bathing suits were the ac- cepted costume for this event, no harm was done. The sun- burns visibly increased. The ‘prize trip was on Saturday, July 16, when the class went to Hadley Harbor. In his instruc- tions to the class before start- ing, Dr. Young announced that if anyone was unacquainted with the properties of mud he would not long remain in ignor- ance. Now all you have to say is “Hadley Harbor” to an in- vertebrate and he will groan. All joking aside this was the most successful collecting so far and will probably hold the rec- ord. One hundred and sixty-five forms were collected and one! hundred and three forms were on the demonstration table. The mud flats proved to be most rich in Echinodermata. Dr. Young’s team deserves the prize for getting the most forms, the number being about one hun- dred twenty. We really do more than go on collecting expeditions, even though this account seems to deal mainly with that part of the course. If you were to drop in any evening at any hour, you|¥ would certainly see many stu- dents working busily to com- plete work not finished during regular lab. hours. It is during these times that we get to know each other and much exchange of general information goes on in these informal working periods. Our Authors | Dr. Edwin Linton is now Honorary Research Fellow in Zoology at the University of Pennsylvania. He came first to Woods Hole as assistant to Professor Verrill in 1882, and has returned continuously to work here during the summer except for five scattered years when he was working at other biological stations. Dr. Linton was professor of zoology at the Washington and Jefferson Col- lege from 1892 to 1922; and almost from the beginning of his research work he has been devoting the larger part of his time to the study of parasitol- ogy in fishes. He has concerned himself especially with the life history and distribution of the Helimuth parasites. Through the generosity of Mr. Henry D. Sharpe, a mem- ber of the Corporation of Brown University, a fellowship in biology of $1000 has just been established for the year 1927- 1928. ; LABORATORY APPARATUS and SUPPLIES Our General Laboratory and Museum Supplies Include: Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Ana- tomical Models, Osteological Preparations, Natural. History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Glass Jars, Miscroscopes and Accessories. Biological and General Laboratory Supplies THE KNY-SCHEERER CORPORATION OF AMERICA 119-125 7th Ave. (Cor. 17th St.) New York City CENTRIFUGES INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 352 Western Ave., Boston, Mass. Dept. of Natural Science, G. Lagai, Ph.D. These Centrifuges were developed to meet, in a practical way, the varied requirements of many laboratories. They are made in several sizes, with capacities ranging from two tubes of 15 ml. each to ten cups of 1500 ml. each, and with relative centrifugal forces up to 3800 times gravity. Bulletins C1 and C2 describe the most used Laboratory Sizes. Laboratory Directions in HUDSON-ESSEX MOTOR CARS We have several good second hand cars for sale. The Crocker Garage General Physiology By E. NEWTON HARVEY Princeton University A limited number of copies can be obtained from the Corporation, Inc. Princeton University Store, Princeton, N. J., for $1.00 Falmouth Mass. each, plus postage. W:-C:DAVIS‘COMPANY: HOME FURNISHERS FALMOUTH MASS gy Cae enn ooo Vo'ume IT Number 4 History of Woods Hole Is Theme Used by Artist It is a far cry from candle works to chromosomes, from guano to science, from whaling ships and British soldiers to yachting rigs and pcarders—from 1667 to 1927, but Mr. Frank L. Gifford, busi- ness man through the week and|| artist on Sundays, has found || that the feel of the old day lingers along with the new—this imported ‘Biological’. For one thing the old house that Ebenezer Hatch built some- time after he came here in 1667 is still standing. In its time it knew Indians, battling Colonists, whaling traders, and a journey to its new foundation on Quis- set Avenue, where it is known as the old Knight house. For another thing Mr. Gifford has painted pictures of Woods Hole from the time he was a boy, and he has painted memory pic- tures of Woods Hole from the time his grandparents knew. He owns pictorial evidence of Woods Hole from 1812, the early pictures painted from his fa- thers’ memory as clear cut now as his own remembrances. A series of these and other pic- tures were taken to New York this winter, exhibited in the Whitney studios and _ photo- graphed for various rotogravure sections. Mr. Gifford’s first historical picture is concerned with that appealing incident in 1812 of the British soldiers versus the astute New Englanders, of the famous schooner that was re- quisitioned by the British. The doughty New England captain ran the boat aground in Little Harbor, and when the British soldiers came for it they were entertained to satiety with gin as effective as the present boot- leg variety. And so they for- got their errand. Little Harbor at that time was fringed with the ten-foot wigwamish looking pyramids that were put over the salt vats on rainy days, when salt was made by drying out sea water, (Continued on Page 11) summer | | WOODS HOLE, SATURDAY, JULY 30, 1927 Hl. B. DL. Calendar Saturday, July 30 9:00-12:00 P. M. Club Dance. Orchestra. M. B. L. Club. Admission free to mem- bers; 75c for non-members. Sunday, July 31 9:00 P. M. Informal Singing. Upstairs on the M. B. L. Club porch. Wednesday, August 4 4:30 P. M. Dedication of a memorial tablet to the late Jacques Loeb. Addresses By: Dr. Simon Flexner, Rockefeller Institute, Dr. Frank R. Lillie, University of Chicago and Dr. Hardolph Wastencys, University of Toronto. Friday, August 5 4:00-6:00 P. M. Tea. Protozoology and Embryol- ogy. M. B. L. Club. Friday, August 5 8:00 P. M. Evening Lecture. J. Mansfield Clark, Professor of Chemistry, Hygienic Laboratory, Washing- ton, D. C. Subject: “A re- stricted but new approach to oxidation-reduction in the living cell”, DEDICATION OF TABLET COMMEMORATING LOEB ON COMING WEDNESDAY A ceremony in honor of Dr. Jacques Loeb, who died in 1924, will be held in the auditorium of the brick building on Wednesday afternoon, August 4, at 4:30 P, M. at which time a bronze plaque commemorating his life and work will be unveiled. The plaque will later be placed in the lobby of the building next to the Whitman tablet. Three short addresses in honor of Dr. Loeb will be given by friends and fellow workers. Dr. Frank R. Lillie former di- rector of the M. B. L. will speak as a representative of the labor- atory en Loeb’s relation to the M. B. L. Dr. Simon Flexner of the Reckefeller Institute will speak on Dr. Loeb’s connection with the Rockefeller Institute, and Dr. Hardolph Wasteneys of the University of Toronto, a former pupil of Dr. Loeb, will discuss his work in physiology. Each of the addresses will be about ten minutes in length. 6 SS EEE EEE EE ESE a IS WHAT LIMITING FACTOR IN GROWTH Size and Number as Related to Organisms Dr. N. A. Cobb Nematolog’st, U. S. Department of Agriculture Report 0° an informal evening talk by Dr. Cobb which was ven at the Bu- reau of Tisheries as one of a ser ot lectures |b the Bureau of Fisheries’ investigators. Why not vertebrates a mile long and a thousand feet high? Why not vertebrates only a quarter of an inch long? The known facts clearly indicate limits in both directions. The speaker sketched some of the reasons for the existence of the upper limit, e. g. circulation dif- ficulties due to friction in the blood vessels, accumulation of an excess of excreta during the long journey out and back, the difficulty of maintaining tem- perature at the extremities; limits set by the strength of ma- terials, bone cculd not be strong enough or muscles _ efficient enough to properly support and move so large lan organism; food supply difficulties; space limita- tions connected with protecting such an organism from the ele- ments etc., etc. Reasons were sketched for the non-existence of exceedingly small vertebrates. The compli- cated vertebrate mechanism would be in the way in an organ- ism of such small size. Why an elaborate pumping system to pump blood for a _ distance through which it might diffuse without such a system? So with “centralized” respiration. The competition of such imaginary small vertebrates with other organisms, say insects, of sim- pler structure better adapted to such small sizes would be a hopeless struggle. Why not in- sects as large as moles or as small as microbes? Similar sketchy observations were also made concerning the clearly in- dicated size limits in this group of “lower” organisms. (Continued on Page 2) Subscription $1.25 Single Copies, lie DATE IS SET FOR WATER SPORTS Annual Natatorial Contests to Be Held Friday, August 5, at 3 P. M. Mrs. Warkasse Is Sponsor The annual Woods Hole Water Sports, so long a feature of the summer’s activities, will be held again this year under the spon- sorship of Mrs. J. P. Warbasse, to whose interest and efforts the success of this event has so many times been due. These contests will be conducted from the Cayadetta float in view of the spectators who will line the shore directly in front of the Laboratory, and will begin at 8 o’clock on the afternoon of Friday, August 5th. The customary series of events will be run off, with ad- ditions and _ variations. AS usual, swimming and diving will be the order of the day, but besides these there will be a Tub Race for junior entries and Canoe Tilts for boys and girls. It is hoped to make the Relay Races an even more popular feature of the Sports this year than they have been in the past. The various classes will be en- couraged to form relay teams, both men’s and women’s, and the competitive spirit thus en- gendered among the students should run high. At present no satisfactory scheme for handi- capping the Invertebrate team, with its reputed quartet of col- lege swimming stars, has been suggested, but it is rumored that they may have to swim with arms and legs tied behind them. It is hoped that the Investiga- tors may enter a crack team of four against a picked student quartet. As the Junior events will be called off first starting promptly at 3 P. M.., the Senior Swims and Dives will be in order at 4 or shortly after, thus avoiding con- flict with the laboratory class work. A competent corps of judges will be under the leadership of Dr. H. C. Bradley, and the re- (Continued on Page 11) PAGE TWO THE COLLECTING NET Round Table Discusses Copepods and the Nemas The staff of the Bureau of Fisheries together with the in- dependent investigators and several guests met again for the “Fisheries Thursday Night Round Table” on July 14. This is the second meeting in the series designed to give oppor- tunity for the discussion of the problems of the various investi- gators and to promote fellow-| ship among the workers. _ Dr. C. B. Wilson and Dr. N. A. Cobb were the leading speakers, al- though many joined in the in- formal discussion which fol- lowed the presentation of the papers. Dr. Wilson, who has spent many years at Woods Hole, and is a recognized authority on copepods, discussed special prop- lems concerning the copepods of the Woods Hole region. Up to 1926 published lists included only about 75 species known from this locality. Dr. Wilson has, however, collected over 300 species already, including para- sitic and free-living forms, and has made significant observa- tions concerning their distribu- tion with regard to various eco- logical factors. Dr. N. A. Cobb, senior nema- tologist, U. S. Department of Agriculture, discussed his work on the marine nemas under the title “Size and Number as Re- lated to Organisms”. He point- ed out the characteristics of marine nemas which make them so well adapted for the investi- gation of fundamental problems in biology and illustrated, at some length, the development of mathematics as a necessary part of biological research. An informal social hour foi- owed the more general discus- sions. About forty persons were present. What Limits Size (Continued from Page 1) Generalizing why not mul- ticellular organisms beyond cer- tain maximum and minimum limits? A little thought shows that limits are set by the rela- tionships of particular mechan- isms to the distances involved; and as size, in such cases, is a function of the number of co- operating cells, the limits are set in numerical terms. This be- comes clearer when we consider our ability to represent a cellu- lar organism by a strictly ma- thematical (numerical) expres- sion. (The bioequation.) * The speaker next asked, “Why do we not have cells a meter long * Jour. Wash. Acad. Science, June 4, 1925. | homology. and why not typical cells below the limits of a micron or two.” Here again reasons were sketch- ed as to why the mechanism of the typical cell would be so com- plex as to “be in its own way” when the distances involved be- come sufficiently small and the number of properties to be transmitted sufficiently few. Size limits in these various cases are set by a fundamental necessity, having its “final” source in the size of the elec- tronic combinations. Particular attention was called to the fact that, usually, the size limits of “adjacent” higher and lower groups of organisms recitrocal- ly overlap (e. g. Vertebrates and Insects), and also to the fact that celis representing. indivi- duals of certain species of uni- cellular organisms are larger than some of the multicellulars, or, to emphasize by reversing, many multicellulars are smaller than some of the larger unicell- ulars. There is a distinct lap- ping of one on to the size limits of the other. “Organisms” of Greater Size, “Social Organisms” Developing a more complex nervous system, the higher organisms have evolved “‘mental pictures” of distant and invisi- ble things and events, and have invented means for transmitting through various media signs that represent these mental pic- tures. Thus the social organ- ism evolved. When we speak of the social organism it is usually assumed that we are using analogy, but an interesting for- mulation might be made out for Are not the inter- actions between relatively far- distant intellectual organisms, existing in the sea of air sur- rounding the earth, in many ways actually homologous with the passage of stimuli, ete. in more viscous fluid media be- tween cells? When two very small organisms live in sym- biosis, or between celis in blood, or between cells even move in- timately organized we have this condition. The concept of organisms of this higher or social grade sug- gests the question of there being also lower orders of organisms at the other end of the accepted series. . This idea is not new for their- existence was specifi- cally asserted by acute obsery- ers and adventurous thinkers in the plainest of language at least half a century ago, but at that time the supporting evidence was so meagre that the idea did not rise to the dignity of a working hypothesis. Now it is quite different. Today what we know about certain small living elements, both inside and outside of cells, compels such a working hypothesis, even if we are not already beyond the hy- pothetical stage. Here again, size seems a prime determining element. When a cell( really a relatively complex and large organism) transmits its exceedingly numer- ous properties to its descendants, nothing short of an elaborate census and mobilization is ade- quate. Hence follow mitosis and its complications. A cell has, in a great degree, to take care of itself; and so must have many of the multi- tudinous properties characteris- tic of the groups of cells consti- tuting higher organisms. It must nourish itself. ‘You can take the horse to food, (or vice versa) but you cannot make him eat;:—he must do that himself,” seems to summarize the situa- tion. If the cell (‘“‘eats’’) assi- milates, and is to continue, then it must have mechanism ade- quate to select, transport, digest, excrete, ete.—at least to take some part in reproducing itself. All this complexity is because of the number of characters, and because of the size,—i. e. the dis- tance involved. But what if all these be a hundredfold or more reduced? Plainly, the require- ments would call for a simpler mechanism; cell-mechanism would be so complicated as to be in the way. LITOBIONTS The speaker had ventured to suggest a general name, Lito- bionts, for the group of organ- isms which his observations led him to believe to exist, these very organisms of lower grade; —(litos, simple), simple-organ- isms. The Litobionts have dis- tinctive properties, such as small size, and simplicity of com- position, but nevertheless, live, assimilate, grow, multiply ;— not only dividing somewhat after the manner of some higher, more or less filamentous organ- isms, but multiplying by endo- genous division, this latter being one of the speaker’s own obser- vations. Yet it is possible to over em- phasize the smallness of Lito- bionts. The speaker stated his belief that we have been looking at Litobionts a long time,—Lito- bionts of the larger size,—with- out recognizing their nature, just as observers previous to the time of Schleiden and Schwann had been looking at cells with- out recognizing their nature. Just as the multicellular and unicellular organisms overlap each other in the matter of size, so the unicellular organisms (having the charcteristic pro- perties of cells as now defined) overlap the Litobionts. There are unicellular organisms smal- ler than some Litobionts. Or, in reverse, some Litobionts larger than some unicellular organisms. That the Litobionts are much simpler than cells, is indicated by a number of facts. Their ef- fects on light indicate that in the main, they are composed of a smaller number of kinds of molecules of a more orderly ar- rangement. The fact that some of them are soluble in reagents, (e. g. acetic acid,) is another indication of relative simplicity. In a word, we must conceive of the Litobionts as made up of a smaller number of kinds of simpler molecules manipulated through very much smaller dis- tances, and therefore necessarily (a matter of “economy”, “least resistance”) by simpler mechan- ism. It is quite conceivable that some Litobionts may be smaller than some of the largest mole- cules. Not needing such large and complex molecules, the mnass of the Litobiont may even be smaller than that of some such molecules. The duality characteristic of all matter leads, however, to an arrangement of the parts in Litobionts such that we can only think of them at present largely in terms of what we know of cell physiology and mechanics: simply because knowledge pro- gresses from the known to ihe unknown. Our knowledge of cells must be one of the main sources of our Litobiont con- cepts. We may at least suspect the existence of organisms or quasi-organisms simpler than Litobionts. (Continued on Page 10) ATTENTION TENNIS FANS! Beach Courts Ready For Play The work of re-foundation- ing and re-surfacing the three beach courts of the M. B. L. Tennis Club has finally been completed, and by the time this notice appears it is fully ex- pected that the lines will be laid and that the courts will be com- pletely ready for use. At considerable expense to the ‘Tennis Club the beach courts, which have always lacked satis- factory drainage, raised six inches, complete tile drainage has been installed and a new playing surface applied. As a resuit, these courts present at all times a dryness of sur- face that is in marked contrast to their former hygroscopicity. However, until the courts can receive the hardening effect of a couple of days of enthusiastic sunlight, which at present seems almost too much ever to hope for, members are requested to refrain from play following heavy rains when the new and soft surface might easily be im- paired. have been = A — | at > a THE COLLECTING Hil. i | “THE STORY OF WOODS HOLE” (Continued) Dr. EDWIN GRANT CONKLIN Professor of Zoology, Princeton University SOME RECOLLECTIONS OF THE FIRST SUMMER AT WOODS HOLE, 1888 By CorRNELIA CLAPP Projessor Emeritus of Zoology, Mount Holyoke Coliege IT am asked to recall the events and to record some of the im-! pressions received during the first session of the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory at Woods Hole, Massachusetts in 1888. I had seen the circular an- nouncing the opening of the La- boratory. I was sure that I wanted to see what it was like and to enjoy the advantages of study at the seashore. My me- “mories of the Penikese School to which I went in 1874 quickened my desires and the name of Dr. C. O. Whitman as director add- ed to my interest since he also was a Penikesian. Thus it was that I arrived at Woods Hole July 10, 1888. I| made my way to the building which was to be the laboratory. It was still unfinished. Carpen- ters were at work making tables, putting up shelves, and doing other necessary last things be- fore it could be occupied for work. The first man I met was Mr. Bowles, one of the carpenters. From him and from Mr. Van Vleck, a fellow Penikesian whom I met on the street, I learned that Dr. Whitman had not ar- rived; that he was delayed by illness in his family; that the equipment for the building was still on the road, probably side- tracked somewhere; that it might be some time before the laboratory was opened; that no arrangements -had been made for boarding, and that I must} look out for myself. So the search for a boarding- place began. It proved fruit- less, for Woods Hole people took no boarders. Fortunately some did take lodgers and there was an eating place at the railroad station. The eating room proved _to be a dark, dingy hole where two or three men, who were working at the Fish Commis- sion, took their meals, and there I took my first meals. I found a room temporarily at Mrs. Hatch’s house across the rail- road bridge, and about this time I heard of a Miss Harris, a stu- dent from Wellesley, who had been at Woods Hole and was ex- pected to return in a day or two. A little later Miss Harris and I took rooms at Mrs. Samson’s and meals at the railroad station which we gladly left when gardener’s cottage at the head of Little Harbor was opened. This cottage was placed at the disposal of the Laboratory by Mr. Fay. The Marine Biologi- Rts. cal Laboratory workers took their meals there. Dr. Gardiner sat at the head of the table and eften entertained us with ac- counts of his life in Leipzig. This was the “Mess”, so-called from the first; the name ori- ginated with Dr. Gardiner. I have very pleasant memories of the table talk and of the associa- tions there. Later I had a room in the cottage for some time. The laboratory building was becoming more usable every day. It was set down among boulders and the area across the street was strewn with rocks of all sizes through which we made our winding way to the main street near the Stone Building. The way was plain enough by day but it was sometimes a little in- tricate and interesting when the shades of evening had fallen. The great lack was the ab- sence of the equipment. Now the Marine Biological Labora- tory was an outgrowth of An- nisquam Laboratory, which, through the kindness of Pro- fessor Hyatt, had been maintain- ed by the Woman’s Education Association of Boston from 1880 to 1886. This Association became the instigator of the movement to found a permanent biological station at Woods Hole. The women trustees were those who had been active in the pro- ject of a marine laboratory for teachers; one of these, Miss Florence Cushing, was promin- ent and in many ways efficient. Thus Woods Hole inherited some equipment from Annisquam but not much. I very distinctly recollect the day when the belated freight | car brought our longed-for equipment. Dr. Whitman, Dr. Minot, and I, with the assistance of Dr. William Patton of the Fish Commission, unpacked boxes and barrels of glassware and instruments. It was late in the evening when the last barrel was opened and its con- tents checked. Then from our arduous labors we repaired to Tommy Howes’ ice cream parlor which was just closing for the night and regaled ourselves with ice cream and sherbet. The Fish Commission was a great advantage to the Labora- tory; how great one who was not present that first summer ean hardly realize. The Labor- atory had no boats, no nets or other apparatus required for furnishing material for study but the Fish Commission had NET PAGE THREE and .we enjoyed the benefits|Dr. E. G. Gardiner, Massachu- thereof. The Fish Commission] scits Institute of Technology, supplied the seawater for the| Miss O’Grady, Bryn Mawr, aquaria. Well do I remember) Miss C. M.. Clapp, Mount Hol- the Fish Hawk and Captain Col- | yoke, lins, the skipper of the schooner | Grampus. The men from the Fish Com- mission used to come over even- ings to visit the new laboratory and perhaps to consult our books, for we had in the corner of the upstairs laboratory a few Shelves containing the nucleus of our present library. This | consisted of some books given! by Mrs. Glendower Evans, the sister of Dr. Gardener. Mrs.! Hvans gave these books as a memorial of her deceased hus-| band and they still bear the memorial book plate which she! prepared. And Dr. Minot, I} remember, was much interested | in the cataloguing and arrang- ing of these books. That first year there was! neither Wilson, nor Morgan, | nor Lillie, nor Conklin; they | came later. At the Fish Commission were Dr. Watase, Dr. Ryder, and Pro-' fessor Patton. At the Marine Biological La- boratory in the Department of Investigation were: H. O. Jordan, Massachusetts In- stitute of Technology, ie arian Torrey Harris, Wel- esley, Miss Isabel Mulford (Botany), Vassar, Mr. Washburn, U. of Michigan. In the Department of Instruc- tion were: Charles Atwell, Evanston, Iili- nois, James Norton, Ravenswood, III- inois, John G. Owen, Bridgeton, N. J. Spencer Trotter, M. D., Swarth- more College, Pa., Susan J. Hart, Jackson, Mich., C. Walden, Fort Worth, Texas, Jennie Waldo, Rockford, Illi- nois, Caroline Woodman, Maine. That is, there were seven in- vestigators and eight students. It is interesting to note how many different parts of the United States were represented. Maine sent one student, Texas Lewiston, ‘one, Illinois three, Michigan one, Pennsylvania one, New Jersey (Continued on Page 10) The BNA Arranged as an Outline of Regional and Systematic Anatomy A Contribution to the Science and Teaching of Anatomy BY Victor E. Emmel Professor of Anatomy, College of Medicine, University of Illinois Laboratory Guest at The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology REVISED SECOND EDITION The Basle Anatomical Nomenclature (the BNA) has been pre- eminently successful in the elimination of approximately 45,000 un- necessary synonyms for the macroscopic structures of the human body, and has consequently become an international anatomic language. This list of some 5000 terms, intended for common use in the medical schools, was arranged on the basis of systematic human anatomy. It appears obvious, however, that, from the standpoint of practical anatomy, a regional arrangement of these terms in conjunction with their systematic tabulation would greatly increase the usefulness of the BN A. With this objective in mind, the present systematic BNA has been expanded to include a correlated regional arrangement of anatomical terms—an arrangement based upon the sequence in which the struc- tures indicated by these terms may be exposed and demonstrated to the naked eye in actual dissection—thus securing a direct association of the term with the visualization of the structure to which it refers. Although a minimum encroachment upon individual initiative is evaluated as a dominant objective to be sought, concise statements are given for the more difficult incisions and dissections linvolved in the demonstration of the structures listed. The order in which the regions are dealt with is based upon a sequence which facilitates observation of those structural relationships of greatest practical significance. The work consequently contitutes a basis for a direct correlation of anatomical terminology and structure in the practical study of the cadaver and presents a résumé of regional and systema- tic anatomy for anatomical and clinical reference. This book of about 250 pages, illustrated with twelve plates and figures in delineation of surface anatomy and surface projections of the skeleton, will be ready September 15, 1927. Price, $3.50, bound in cloth. ADDRESS THE WISTAR INSTITUTE OF ANATOMY AND BIOLOGY Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. SS PAGE FOUR “The Chemical Room” Its Past and Present Dr. Oliver S. Strong Professor of Neurology and Neuro- Histology, College of Physicians snd Surgeons, Columbia University. This is the last installment of Dr. Strong’s article on the develop- ment of the Chemical Roum. The system pursued in the dis- tribution of supplies to investi- gators and classes is as follows: each investigator and class is provided with an order book, a small book of about six by three and a half inches (known com- mercially as a pass book, dol- lars and cents, 40 lines) on the cover of which is the name of the investigator or class and ‘ also the building and the num- ber of the room occupied. In this book the investigator, or in the case of a class the instruc- tor, writes a list of the supplies needed stating definitely num- ber, sizes, quantities, formulae if necessary etc. with the date. This may either be hung on the doorknob on the outside of the door of the investigator’s room, whence it is collected daily, or it may be handed in at the Chemical Room counter. Short orders are filled immediately when possible and the order book either returned to a rack on the wall just outside the Chemical Room near the coun- ter or taken back to the investi- gator’s room. The rack in ques- tion consists of a number of slots with each slot numbered below according to the building and the number of the room. In the case of longer orders which can not be filled immediately, when filled they are delivered to the investigator’s room by a janitor and the order book is either returned with the order to the investigator’s room or re- placed in the rack according to the investizator’s wishes. As mentioned before thi ssystem was introduced when the Chemi- cal Room was still located in the basement of the Old Main Build- ing. One advantage of this system is that it enables the in- vestigator on his retrun each successive season to utilize the items entered in his order book on previous seasons aS memo- randa for the order he is mak- ing out. When the investiga- tor’s supplies are returned to the Chemical Room at the end of the season the articles are checked off in the order book be- fore being returned to their pro- per places. The writer would like to mention, apparently quite casually but really quite feeling-. ly, that investigators are prayer- fully requested to clean their glassware and see that every- thing is in order before their supplies are returned to the Chemical Room. At the close of THE COLLECTING NET the season the order books are filed away in alphabetical order, according to the names of the investigators. At the beginning of each season the investigator receives his previous order book or if he is a newcomer a new. order book is made out with his name, building and room num- ber. A number of books with the building stamped upon them are already on hand to minimize the amount of this clerical work occurring during a rush period. When each book is given out the name of the investigator is entered on a printed list of buildings and room numbers provided for this purpose and conversely his building - and room number is added on a list of expected investigators fur- nished by the Business Office. This list is typed with intervals after each initial letter so as to provide for additional names in approximately their proper places. ‘The various buildings are indicated by initials and are as follows: Brick Building B. B., Old Main Building O. M. B., Rockefeller Building (the smal wooden building formerly used by Jacques Loeb) Rock. B., Botany Building Bot. B., and Old Lecture Hall Building O. L. fal Jes : There are naturally a number of details and complications in the management of the Chemi- cal Room which can not be gone into here. There may be men- tioned however the General Loan Book, alphabetically indexed in which are entered in the proper places the articles which are given out only for a short time, so that they can be located when needed if not returned immedi- ately. The most hopeless article of this kind is of course the ham- mer. There may also be men- tioned the necessity for a Nar- cotic Book, the law requiring signed orders for the distribu- tion of certain drugs coming under this head. During the war another somewhat similar book had to be kept for explosives and certain ingredients for the same. When the Chemist looks back over the history of the Chemical Room it seems as though the process of development, as far as his own activity is concerned, consisted in a successive slough- ing off of various duties, their place being partially taken by new more general responsibili- ties arising out of the increas- ing size and differentiation of function of the Chemical Room. This process is a familiar one known as the taking up of “ex- ecutive work”. While there is considerable truth in the saying, quoted sometime ago by a fam- ous college president in one of his reports, that successful ex- ecutive work consists in doing well what might just as well not to be done at all, there does seem to be a necessity for a cer- tain continuity of office on the part of someone to attend to some of the more general func- tions mentioned earlier in this article. This together with a certain sentimental attitude on the part of the Chemist and = certain easy-going tolerance on the part of the Director probab- ly accounts for the long incum- bency of the writer. In this sloughing-off process, what is practically a new official posi- tion has risen more and more in prominence and _ importance. This is the position previously designated the “Person in Charge” during the absence of the Chemist. The initial im- pulse to this increased impor- tance was due to the enforced absence of the Chemist during the session of the summer school of Columbia University when he began teaching in it some dozen years ago. A much more impor- tant cause, however, is the in- creasing importance of a real chemist in the Chemical Room activities. Among these “Per- sons in Charge” two names per- haps stand out especially. They are Thomas B. Grave 1920-1925, and Mr. William A. Wolff, the present person in charge. The Marine Biological Laboratory is greatly indebted to their con- scientious work, their great in- terest in the Chemical Room and especially their great de- velopment of its chemical activi- ties and usefulness in this line. Providing certain very general- ly useful standardized reagents may be mentioned as a concrete example. It must however be said in general that the Chemi- cal Room has been very fortu- nate in always securing the services of a staff of assistants who have been competent and conscientious in their work. The records of the Chemical Room staffs previous to 1915 are not available but the following are the staffs beginning with that year: 1915: W. E. Hoy, Harley Gould, Carl R.. Moore, Humph- rey Sugrue. 1916: W. E. Hoy, Carl R. Moore, E. E. McMor- land; 1917: Harley Gould, I. J. Davies, Hoyt S Hopkins, Ernest Mahr, Howard Morgan; 1918: I. J. Davies, J. E. Kindred, Ho- ward Morgan; 1919: J. E. Kin- dred, M. M. Richter, C. C. Speidel; 1920: Thomas B. Grave, Hope Hibbard, J. Burish; 1921: ‘Thomas B. Grave, Hope Hib- bard, M. M. Richter; 1922: Thomas B. Grave, Hope Hib- bard, G. R. Tracy, Lucile Moore; 1923: Thomas B. Grave, Hope Hibbard, J. B. Lackey, Olga Osterhout; 1924: Thomas B. Grave, Hope Hibbard, Olga Osterhout, Lucile M. Burns, SCHOOL AND SOCIETY A weekly journal covering the field of education in rela- tion to the problems of Ameri- can democracy. Its objects are the advancement of education as a science and the adjust- ment of our lower and higher schools to the needs of modern life. Eacn number ordinarily contains articles and addresses of some length, shorter contri- butions, discussion and corres- pondence, reviews and ab- stracts, reports and quotations, proceedings of societies and a department of educational notes and news. Annual Subscription $5.00; single copies 15 cents. SCIENCE A weekly journal, estab- lished in 1883, devoted to the advancement of the natural and exact sciences, the official or- gan of the American Associa- tion for the Advancement of Science. For thirty years SCIENCE has been conducted by its present editor, and is now generally regarded as the professional journal of Ameri- can men of science. Annual Subscription $6.00; single copies 15 cents. THE AMERICAN NATURALIST A bi-monthly journal estab- lished in 1867, devoted to the biological sciences, with special reference to the factors of organic evolution. Annual Subscription $5.00; single copies $1.00. AMERICAN MEN OF SCIENCE A. Biographical Directory A fourth edition of this book is now in preparation. There are only left about fifty copies of the third edition which is an invaluable work of reference for libraries and for all having relations with scientific men. The first and second editions were sold out before a new edition was printed. There are many who need the third edi- tion and should order it now. Price: Ten Dollars, postage paid. THE SCIENCE PRESS Grand Central Terminal New York, N. Y. net, THE COLLECTING NET he Chemical Room” (Continued from Page 4) Mary Dunlap, Mary Closson, Burridge Jennings; 1925: Thomas B. Grave, Anna Dun- lap, Joseph Hale, Mrs. Harnly, Marion Maclean, William A. Wolff; 1926: William A. Wolff, Anna Dunlap, Joseph Hale, Mary Ballard, Dorothea Haas, Pauline Holbert, B. M. Duggar, Burridge Jennings, Louise Mast. 1927: William A. Wolff, Joseph B. Hale, Dorothea Haas, Pauline Holbert, Elsa M. Keil, Evelyn H. Mekeel, Constance R. Lea- vitt, Oscar W. Richards, Betty Spivack, Averill Zimmerman, Louise R. Mast. In this list the person in charge for each year is mentioned first. Those named jast are in some cases junior members of the staff, by which is meant younger members who have not as yet entered college. With the increasing size and multiplicity of activities of the staff a certain amount of differ- entiation of its duties has be- come necessary. Accordingly certain members who are best qualified by training attend es- pecially the strictly chemical duties, such as, making up so- lutions, etc., others may go over the stock and check up the cata- logue entries; others may keep especial eye on the stills, used continuously in making distili- ed water. All of the staff may be thrown occasionally into -active service, in rush periods, at the counter, and filling the longer orders which on account of their length connot be dis- tributed until the following day. The duties of the person in ‘charge, as already mentioned, consist in general supervision of the chemical room and mak- ing up all orders. The writer feels that in closing an article of this kind mention should be made of certain persons not in the Chemical Room who have nevertheless been of great assis- tance to it. First and foremost should of course be mentioned Dr. Frank R. Lillie, the third- of-a-century friend of the writer, whose kindly helpful- ness, suggestions, and ready ac- quiescence in various Chemical Room plans has been a constant source of strength to this de- partment The same _ charac- teristic seems to distinguish his recent successor as Director. Next should be mentioned Dr. Gilman A. Drew to whose gift for successful and _ practical planning many of the finest physical details of the Chemical Room are due. Another person whose well-known skill and in- genuity has contributed many important furnishings to the Chemical Room is Mr. Herbert Hilton. However carefully a x "Py pe ee |upon to improve that plan. certain detail or furnishing be planned by the person wanting it, Mr. Hilton can be depended A person the nature whose work perhaps makes it less noticed but not less important is Mr. Arthur H. Bisco who possesses to an exceptional degree pati- ence, attention to detail, an in- stinct for system and in general | a highly intelligent and skillful execution of many plans for the arrangement of supplies in the Chemical Room elaborated by the Chemist in conjunction with him. It we pass to another de- partment we cannot refrain from mentioning the genial and | generously obliging Business Manager, Mr. F. M. MacNaught, ably assisted by Miss Crowell, otherwise known as “the Boss’. staff of the Business Office should be included. The fact should also be mentioned that many of the investigators and teaching staff of the Laboratory have on innumerable occasions helped the Chemical Room by their suggestions and assistance in other ways. It is perhaps invidious to single out names but perhaps, confining ourselves to the older investigators, there should at least be mentioned Dr. A. P. Matthews, Dr. Walter E. Garrey, and Dr. H. C. Bradley. Finally there should be mention- ed that tower of strength, both in his expert knowledge and willingness to help, our confrere Dr. 8. FE. Pond. \f When it is remembered that the Chemical Room supplies and distributes material not only for several classes of quite different character from each other but also for well over two hundred investigators working in very many varied lines of research it is evident that the problems presented are quite unique. There is more analogly to the problems presented by the sup- plies for a whole university rather than for any single Uni- versity department. As far as the writer is aware these pro- blems have, in the main, been successfully met. It might also be delicately intimated, when it is remembered that some in- vestigators, especially perhaps those in their earlier careers, do not welcome suggestions, that diplomacy and tact is a very desirable quality in the members of the Chemical Room staff. The M. B. L. obviously cannot pro- vide a series of laboratories each equipped on a scale equal to that seen in each university represented at the laboratory and it is earnestly hoped that any suggestions made by mem- bers of the Chemical Room staff will not be received as though reflecting upon the ability experience of the investigator. Polly |} In fact the whole | PAGE FIVE eS seek tansceeens seca Folsom—Entomology erd Edition With Special Reference to Ecological Aspects 5 Piates and 308 Text Hilustrations. Cloth, $4.00 By J. W. Fousom, Sc. D. (Harvard), Assistant Professor of Hutomology, University of Illinois . A comprehensive but concise account of insects for use either as a texc cr as a guide to personal observation. This edition has been 2d and a new chapter on Insect Eeology is given. A bliography has been added. : u "yp 3 sys Galloway—Zcology 4th Edition A Textbook for Universities, Colleges, Normal Schcols 255 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.75 By T. W. Gattoway, PH. D., Revised by P. S. Wetcu, PH. D Associate Professor of Zoology, University of Michigan ext inspires a vital interest in animals; an appreciation of the human values of animals; ability to use the library, the field, and the laboratory in individual pursuit of these interests. ” Lochhead—Economic Entomology A Class book. 257 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.75 By Witu1am LocHHEAD, B. A., M. S., Emeritus Professor of Biology (Quebec) The book presents such material as will best help the student in acquiring a fair wo ug knowledge of the modern science in economic entomology. It discusses the structure, growth and economics of Insects; the identification of insects; injuries to farm, garden and ore ope crops; classification and description; control of injurious insects. Reese—Economic Zoology 2nd Edition 194 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.50 By Aubert M, Reese, Px. D., Professor of Zoology, West Virginia University This text makes the economie aspects of the subject the main point of attack with morphology habits, ete., secondary. Pratt—Manuel of Land and Fresh Water Vertebrate Animals 184 Illustrations. Cleth, $6.00 By Henry SHERRING Pratt, Professor of Biology, ‘ Haverford College, Penn. This manual furnishes diagnostic descriptions of the Land and Fresh Water Vertebrate Animals of the U. S. together with analyti- cal keys by which they can be readily identified and their affinities determined. The region covered is the whole of the U. S. between the Canadian and ‘Mexican borders. Birds are excluded. P. BLAKISTON’S SON’& CO. Publishers 1012 Walnut Street Philadelphia SINCE 1852 MAKERS OF Microscopes and Accessories Microtomes Projection Apparatus Photomicrographic Cameras Field Glasses Botanical Apparatus Photographic Lenses Centrifuges Haemocyitometers Catala Spectrometers Refractometers On Request Cclorimeters Other Optical Products Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. Main Office and Factory: Rochester, N. Y. New York: Park and 42nd Sts. Boston: 333 Washington St. Chicago: 5 No. Wabash Ave. San Francisco: 28 Geary St. Oe | PAGE SIX THE COLLECTING NET The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the activities of the Marine Biologi- cal Laboratory and of Woods Hole in general. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Prof. of Anatomy, Cornel] University Medical School. Edwin J. Conklin, Prof. of Biology, Princeton University. f Lorande L. Woodruff, Prof. of Zoo- logy, Yale University. EDITORIAL STAFF Ware Cattell ..........--5- Editor Dorothy Alexander..... Asst. Editor Hugh Montgomery.....-- Art Editor Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn. .General News Helen S. Morris...... General News Contributing Editors Jack Foge ......---++> Sport News Ward I. Grege.....------: Jelly Fish Mary Hardesty......-- . Embryology tT. G Adams. .... 0+). - Cilia and Cilia Anonymous.......--++:> Our Bacia Business Staff Katharine Underwood....Bus. Man. Ilse Michaelis....... Asst. Bus. Man. (Application for entry as second-class matter is pending.) The Universal Press New Bedford Woods Hole Massachusetts pe ee The Scholarship Fund We have been so busy that we Ihave scarcely had time to give thought to our Scholarship Fund. The lowest amount to be raised was set at $200.00, but, frankly, in naming this modest sum we realize that we are pro- bably over-cautious. Almost one quarter of this amount has already been given, and without the expending of any time or effort on our part. There are many reasons why one might contribute to a fund such as the one in question. The oustanding reasons are: (1) The lending of assis- tance to a deserving, but finan- cially embarrassed student. (2) The forwarding of bio- logical research and the objects of the Marine Biological l.abor- atory. Any expense involved in rais- ing the money will be taken care of by The Collecting Net. Thus every cent contributed will be used to help one of our deserv- ing students. Checks should be made payable to “C. N. Scholar- ship Fund”. Introspection At this time we are able to give approximate figures for the expenses and receipts of The Collecting Net for the first three numbers. | Receipts from the sale Of copies. |... sana $139.00 Receipts from Adver- TSIM ).)2)-. 5): enn eee 333.00 otal receipts) oases $472.00 Cost of printing and Paper st) CRAG Geena $451.00 This leaves a ‘balance of $21.00 on the desired side of the led- ger. Miscellaneous expenses have amounted to $136.00. The larger items in this sum are typing, $15.00; preparing of the Carpenter shop, $17.00, and postage, $69.10. This amount can be divided equally between the eight numbers issued during the season. The sum of $51.00 must then be added to our ex- penses for the past three weeks. This leaves a deficit of only $30.00. With these figures we are well satisfied. The average receipts from the sale of copies will not be lowered in August, and those from advertising will be greater. We shall have a sum of money at the end of the year to turn over to the C. N. Scholarship Fund. Of this fact there can now be no doubt. DIRECTORY ADDENDA ADDITIONS Warren, H. C. prof. of psychology. Princeton. Br. 305. To the Collecting Net: It was my privilege and pleas- ure to attend the recent Eighth Annual Meeting of the Ameri- can Federation of Organizations for the Hard of Hearing. This federation is composed of over thirty-one constituent bodies throughout the country, and its purpose is the prevention of deafness, the conservation of hearing, and the rehabitilation of the deafened. This work is being carried on with coopera- tion of the U. S. Bureau of Standards, the Am. Med. Asso., and the writer understands, the National Research Council; the constituent bodies cooperating with their local school boards and medical men. Among its officers are Dr. Wendell C. Phillips, N. Y. C.; Dr. Horace Newhart, Univ. of Minn.; Dr. Gordan Berry, Worcester, Mass.; Harvey Fletcher, Ph. D., Western Electric Co., and many other well known men of medi- cine and science. Among its many activities are: hearing tests for the school, and pre- school children, the teaching of | lip-reading through the public schools and its own organiza- tions, social activities, scholar- ships for the deafened, and eco- nomic and social surveys. Julien P. Scott, President St. Louis Learue for the Hard of Hearing. ALGAE The weather man has been very unkind to the botanists on scheduled field trips this sum- mer, but on Thursday July 21 members of the Botany depart- ment and the class in algae spent a very fine day at Gay Head. Quite a few new and interesting specimens were found by the class. Observations were made on the rather strange-colored clay deposits along the coast, and many climbed to the top of the clay cliffs and enjoyed lob- ster sandwiches from this point of vantage. Pottery made by the Indians living there was admired and bought. These all day trips add spice to the algae course, and we only wish we had time for more of them. - Members of the Botany de- partment and students were hosts at a tea given at the M. B. L. Club on Friday July 22. ORTHOGENESIS (Tune:—“The Wearing of the Green’) Oh, what is this we hear today about the chromosomes --- That we must throw them all away and junk our microtomes; That the pigeons in the dove-cotes tell us how we came to be, Although the chromosomists rave, and all their coterie. Thus no meaning should be given to the forms of X and Y, And Drosophila with all its genes is but a common fly; For changes metabolic are the cause of that and this, And the Universe was brought about by OR-THO-GEN-E-SIS. The epidermic markings placed upon the palm and sole, Reveal an inner factor that is given the control, And the hypothenar patterns shown by him and her and me Are most beautifully graded, showing continuity. When the facts are plainly written on the little-finger pads. And the markings of your thenar bear a likeness to your dad’s We must come to a conclusion very similar to this--- That the Universe was brought about by OR-THO-GEN-E-SIS. Thus in spite of hematoxylin once shed by you and me, We will gather up our paraffin and pitch it in the sea; We will analyze a pigeon’s egg and print our hands and feet, And even pawn our miscroscopes to make the work complete. We will study rows of beetles showing slight degrees of change We will view them through a spectroscope to get their color- range, For with the New Biology we arrive at only this--- That the Universe was brought about by OR-THO-GEN-E-SIS. SWEET —H. H. Wilder. MARIE It’s a question in my mind, sweet Marie, What in annelids you find, sweet Marie; Can you number and confirm all the segments of a worm? Do you know the mesoderm, sweet Marie? : Chorus :— Sweet Marie—sweet Marie— Tell me what without the lens you can see; Do you think you’d better try With your own unaided eye To distinguish nuclei, sweet Marie? Take the carmine from the shelf, sweet Marie; Think to put it back yourself, sweet Marie; Take a little frog or fish, put it in a stender dish, Fix it any way you wish, sweet Marie. Chorus :— Karyokinetic shapes, sweet Marie, In the anthropoidal apes strange would be; Take a bit of onion-tip, or a piece or lily-slip, Or a salamander’s lip, sweet Marie. Chorus :— Sweet Marie—sweet Marie— Tell me what without the lens you can see; You can count the chromosomes And the archoplasmic zones; They’re more stylish now than bones, sweet Marie. THE COLLECTING NET PAGE SEVEN REWARD! A free subscription to The Collecting Net will be given to the person furnishing informa- tion leading to the identification of the individual who lost the ereases of his white trousers on} the night of July 27. They were| left in the Eel Pond! We learn that a young man— very nicely dressed in white— came down, to the Supply De- partment Dock whistling as he) walked. He climbed into the little white boat that was moored there, and proceeded to careful- ly bail out the every last drop so that both he and the fair young damsel who was to. ac- company him could keep their two pairs of handsome shoes from becoming moist. But, alas, this chap was in a mood of care- free carelessness and hummed as he bailed. “And before I knew it” we were told confident- ially, “there was a great splash and then just a head a-bobbin’ up and down.” Searching inquiries have re- vealed little more than the fact'| that when the saddened and be- draggled form shamefacedly erawled out of the Hel Pond he did not present as neat an ap- pearance as before be made his ignominious plunge. There are obvious reasons for this person to conceal his ident- ity ; but there are equally obvious reasons why we must know it. We want to send out our best reporter to interview him. Can not some one help us? A PARADOX By heck! but ‘them biologists, They sure are most queer. They poke about the pools for scum, And use the strangest gear. A dozen different kinds of *scopes, Electric ovens, too— f I wonder how they eat the mess After it’s cooked—don’t you? I hern one of them dumbbells talk, And laffed until I cried: He says that when germs mul- tiply The goll-darned things divide. Their heads are swelled with calculus And words that make you sick, But this poor fish what I hern talk Don’t know arithmetic! oH. D. LT | THE LEATHER SHOP |. Falmouth, Mass. ARTHUR C. EASTMAN AEE ee enthusiastic. | occurred SUNDAY SINGING The group singing Sunday evening, July 17, which took place on the roof of the Brick Building was a very pleasant affair. The crowd was small, but More pebbles were seattered over the peanut galery, so that no further catastrophes will occur, since on the previous occasion grave fears were felt that one member of the party would be permanently anchored to the roof. It is said that the Laboratory would be held re- sponsible in cases of tarring and feathering. Last Sunday a group of over 50 Laboratory workers assem- bled on the upstairs porch of the M. B. L. Club for the third sing- ing of the season. that caused the most amusement not long after the group assembled. While they were singing, two or three late comers entered themselves to the already loaded porch swing. To the horror of those on it and to the amusement of the rest, the chains’ suspending the swing suddenly snapped and the group descended to the floor. For the next several minutes there was much more laughing than sing- THE C. F. WING CO. NEW BEDFORD, MASS “Finger Bowls” We have supplied: Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Osberne Zoological Labora- tory, Yale The Universities of Cincin- nati, Pittsburg and Johns Hopkins We will ship anywhere in the world. Mail orders filled. THE C. F. WING CO. 730 PURCHASE ST. The incident | New Bedford, Mass. Elizabeth Beebe, also a grad- ate of Oberlin and now an “Invertebrate” will be a techni- cal assistant in the department of anatomy at Western Reserve University Medical School. DR. H. A. WHITE DENTIST Opposite Post Office Falmouth, Mass. Main St. Tel. 907-2 Saunders’ Books (SEE EXHIBIT IN MAIN BUILDING) New Bacteriology Developmental —by Ford Anatomy (Embryology) By William W. Ford, M. D., Profes- == sor of Bacteriology, School of Hy- f by Arey giene and Publie Health, Johns 3y Leslie Brainerd Arey, Professor Hopkins University. Octavo of 1069 of Anatomy at n the Northwestern pages, illustrated. Cloth, $8.50 net. Medical Sehool. Octavo of 433 pages t with 419 illustrations. Cloth, $5.50 net. Physiology—by Howell By William H. Howell, Ph. D., M. D., Professor of Physiology in the Anatomy of Nervous System—by Ranson Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, Octavo of 1069 pages, contain- By Stephen Walter Ranson, M. D., ing 308 illustrations, many in colors, Ph. D., Professor of Anatomy in the Ninth edition. Cloth, $6.50 net. University Medical ¢ hicago. Octavo of 395 pages, Human Physiology uate d. Second Edition. loth, 2 F ee tila one ° by Stiles Nutritional Physiology By Perey Goldthwait Stiles, Assis- 1 ° tant Professor of Physiology at —by Stiles Harvard University. 12mo of 435 By Perey G. Stiles, Assistant Profes- illustrated. 2.25 net. pag Cloth, $ Yourth edition. sor of Physiology at Harvard Uni- versity. 12mo of 307 pages, illustra- ted. Fifth Edition. Cloth, ‘$2.25 net. New American -Hilustrated Medical Conservation of Nervous System—by Stiles By Peney: SOlACB anes SHEE: ssi Di A Ca rofessor o 1ysio a ar- } & il! Sere pear dition. rotate Octavo of sna bane $2.95 net. 4 Edited by W. A. Newman Dorland, Ph So ca arta Physic pes al Chemistry dexed, $7.50 net. : Se McClendon and Medes By J. I’. MeClendon, Ph. D., Pro- = sssor of Physiologic Chemistry, and ce Medes, Ph. D sistant Pro- ‘ r of Physic Chemistry, University of Mint ta Medical School, Octavo of 425 pages, illus- trated, Cloth, $4.50 net. Medical Biometry —hby Pearl By Raymond Pearl, Professor of Bi- ometry and Vital Statistics in the School of Hygiene and _ Publie Health, and of Biology in the Medi- cal Department, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity. Octavo of 393 pages, illus- trated. Cloth, $5.00 net, W. B. SAUNDERS CO., PUBLISHERS West Washington Sq., Philadelphia, Pa. TIME is the important factor in all activities SAVE IT by using . . "Ly: . . The Wistar Institute Bibliographic Service which brings to your table authors’ abstracts of all papers about to appear in the: Journal of Morphology and Physiology The Journal of Comparative Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record The Journal of Experimental Zoology American Anatomical Memoris American Journal of Physical Anthropology Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokyo, Japan) Biological Bulletin The Journal of Parasitology Stain Technology Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science (Adelaide, South Australia) Advance Abstract Sheets $3.00 per year Bibliographic Service Cards $5.00 per year Both appear before the complete articles are published THE WISTAR INSTITUTE Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. PAGE EIGHT THE COLLECTING NET | “Reminiscences of the Fish | Commission” | Dr. EnwWIN LINTON | Honorary Research Fellow in Zool- | ology, University of Pennsylvania I. Baird at Woods Hole (Continued) As the memories of those summers which I spent at Woods Hole in the days of Professor) Baird are made to pass In re- view, I am tempted to speak of those who dominated the fore- ground; of such personalities as Professor A. E. Verrill, who brought to the scientific work of the Commission a profoun knowledge of the invertebrate life of our coast, from Southern | New England _ to Labrador, based on dredging operations, which began in 1860, and con- tinued. without interruption to the days I am attempting to re- eall (It is a pleasure to be able to report here that in a letter, dated January 25, 1923, and written in a firm hand, that, al- though 84 years of age, he is still working until midnight, or later, every day of the week) ; of Professor Sidney ils Smith, himself a prodigy of industry In those days, with his keen intel- lect, and lovable character; of Richard Rathbun, with his hab- its of close application to the work in hand, which habits never left him, and to whom this magnificent building, in which we are now met, is in no small degree due; of John A. Ryder, a philosopher, whose philosophy rested on the solid} ground of nature, into whose secrets he was inquiring—too early taken, to the great loss of science; of Theodore Gill, who awakened a sort of awed won- der in the minds of us younger men by the marvelous range and accuracy of his memory; of G. Browne Goode, whose brilliant mind and honest eye attracted us to him, and upon whom we naturally looked as the one best fitted to continue the work of Professor Baird, when the time should come for him to pass on to other hands the torch which| he himself had lighted. Of| these and many others I would gladly speak, but I am admon- ished that my subject is “Baird at Woods Hole.” But even as the persons whom I have named, and others with them, walk and talk and act on the stage of my memory, there is still the abid- ing consciousness that there was a moving force, a quiet but persistent directing agency present in it all, and that was the mind of Professor Baird. In a sense, then, we who were there and were endeavoring in our several ways to contribute to the main purpose of all this activity, the laboratories in which we worked, the ships, whose range was in the waters along the coast for many miles, and seaward to blue water, were all but parts of the thought which Professor Baird had pro- jected into the future, and were simply taking places predestined in that thought; much as Alice was one of the things in the Red King’s dream, according to, the philosophy of her two amiable guides. In this case, however, the projector of the dream of the Fish Commission was not sleeping, and, if he dreamed, he dreamed his dream so well that its realization, which was ef- fected in his day, has suffered d| no more than temporary per- turbation since that day ended. In 1884 the Residence build- ing was completed and first oc- cupied, by Professor Baird and family, his clerical force, and immediate scientific staff, early in August. In those days the Commission was extending its work throughout the country, and the executive labor entailed by the various activities of fish hatcheries, distribution of fish, stocking of ponds and streams, was becoming so exacting as to occupy the greater part of the day. So it was that in these, which proved to be the closing years of the Professor’s life, his time was more and more occu- pied with the details of admin- istration; to such a degree, in fact, that one wonders how he succeeded in keeping so well in touch with the scientific side of the work of the Commission as he did. So far as I recall there was no formal machinery visible in the administration of the work of scientific investigation. The Professor was never too busy, that he could not find time to turn from his desk to advise, counsel, or encourage any one who was engaged in scientific research who desired an inter- view with him. His wisdom led him to leave the initiative with the investigator himself, though, now and then, he might suggest lines of research, which, to his mind, seemed to call for investigation. He held to the belief that it was not best for the beginner in zoology to be- come too early absorbed in a narrow problem; rather, he thought that the best founda- tion was laid by the beginner’s making himself an authority on some natural group of animals. While holding to this view, he was not in any sense dogmatic, -and ever kept an open mind, singularly free from prejudice. Amid all the distractions of ad- ministrative duties the atmos- phere which surrounded him was charged with the stimulat- al-! W-C:DAVIS:COMPANY: HOME FURNISHERS FALMOUTH MASS HOME - COOKED FOOD THAT IS DIFFERENT BREAKFAST Cantelope, orange or grapefruit Choice of cereal with cream Eggs, bacon and ham cooked in any way you wish Hot toast and usually hot rools or muffins. ce ene at supper are just as good. We serve meat and desert with each meal. Our bread, cakes and pies are delicious. $10.00 a week—Special rates to M-B-L-ites K. & G. BAKERY AND LUNCH ROOM Woods Hole, Mass. HOTPOINT ELECTRIC RANGES Electric heat is flameless, uniform in intensity, evenly distributed and easily regulated. Accurate heat control means that your favorite dish can be made over and over again with uniformly. successful results. Cost of cooking electrically is much less than generally supposed. CAPE AND VINEYARD ELECTRIC CO. Falmouth Hyannis Chatham Oak Bluffs The Elizabeth Theatre FALMOUTH, MASS. HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS Show Starts at 7.45 Feature Picture at 8.30 Short Reels Repeated After the Feature Picture. A COMPLETE SHOW AFTER 8.30 Saturday Two Shows at 7.00 and 9.00 O’clock Matinees Monday, Wednesday and Saturday at 2.30 Monday August 1 “FRISCO SALLY LEVY” with SALLY O’NEIL, KATE PRICE, AND ROY D’ARCY Wed. and Thurs. .... Aug. 3-4 Matinee Wednesday Only “THE KID BROTHER” ‘ with ; HAROLD LLOYD Tucaday! 3)ucoe ine August 2 “NAUGHTY BUT NICE” with COLEEN MOORE Friday August 5 “THREE HOURS” with CORINNE GRIFFITH ing energy of scientific (QUIT. ane THE COLLECTING NET PAGE NINE Reminiscences of the Fish Commission (Continued from Page 8) As I recall the life at Woods Hole in the summers of 1882- 1887, about the only recreation which Professor Baird seemed to allow himself was that which was derived from the relaxation which he found in keeping him- self acquainted with world af- fairs, and with current litera- ture, not even wholly neglecting the more evanescent contribu- tions. His familiarity with cur- rent literature and world events, outside his immediate and mul- tifarious scientific interests, was largely due to the ministry of his wife, a woman of remark- able intelligence and humor, and of his talented and devoted daughter. The easy and natu- ral conversation at table, and in the evenings, after the weary- ing, and no doubt often trying hours at his desk, which thes2 adoring companions contributed to his daily life, not only sup- plied needed recreation, but kept him in touch with the world’s best thought. Ags the increasing burdens of administrative work, which he never learned ‘to shift to other shoulders, and which he brought with him into what should have been a vacation, began to tell on him, one can understand the re- lief he must have found in foi- lowing the adventures of Little Lord Faunteleroy, and his anx- iety for fear that some disaster might befall the author, before the story, which was running in St. Nicholas, would be finished, and his relief, when he found upon inquiry: that the manu- script of the complete story was in the hands of the publishers. In the early days of the Fish Commission scientific investiga- tion was even less understood than it is today, and it was Professor Baird’s wish that vis- itors to the laboratory should be instructed in the importance of gaining a knowledge of all conditions which in any way affect fishes. Although he did not say it, I am inclined to sus- pect that the thought was some- where back in his mind that we might now and then be enter- taining congressmen unawares. Indeed it was no unusual thing for people of influence in public! affairs to visit the laboratory. Visitors to the laboratory were many, and of great variety of intelligence, if one were to grade them on the nature of the ‘questions which were asked. Questions as to what it was all about, and why, were perennial. These proved to be so difficult to answer in a way that satis- fied visitors of the sanity of the investigators, that, according to Dr. Andrews, it was Professor Verrill, who, finding that his attempts to enlighten his inter- locutors, on one occasion were unavailing, had an inspiration, and told his visitors that he was paid for it. This was held to be a quite satisfactory answer. If the curious visitors had been given the exact amounts of the pecuniary rewards of those whom they saw engaged in what they heard was called scientific research, it may be that they would still have had lingering suspicions of the lunacy of such people. _ Sometimes the interest of vis- itors made itself felt in rather surprising ways. According to Dr. Andrews, it was at Newport that Professor Sidney I. Smith complained that certain fair visitors, who were watching him at work with his micro- scope, breathed down the back of his neck. And I myself was witness to a similar incident in the laboratory on Little Harbor, and heard J. H. Emerton, a gentle bachelor, who loved spiders, but was shy of women, wail a similar protest, as a live- ly party of chattering visitors were going down the stairs. I think that the Professor listened to accounts of such happenings with almost as much interest as he did to reports of the finding of new species. Visitors of celebrity, who came to pay their respects to Professor Baird, were not in- frequent. I remember, on one occasion, the President of tha United States was there over nicht, was given an exhibition trip on the Fish Hawk, and the process of operating the beam trawl was shown him. Now we younger assistants, coming as we did from inland, knew noth- ing at first hand about Presi- dents and their ways, or of the ways of those who were accus- tomed to be about them. When we were told that there was to be a collecting trip in the morn- ing we reported for duty in our usual unconventional attire. By the time the Fish Hawk was steaming out into Vineyard Sound we made the discovery that, officers and crew, and everybody else on board, were. each and all dressed in honor of the Chief Executive, all bravely clad, and easy in their minds, except three vounge men, who were having all the disagreeable sensations peculiar to those who dream of like unpleasant exneriences. I remember yet, auite vividly, the appraising look which the Professor gave us just before, as it seemed to us. he decided not to present us to President Arthur. A visit made to the laboratory | hv the wife of President Cleve- land. devoid as it was of cere- monv, made a pleasant impres- sion on us, and left a memory of unaffected and intelligent inter- est, on the part of the visitor, in what was going on. There were other visitors, giants in their day, who did not owe their distinction to political suecess; such as Professor E. D. Cope, 8. Weir Mitchell, and Dr. William Osler, all warm friends of Professor Baird. It is a pleasure to recall that these men took the time to sit down by the tables of us young men, and showed by their intelligent ques- tions, and understanding com- ments, that their interest in our attempts to find out about things was genuine. Those of us who returned to Woods Hole in the summer of 1887, were shocked to sce that in the months which had inter- vened since we had last seem the Professor, the Great Destroyer had been busy, and had almost completed his work. Through July and the first half of August we were saddened by the daily sight of the once vigorous frame, now pitifully wasted, as he was wheeled about in an in- valid’s chair by the faithful George Butler. In snite of his enfeebled con- dition he was still interested in what was going on. I remem- ber that following a short con- versation with him in July, he advised that Vinal Edwards and I should go to Nantucket for certain material. Near the end h: had George take him about the grounds which surround the Residence building, for a last look, and through the various rooms of the laboratory, where he had a kindly, and not uncheerful word for every one. Then, on the 19th day of August, 1887, at 3:45 P. M., in the Residence building of the U.S. Fish Commission, he died. To the prescribed church ser- vice, which was read by the ree- tor of the village church, were added the beatitudes which pro- nounce blessings on the peace- makers, and on those who are pure in heart. NOTES AND NEWS The Gilchrist Potter prize, an Oberlin award was made to Madeline Field, who is at pre- sent engaged in research work at the Laboratory. Miss Field will teach at Simmons College for the first semester of the coming year, and will follow it with graduate work at Harvard Medical school during the second semester. Miss Madeline Field will be teaching at Simmons College for the first semester of this year and will then take up graduate work at the Harvard University Medical School. Miss Field was the recipient of the Gil- christ Potter prize at Oberlin this year. Preprints first four Chapters CURTIS-GUTHRIE “ZOOLOGY” Available for Examination in Library BOOK READY LATE SUMMER A “Textbook of General Zoology,’”’ by Drs. Winterton GC. Curtis and Mary J. Guthrie of the University of Missouri, is now well through the press and will be ready for distribution the latter part of the summer. Preprints of the first four chapters may now be seen in the library of the Marine Biological Laboratory and a complete copy of the page proof will be available early in August. This will give the many teachers interested in the book as a possible text, an oppor- tunity to note the scope and method of treatment used by the au- thors. Orders for fall delivery are being received and it is sug- gested that those desiring to wse the book send in their orders as soon as possible. This text book is based upon the conviction that General Zoology is best taught by the “principles” method and that the way ‘to do this is by the intensive study of a limited number of animals, fol- lowed by demonstrations of the application of «these principles. Thus, the frog is used to illustrate the structure and functions of the most complex form of animal body, the protozoa as animals reduced to the lowest terms, and the hydra as a simple, many-celled organism. The authors believe that this method is superior to the “phyla” method where each animal is considered primarily as a representative of the group to which it belongs while its general biological aspects are regarded as merely incidental. Laboratory Directions in Zoology, ($1.50) by the same authors, was published in 1925, and was designed to accompany this textbook. JOHN WILEY & SONS Inc. Publishers 440 Fourth Avenue, New York PAGE TEN “What Limits Size” (Continued from Page 2) The speaker next outlined his bio-equation by means of which there is obtained a mathematical expression of an organism or part of an organism, an equa- tion after which, as he said, you can write “Q. E. D.” in the same sense that it is written after a demonstration in geometry. As a great deal of mathema- tics as is used in genetics was merely alluded to, inasmuch as this particular matter is often discussed nowadays, and it was, therefore, assumed to be fami- liar to all. Next a passage from the speaker’s address given as the annual address before the Aus- tralasian Association for the Advancement of Science, 1892, was repeated in order to pic- ture graphically the range of frequencies from O to infinity, and this was followed by a dis- cussion of the manner in which the mathematics of. frequencies is “invading” biology, the ex- periments of Schneider and Sperti and their colleagues being cited as suggesting that the coin- cidence of certain electronic fre- quencies in the molecules of liv- ing matter with those of exter- nal agents are not only of great consequence, but capable of ma- thematical expression. As the molecule has become amenable to mathematics, the degree of mathematical exactness that bids fair in time to dominate biology will be of that degree of exact- ness characteristic of astron- omy, since the ratios of the numerical values in organic mol- ecules are of somewhat the same order as those in astron- omy. As a particular instance, a brief allusion was made to the speaker’s polariscopic investi- gations of the very small bire- fringents existing in living cells. These bodies vary in size from a very few microns down to and beyond the limits of resolution. Undoubtedly in this region of biological research volumes, es- sentially mathematical, will be written that will read like the pages of crystallography, domi- nated by the mathematics of the light-frequencies used to ex- plore what we now call proto- plasm. The speaker alluded to the gibe of an engineer that “biolo- gists know about enough mathe- matics to make change and that -is all’, and himself suggested, using astronomy as a “measur- ing stick”, that mathematically speaking, biologists are perhaps THE COLLECTING nN $$$ now about where the Chaldeans | were when they made their sur-| vey of the Heavens. Finally, the speaker described briefly the nature of the polari- scopic apparatus he is using and hopes to devise for the study of the excessively minute birefring- onts existing in living celis, and eencluded with an earnest ap- peal for the devotion of a very large sum of money to the im- provement of the microscope, stating his belief that no money devoted to any conceivable hos- pital or other similar philan- thropic institution could possi- bly approach the service that might be rendered mankind by improvement of the microscope, the instrument that has proba- bly contributed vastly more to the advancement of mankind | than any other invention of: modern times. A long study of the possibilities convinced him that the microscope is still cap- able of great improvement and ithat such improvement wiil! make possible the investigation of problems involving what ap- pear to be the critical relation- ships between light and life, a region of research at present beyond reach mainly because of the limitations of the micro- scope. The use of the frequen- cies necessary for these investi-| gations is, at present, probably almost within reach. The pos- sibility of “stepping down” the higher (super spectrum) fre- quencies was alluded to as well as the use of lower harmonic frequencies. To seek development in this direction, i. e. improvement of the microscope, is shown to be one of the most logical of ef- forts by the fact that success would amount to a further ex- tension of human eyesight, the most valuable to us of all our physical assets. The Story of Woods Hole (Continued from Page 3) one. One only came from New England. The investigators came from The Institute of Technology 2. Bryn Mawr Mount Holyoke Wellesley Vassar University of Michigan Professor Sedgwick and his wife were staying at the hotel goeats ; subject should I investigate. The at Quisset Harbor and during the summer Professor Sedgwick came into the laboratory almost every day. He was a trustee ‘and had been most influential in starting the Laboratory. I re- member that he gave us a talk on the Sundew, a plant which he discovered grew plentifully in the region. NET The address at the opening of the Laboratory was given July 17, 1888, by Dr. Whitman the Director. It may be found in the Report to the Trustees for 1888. Those present were: Mr. Van Vleck, a Penikesian, C. M. Clapp, a Penikesian, Dr. Minot, Prof. Sedgwick, Dr. Gardiner, Miss Cushing, Miss O’Grady, E. O. Jordan, Miss Harris, Miss Mulford, Mr. Washburn, Mr. Fay and a few other persons from the town. As soon as I was located and the Laboratory was opened I had to decide what work I should begin. The question was— should I enter as a student or as an investigator. I think the views of Dr. Whitman in regard to the way to study really set- tled the matter and I became an investigator. The next question was, What recently published work of Allis on Amia, done at the Allis’ Laboratory, lead Whitman to consider further study of that subject desirable. So he recommended that I take for my subject of investigation The Lateral Line System of the Toadfish (Batrachus tau.) This I did with the consent of Dr. Ryder, who had worked on this subject. This was the first subject given out at The Marine Biological Laboratory and Allis’ first publication on Amia was shown to me as a model for my own work on Batrachus tau. The Journal of Morphology was | a new thing in the United States at that time for the publication of original work. I can see Dr. Whitman sitting down with us, showing us how! to draw, telling us about the technique, making us feel that time was no consideration; our business was only to see and to! get the results. The thoroughly scientific spirit which was evi- dent and the complete absence of sensationalism was shown when he honestly told us that, we should not waste our time with lectures. I was introduc- ed to his ideas of original work or research, to his methods of work, to the idea, that persis- tent and completely absorbed at- tention to one subject will lead to comprehension of much be- side that. This was a new idea to me. Serial section cutting was new. It opened up a new pepect of work along biological ines. The atmosphere of that la- boratory was’an inspiration; the days were peaceful and quiet; there were no lectures nor any- thing else to distract the atten- tion from the work in hand. (| Dr. George H. Greene DENTIST Office, Nearly Opposite St. Barnabas Memorial Church FALMOUTH, MASS. 9A. M..- 12) Mi; 1-4 BP. NE Telephone 85 (Bare acme RES EE Hours: Se ES ES SEA ENG SANSOUCI ! BARBER SHOP Expert Bobbing WOODS HOLE, MASS. Hardware Paints and Varnishes CHARLES T. EASTMAN FALMOUTH, MASS. Phone Orders Promptly Delivered Tel. 407 Kitchen Furnishings Glenwood Ranges Nar SS THE SEA ROBIN Directly on the Sound Club Breakfasts .. 30c up Also Dinner, Tea, and Supper MRS. CRITTENDEN Attractive Weekly Rates Tel. 667-3 Beach Party? FRESH ROLLS BACON SAUSAGE STEAKS and CHOPS EVERYTHING QUICK SERVICE LOW PRICES Morrison's Market Woods Hole, Mass. Visit Cape Cod’s Largest Department Store H. MALCHMAN & BRO. Thos. Malehman, Prop. CLOTHIERS, HATTERS. and FURNISHERS Main Street Falmouth Telephone Connection ROBINSON’S PHARMACY B. W. Dris, Prop. R. W. Nickerson, Reg. Phar. Falmoutth’s Oldest Drugstore First-class Drugs and Imported Toilet Articles A Registered Pharmacist Always on Duty History Of Woods Hole Is Theme Used By Artist (Continued from Page 1) and the wharf was made of thirty foot poles corn-cobbed to- gether in a square, dowelled in and filled with stones. The next canvas memory of Woods Hole was around 1840 on the site of the Penzance gar- age. A magnificent 400 ton whaling vessel was built there on the pier directly over the water and when the ship was ready for sailing the owner in- geniously removed part of the wharf and let the boat slide into the water like a skiff. This event which Mr. Gifford has painted occurred about ten years before he was born. In the pre-railroad days of Woods Hole of 1845 Little Har- bor boasted a heathy stage- coach traffic. Travellers would put up at Joe Parker’s prim look- ing tavern with its second story porch and a watch tower on the roof. Five of the houses that stood on the road to the tavern are still there; Mrs. Purdam’s home, Miss Josephine Fish’s, Miss Sarah B. Fay’s, and Miss Fanny Robinson’s home. The old Bradley house was later moved to a site near the labor- atory. In the relatively modern times of Mr. Gifford’s youth Woods Hole was a busy little town, its shores dotted with houses; its back yards (where there were back yards) became undulating corn fields shaped in with stone fences. There was a grist mill, a candle factory, a guano works, a cooper’s shop, a fish drying industry and a whaling fleet. But Mr. Gifford, pondering these things, remarked, “There was- n't anything doing here before the ‘Biological’ came. I’m glad it’s here!” OUR BACIA The lectures in the Physio- logy course are being carried on by Professor Michaelis who con- tinues the work in physical chemistry on Tuesdays, Wednes- days and Fridays. Dr. Fenn is lecturing on the other three days on “varied response”, particularly of muscle and nerve, to changes in oxygen and other external factors. On July 21 Dr. Redfield gave a special lecture in which he- mocyanins were ably discussed. These copper-containing pig- ments are under investigation, as they offer a more readily con- ees group than the haemoglo- ins. THE COLLECTING NET CILIA AND CILIA Having left our first despond plateau, we were stimulated by an interesting lecture on Free- Living Amoeba by Professor Schaeffer of the University of Kansas. As a Proteus guiding his sea calves, Professor Schaef- fer has kept an eagle eye on his flock of amoebae. His observa- tions and resulting conclusions have caused almost as much dis- comfort as the judge who awarded the golden apple at that ancient beauty contest. In other words, Amoeba proteus is not what it was formerly con- ceived to be. Seven forms have been singled out of which one is classified as Amoeba proteus. Thus amoebae are being more specifically classified so that when Amoeba proteus is men- tioned, a definite concept can be formed and discussed. On the other hand many ob- servers think that amoebae will not be able to be classified due to the varied vicissitudes of their life histories. Still Pro- fessor Schaeffer has confirmed his species to a certain degree by complement fixation tests after the manner of Nuttall. It is of interest to report that James Harvey Robinson, author of “The Mind in the Making” can be seen plugging away at his desk in the laboratory. The class taxonomist has been busy trying to classify seven- teen or eighteen forms that have come to his notice. It has been a difficult task, but following Professor Schaeffer’s example, he makes a good try. The most outstanding organ- ism first to be classified was a member of the Ciliata difficult to place because of its numer- ous anterior cilia and enormous peristomio cirri, to say nothing of its rigid body. A study of its life history has revealed that it sporulates frequently. These ciliated spores are usually found on the tennis court. One obser- ver on an off day observed these spores in a degenerate cycle as- sociated with the horseshoes west of the wooden laboratory. In some forms endomixis has been observed; ectomixis can- not be hoped for. Most obser- vers however hold that this form is free living. It so resem- bles Dysteria of the Holotrichida that it has been named Hysteria hetheringtonensis. Still another variety of Cilia- ta has been described as ante- viorly, peripherally ciliated and is usually found in the finger bowls of the laboratory, more often, however, on the beaches. The “tyro” who is anxious to collect may be the first to detect Strombonium morrisiana by a syecialized bark which resem- bles the mammalian cough. The taxonimist has neglected to mention that hysteria hethering- tonensis can be detected by queer sounds that resemble the English words “Marvelous! Marvelous! Simply ripping!’ The taxoni- mist must not be taken too seri- ously as the writer believes that Ehrenberg’s spirit still pre- vails. Another peripherally ciliated form might be described as hay- ing a round ‘head, had Ehren- berg been reading a history of Cromwell the night before he made these observations. now it is rarely ever found in the laboratory, being now classi- fied among the “Four Hundred”. Its life cycle can be studied best at night. Beware of Lacry- maria dolor to be changed to crnanis laetitia after August rst. Water Sports (Continued from Page 1) sults of each event will be an- nounced promptly from the float. Contestants will be sum- moned by the announcer to ‘the float a few minutes in advance of the event in which they are entered, thus avoiding all pos- sible delays. Posters announcing the Water Sports will be displayed in con- spicuous ‘places well in advance and will advise the contestants to hand in ‘their names, together with the event or events which they plan to enter, to a desig- nated official. Following are the events which have been schedul- ed, in the approximate order of their occurrence on the pro- gram: Boys’ Race: 12 years and under (25 yards) Girls’ Race: 12 years and under (25 yards) Boys’ Tub Race: 12 years and under Girls’ Tub Race: 12 years and under. Junior Boys’ Dive: 16 and under Junior Girls’ Dive: 16 and under Boys’ Race: 15 and under (50 yards) Girls’ Race: 15 and under (50 yards) Senior years Senior Girls’ ' years Boys’ Race (Dash and Long Dis- tance) : over 16 Girls’ Race (Dash and Long Dis- tance) : over 16 Relay Races Cone Tilts Boys’ Dive: over 16 Dive: over 16 Helen Te Winkol (Oberlin ’26( has been appointed labor- atory assistant in physiology at | Mt. Holyoke for the next college | year. Just | PAGE ELEVEN RIDE THE BUS TO FALMOUTH It costs less than to drive your own car. B. R. NICKERSON WOODS HOLE, MASS. When Looking for Reliable Merchandise Try ARENOVSKI’S Est. 1892 Phone. 410 The Home of Hart Schaffner & Marx Clothing Lamson & Hubbard Hats Printzess Suits, Coats and Dresses Everything in the Way of Sport Clothes Walk-Over Shoes Satisfaction Guaranteed or Money Refunded Falmouth ~:- Mass. 1 ee RE SS HUDSON-ESSEX MOTOR CARS — We have several good second hand cars for sale. The Crocker Garage Corporation, Inc. Falmouth Mass. Follow the Crowd to DANIELS’ Home-made Ice Cream, Delicious Sandwiches, Coffee for PICNIC LUNCHES IDEAL RESTAURANT Main Street Woods Hole Compliments of PENZANCE GARAGE WOODS HOLE, MASS. A.L. A. Towing Day or Night Phone 652 SAMUEL CAHOON Wholesale and Retail Dealer in FISH AND LOBSTERS Tel. Falmouth 660-661 Woods Hole, Mass. PAGE TWELVE EMBRYOS * Under Dr. Graves’ guidance we began the fourth week by pursuing the squid from the cradle to the grave. Being an extremely obvious thing the micropyle was seen easily and the variegated chromatophores made our drawings look all the more like the comic strip in the Sunday paper. Nereis and Crepidula with Dr. | Packard as sponsor made their | debut in the embryology lab. on Thursday. They are com- plete social successes, in fact everyone has gone dizzy over Crepidula. Dr. Rogers’ grand finale was made when on his last day in lab. he was explaining some-}| thing in Dr. Conklin’s lecture and ended by saying “It cer- tainly seems to work according to Hoyle”. One puzzled student gave an agonized look and said, “But it was Conklin who dis- covered it, wasn’t it?” Dr. Baker’s lecture on “Tis- sue Culture” with its slides and movies was the first thing that has chased away that tired look from the hard working students. These attempts to prove Tho- mas A. Edison’s theory that man does not need sleep, have met the same result as many other research problems — complete failure. Miss Baker of the Rockefeller Foundation has done an interesting piece of work on tissue culture, studying especi- ally the nutrition of the growing cells. After numerous visits to the dark room Gonionemus has finally been prevailed upon to lay eggs. The race for the lob- ster dinner which Dr. Plough has promised to the one who suc- ceeds in raising a larval form with more than three arms, has begun. Dr. Just’s lecture on ‘Ferti- lization” is scheduled for this coming week and there is a pos- sibility that we may soon hear Dr. Galtsoff tell about oyster spawning. Corporation Meeting The annual meeting of the Corporation of the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory will be held in the auditorium of the labora- tory at Woods Hole, Mass., on Tuesday, August 9th, at. 12 o’clock noon for the election of officers and trustees and the transaction of such business as may come before the meeting. Coast Guard Day will be}- observed on August 4, and elab-| orate plans have been made for its celebration at Base 18, including a special banquet at which Congressman Charles L. Gifford will be a speaker. THE COLLECTING NET Currents in the Hole At following hours the current in the hole turns to run from Buz- zards bay to Vineyard Sound: A.M. P.M. DuULpNeW cuss 6:13 6:29 duly ‘Si... eee 6:57 eld ANION ee eee 7:41 7:59 Aus. 2) ance 8:26 8:47 AUS.) Qi vausreae 9:10 9:31 Aug. 4 9:59 10:20 Ane. 6. Bite 10:33 11:06 AGe..(6) crane 11:27 11:56 In each case the current changes six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. DAWSON HEADS HORSESHOE TOSSERS Annual Ladder Tournament In Full Swing As Season Wanes Dr. J. A. (“Art”) Dawson was the proverbial ‘popular champion” during the week of July 18th, suecessfully defend- ing his title as No. 1 man in the Annual Horseshoes Ladder Tournament against no less than four challengers. of these matches did Dawson lose a game, namely, in his tiff with Frank Swett, who took the first game 21-13. All his other victories were clear-cut and de- cisive. The ranking of the contestants at present is as follows: J. A. Dawson O. L. Inman F. H. Swett E. A. Martin J. W. Wilson A. H. Sturtevant D. E. Lancefield . L. Hoadley The principal change in this order during the past week was brought about by Swett, who moved up to No. 3 position by his win over Earl Martin. In- man prevented Swett’s further advance by beating him in straight games, 21-17, 21-17, thus retaining his own post at No. 2. Following are the outstanding championship matches for the week of July 18th: July 18—Dawson d. Swett: 13- 21, 21-7, 21-10: July 20—Dawson d. Martin: 21-10, 21-12) July 21—Inman d. Swett: 21- 17, 21-17. July 22—Dawson d. Lancefield: 21-6, 21-0; Dawson d. Hoad- ley: 21-14, 21-18, Swett d. Martin: 21-19, 21-5. PI ESIEO UE rea) — Elizabeth H. Parsons, a grad- uate of Oberlin and now a mem- ber of the embryology class here, has been appointed graduate as- sistant in zoology at Wellesley. In only one 153 WEST 23rd STREET ANOTHER TRIUMPH IN Speier MICROSCOPE CONSTRUCTION MNO Te with Combination THE NEW SPENCER COMBINATION BiINGCULAR and MONOCULAR BODY TWO IN ONE Changes from binocular to monocular vision and vice versa as easily and quickly as from one objective to an- other on a nosepiece. Body With the new Combination body all the possibilities of both eyes—gereater brilliancy of field, critical resolution and definition, ease and comfort of vision, stereoscopic effect, ete.—are at the command of the operator. It is no longer necessary to bother with two tubes. Shown at our we EXHIBIT IN LECTURE HALL AUGUST 2nd to 12th SPENCER LENS COMPANY Manufacturers SPENCERY Microscopes, Microtomes, Delineascopes, Optical [SPENCER Glass, Optical Measuring Instruments, Dissecting Instruments, Etc. BUFFALO, N. Y. BRANCHES: NEW YORK, BOSTON, \CHICAGO, SAN FRANCISCO duck Microscope Lamp with iris diaphragm and focusable condensing lens. Lamp with tilting pin in position Microscopists prefer this lamp because of the convenience of the iris diaphragm, the focusable condensing lens and the well diffused PALO COMPANY Apparatus for Industrial and Laboratory Use NEW YORK, N. Y. CENTRIFUGES INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 352 Western Ave., Boston, Mass. These Centrifuges were developed to meet, in a practical way, the varied requirements of many laboratories. They are made in several sizes, with capacities ranging from two tubes of 15 ml. each to ten cups of 1500 ml. each, and with relative centrifugal forces up to 3800 times gravity. Bulletins Cl and C2 describe the most used Laboratory Sizes. SS Volume II Number 5 CLUB PLAYS ARE GIVEN SATURDAY For several years the M. B. L. Social and Tennis Clubs have combined to give an annual en- tertainment consisting of one- act plays, music and variety numbers. This year a gala per- formance has been arranged for Saturday evening, Aug. 6, at 8:30, in the M. B. L. Auditor- ium. In order to meet the varied tastes of the members of our large and complex community— to please the high-brow, the low- brow, and the omni-brow, and to do it in one evening—a diver- sified feast will be laid before them, and it is predicted that he will be a most ardent pessimist and misanthrope who will not thoroughly enjoy some part if not all of the program. There will be two one-act plays, in- strumental music of a _ high order, and several vaudeville numbers accompanied by, and interspersed with, appropriate music. The first play will be a drama- tization of a scene from Booth Tarkington’s famous book ‘“‘Pen- rod and Sam”, entitled: “Con- cerning Trousers’. All the work on this play—the adapta- tion, directing, scenery, and (with one exception’ the act- ing—is being done by an en- thusiastic junior dramatic group the oldest of whom is thirteen years old. (Continued on Page 11) fA. B. L. Calendar Saturday, Aug. 6 8:30 P. M. M. B. L. Club Plays. Auditorium. Admission: 50 cents and $1.00. Sunday, Aug. 7 9:00 P. M. Informal Singing. Upstairs on the M. B. L. Club porch. Monday, August 8 12:00 M End of Class Work. Monday, August 8 Concert: Woods Hole Choral So- ciety. M. B. L. Auditorium. Tuesday, August 9 12:00 M. Annual Meeting of the Corpora- tion of the Marine Biological Laboratory. Friday, August 12 4:00-6:00 P. M. Investigator. M. B. L. Club. Tea. WOODS HOLE, MASS., SATURDAY, AUGUST 6, 1927 REMINISCENCES OF THE FISH COMMISSSION Dr. EDWIN LINTON Honorary Research Fellow in Zool- ology, University of Pennsylvania Il. Some years ago, in an even- ing lecture before the Marine Biological Laboratory, I gave some reminiscences of the Woods Hole Laboratory of the Bureau of Fisheries. This lec- ture was published in Science vol. 41; pp. 737-758. Also in Science, vol. 48; pp. 25-34, there is published An Appreciation of Spencer Fullerton Baird, in which reference to his work at Woods Hole is made. In the two issues of The Collecting Net which precede this issue there appears a paper which was pre- pared for a special occasion, the title of which paper is: Baird at Woods Hole. In complying with the edi- tor’s request that I write some of my recollections of the Fish Commission at Woods Hole for The Collecting Net, it is not my intention to make much use of material already published, al- though, naturally, as I attempt to recall memories of times past, the same persons, and doubtless some of the incidents which came to the front in my publish- ed reminiscences will again ap- pear on the stage. It was in the summer of 1882 that I had my first experience with the U. S. Fish Commission. I had just finished a year’s graduate study at Yale where most of my work had been with Professors A. E. Verrill and Sydney I. Smith, both of whom Early Days (Continued on Page 8) Corporation Meeting The annual meeting of the Corporation of the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory will be held in the auditorium of the labora- tory at Woods Hole, Mass., on Tuesday, August 9th, at 12 o’clock noon for the election of officers and trustees and the transaction of such business as may come before the meeting. EE ES TOKE 5 Subscription $1.25 Single Copies, 20¢ THE GENE AND THE ONTOGENETIC PROCESS FRANK R. LILLIE Professor of Zoology, University of Chicago Dr. Lillie delivered a lecture bearing the above title on the evening of July 22. The author’s summary and a review of the paper follow. The presentation involved two aspects: first, critical, to offset the conception especially as presented by Goldsmidt in his ““Physiologische Theorie der Vererbung’’, ‘but also outlined by others, that the theory of the gene may be developed into a Review BY LEIGH HOADLEY Assistant Professor of Zoology, Harvard University Those who heard the lecture of Prof. Frank R. Lillie a week ago Friday evening had proba- bly anticipated a comprehensive discussion of this subject by one who has been in intimate con- tact with much of the import- ant work on the physiology of development, and one who has made definite contributions of a very high character to its fundamental concepts and hypotheses. Nor were they dis- appointed. After mentioning the diver- gence of schools which followed the overthrow of the determinis- tic hypothesis of Weismann, Prof. Lillie emphasized the dif- ferences which exist today be- tween the schools dealing pri- marily with nuclear or cytoplas- mic phenomena, and then show- ed the importance of recognizing both aspects to any adequate theory of development. This was nicely expressed in the dis- cussion of the fundamental con- cepts which were presented as an introduction to the develop- ment of the main theses. These, viz., the germ, individuation and differentiation i. e. the origin of embryonic segregates together with the elaboration and reali- zation of potencies of the final term, lead to several conclusions which are extremely important to an adequate conception of de- velopmental processes. I do not wish, nor is it my place, to review the definitions which were given, but there are certain qualifications which I wish to emphasize. In the first (Continued on Page 5) complete theory of the organ- ism. Second, constructive, to seek by correct definitions the respective roles of the physio- logy of development and gene- tics in the life history. It was pointed out in the introduction that the conception of a single theory covering both genetics and the physiology of develop- ment is a reversion to the uni- tary conceptions of Darwin and Weismann, and it was maintain- ed that work since their time has led, and is still leading, to a sharp separation of these two disciplines. Since as a result of modern investigations genetics has be- comes quite a unitary science, while physiology of develop- ment is at most a field of work, it was considered advisable to proceed by an examination of the necessary concepts of phsyiology of development, fol- lowed by an inquiry into the relation of the theory of the gene for each concept. The concepts considered were those of the germ, of individu- ation, and of differentiation in its two aspects of embryonic segregation of potencies and of realization of potencies. Omitting in this abstract the definitions of the germ and of individuation, embryonic segre- gation was characterized as fol- lows: 1. Its'action proceeds from the more general to the more special in a definite sequence which is both dichotomous and discon- tinuous. 2. This results in a progres- sive genetic restriction, of a more or less fixed kind, in the primordia thus established. 3. These processes exhibit de- finite order, (a) in time, (b) in space, i. e. localization in the (Continued on Page 4) PAGE TWO Tar BEHAVIOR OF GORILLA BERINGEI EVENING LECTURE Robert M. YERKES Projessor of Psychology, Yale University REVIEWED BY Howarp C. WARREN Professor of Psychology, Princeton University Professor Yerkes is well known among psychologists as one of the foremost investiga- tors of animal behavior. He has made many first-hand studies of various species and is author ot a monograph on the Dancing Mouse. In beginning his lec- ture Dr. Yerkes warned the audience that, though interested in the study of behavior, he is not to be classed as a behavior- ist. The latter term is applied to a philosophical theory, which limits scientific investigation 1n the field of psychology to the ex- amination of actions and con- duct, ruling out altogether the study of conscious phenomena. Dr. Yerkes is not in sympathy with this doctrine. He claims the privilege of studying ani- mal consciousness, and of using mental terms freely in describ- ing the behavior of subhuman species. The lecture was a _ report, illustrated by motion pictures, of the behavior of a young go- rilla observed under careful con- trol conditions by Dr. Yerkes, in January, 1926, and again a year later, in January, 1927. Apparently the first historic reference to the gorilla was by Hanno, a writer of the fifth cen- tury B. C. There are uncertain references by Battell (1625) and Monboddo (1774), and a recognizable description by Bowdich in 1819. The first scientific description was pub- lished by Savage and Wyman in 1847. Even today little is known about the live gorilla, and our knowledge of the genus is confined to the more common species, Gorilla gorilla. The other species, G. Beringei, is comparatively rare and occupies a very limited habitat in Central East Africa. The subject of Dr. Yerkes’ investigation was a female named Congo, practi- cally the first specimen of the species to be kept alive in cap- tivity for any considerable time. In general, Congo's behavior -was characterized by slowness of movement, and lack of sus- tained interest. Most striking was her inability to grasp total situations or to generalize a sit- uation. For example, after learning to use a drinking cup, she was unable to transfer the common elements of the situa- tion to the use of a milk bottle, and for a long time managed to spill most of the contents. After learning to place one box on an- THE COLLECTING NET other so as to reach suspended food, it required a long period of trial and error before she advanced to the three-box stage. One of the most illuminating “nassages” in the lecturer’s films shows Congo seated on a two-box elevation, holding a third-box in her lap, and gazing alternatively at this box and the suspended food. There were attempts to lift the box toward the food, to hold the box in mid- air and at the same time to mount upon it; she failed entire- ly to generalize the act of “put- ting box on box”. And again, after learning to untwist a long chain wound in and out of a many-trunked tree to which Congo was usuaily tethered, she was unable to perform the same operation when removed to any other tree. Curiosity was a prominent trait. The mirror brought this characteristic especially to the fore. The films showed Congo gazing steadfastly at her cwn reflexion for long periods, tap- ping the mirror or pressing her face against it, occasionally peering behind or dashing back toward the supposed compan- ion. Only in this particular problem and in problems con- nected with food-getting did she manifest sustained interest. Ac- cordingly, most of the investi- gations reported were connect- ed up with the subject’s secur- ing her food supply. There was little evidence of mechanical ability. Food was placed in a box, the lid closed and secured with hook, padlock or other simple device. Even the simple act of removing a curved hook from the hasp was reached only after a long period of fumbling. In this and other respects the gorilla showed marked contrast with chimpan- zees previously tested. Several experiments were de- vised involving the use of tools. Placed in a cage, with food just beyond her reach outside, Congo was able after a time to use a stick to “coax” the food within reach. It required much longer to learn to use a short stick to get a longer stick with which the food could be reached. An- other experiment involved run- ning a long pole through a pipe in the center of which the food had been placed, and pushing the food out at the far end. The films show instances of the go- rilla pushing the pole along out- side the pipe, while she peered steadily through the pipe to observe the effect. After these futile efforts, she rolled over on her back in an attitude indicat- ing utter fatigue, despair, or meditation. This and other attitudes sug- gest to the reviewer that the gorilla possesses a capacity for deliberating on the elements of “examine a problem (of a food-problem, at least), without the capacity for mentally combining these elements—both factors being essential to the solution, except by a long trial and error pro- cess. The absence of this com- bining capacity in the problem appears to be somehow connect- ed with her lack of ability to imitate—an ability which is possessed in a marked degree by chimpanzees and other prim- ates. The performance of the necessary action by the experi- menter never helped Congo in any observable way toward the solution of a problem. This lack of imitatiyeness Dr. Yerkes attributes to the gorilla’s inabil- ity to focus her attention on the mechanism of extraneous activi- ties—in every case she was watching the food, not the ex- perimenter’s procedure. On the other hand, the sub- ject showed a remarkably long memory, or delayed reaction, as compared with other animal species. She could find buried food after a period of three hours, whereas for mammals be- low the primates the experiment fails for intervals longer than a few minutes. This, again, sup- ports our suggestion of a deli- berative ability, or at least some mental process of similar na- ture. The lecturer dwelt on the ap- parent general mental inferior- ity of the gorilla to the chim- panzees on which he has made long and careful investigations. One might raise the question in this connection, how far this particular specimen, Congo, is typical of her species. It may be that we are dealing with a subnormal individual. It is un- fortunate that Dr. Yerkes was not able to check up her be- havior with at least one other specimen of the same species. However, in the absence of any marks of disorganization in be- havior, one is prabably justified in assuming that the subject observed represents, in a gener- al way, the mental level of Gorilla Beringei. The experi- ments were carefully planned and may be accepted as giving a true picture of the subject’s mentality. Dr. Yerkes’ lecture demon- strated conclusively the value of the moving picture as a means for studying animal behavior. A passing phase may be caught and reobserved as often as is necessary for complete analysis. The investigator is thus able to incidental conditions and circumstances connected with an act. It is useful also for demonstration. An audience will reach an understanding of the various modes of activity, and appreciate the limiting con- ditions far better, by this pic- torial method of presentation than by listening to mere verbal explanation. There was abun- dant evidence of this in the pre- sent instance, in the reception of the pictures following Dr. Yerkes’ lucid description of his experiments. TIDAL CURRENTS In navigating coasts where the tidal range is considerable, special precautions are neces- sary. It should be remembered that there are indrafts into all bays and bights, although the general set of the current is par- allel to the shore. The following pointers are gleaned from The United States Coast Guard Pilot (Section B.) (1) ‘The turn of the tidal current off shore is seldom coincident with the une of high and low water on the shore. (2) At the entrance to most har- bors without important tributaries of branches the current turns at or soon after the times of high and low water within. The diurnal inequality in the velocity of current will be proportion- ately but half as great as in the height of the tides. Hence, though the heights of the tide may be such as to cause the surface of the water to vary but little in level for 10 or 12 hours, and flow will be much more regular in occurrence. _ (8) A swift current often occurs in narrow openings between two bodies of water, because the water at a given instant may be at different levels. _ (4) Along most shores not ser- iously affected by bays, tidal rivers, etc. the current usually turns soon after high and low tides. (5) Where there is a large tidal basin with a narrow entrance the strength of the current in the en- trance may occur near the time of high or low water, and slack water at about half tide, outside. (6) The swiftest current in straight portions of tidal rivers is usually in the mid-channel, but in curved portions the strongest current is toward the outer edge of the curve. (7) Counterecorrents and eddies may occur near the shores of straits, especially in bights and near points. (8) Tide rips and swirls oecur in places where string currents occur, caused by a change in the direction of the current, and especially over shoals or in places where the bottom is uneven. (Such places should be avoided if they are at the same time exposed to a heavy sea, especially with the wind opposing the current. When these conditions are at their worst the water is broken into heavy choppy seas from all directions, which board the vessel, and also make it difficult to keep control, owing to the baring of the propeller and rudder. Dr. W. Mansfield Clark, at present Professor of Chemistry at the Hygienic Laboratory of the U. 8. Public Health Service, Washington, D. C. has accepted the -position of Professor of Physiological Chemistry at the School of Medicine of The Johns Hopkins Hospital. The great horror is not in dis- covering what man descends from but in what he descends to. THE , COLLECTING NET LUMINOUS BACTERIA AND PHOTOSYNTHESIS E. NEWTON HARVEY Professor of Physiology, Princeton University Dr. Harvey delivered a lecture on July 13 before the Botany Seminar bear- ing the above title. A summary of the lecture and a review follow. Summary BY CHARLES S. SHOUP Princeton University Most sea animals develop, a few hours after death, small ) colonies of luminous bacteria | on the surface of their bodies. This occurs before putrefactive bacteria have begun activity and have overwhelmed these other | very interesting forms. Such peculiar growths were known . to Boyle many years ago, for he found them growing on meat at ordinary temperatures. Now we are able to isolate these organ- isms and transplant them into artificial media containing a con- . siderable quantity of salt and adjusted to a decided alkalinity. The medium prepared for this purpose is usually a peptone- glycerin-agar in sea-water. In a few hours an abundant growth appears in good media and the organisms may be handled and transplanted in routine bacterio- logical technique. Luminous bacteria are quite harmless, and they may be found within the bodies of some small forms, such as the sand-fieas with which we are familiar here at Woods Hole. Only the salt- water forms are luminous, but these bacteria may infect fresh- water animals. Certain lumin- ous shrimps in Japan and a squid found at Naples, are lum- inous due to growth within the body of these organisms. Ani- mals have been injected with luminous bacteria and have been made to glow for a time, but such forms cannot grow in liv- ing mammals, for there the temperature is too high. Some animals have a symbiotic rela- tion with bacteria, as Photople- pharon, the fish with a modified organ for the continuous growth of luminous bacteria peculiar to the fish itself. Luminous bacteria are not affected by stimulation, except as they become more luminous when oxygen is added to the medium after partial absence of air. Their glow is steady and similar to the glow of luminous fungi, rather than to the inter- mittent glow of the firefly or of other luminous forms with which we are familiar. Lumin- ous bacteria are not visible in the sea-water, for there they are dispersed so widely that there are no aggregations of the mil- lions necessary to give easily | visible light. Luminous bacteria may be subjected to the action of anesthetics and recover. A small amount of KCN will dim the light and slow the oxidation Review BY CONWAY ZIRKLE Bussey Institution It is not often that the Botan- ists can have at one and the same seminar a show, an ac- count of progress in the investi- gation of a most interesting organism and the explanation of a new and refined method of re- search, which promises to yield results in fields far removed from that in which it was de- veloped. The lecture given by Prof. E. N. Harvey on luminous bacteria was all of these. Any phosphorescent organism js a show for biologists and, when the lights were turned off, lum- inous bacterial colonies on agar slants, bacterial emulsion which gave enough light to tell time by and glowing cultures in pie- plates, which were used as Pe- tri-dishes, were shown the audience. Luminous bacteria unlike the phosphorescent organs of cer- tain animals glow continuously as long as there is free oxygen available; in its absence they lose this luminescence. Thus a culture will serve as an indica- tor and will by its glowing in- dicate the presence of free oxygen. It is of course impossible to tell how much of our present scientific progress is due to an increasing accuracy of measure- ment. Certainly many fields of most fruitful investigation, which were closed to biologists, who knew the solutions they in- vestigated merely as acid, basic or neutral, were opened ‘by the development of a more precise method of measuring pH. An increased delicacy of indicators for other factors is almost cer- tain to extend our knowledge in fundamental. ways. The importance of oxygen in the life process is recognized. Its detection in even the most minute amounts is necessary for the solution of many pro- blems. Are certain anaerobic organisms really anaerobic or will they tolerate free oxygen in amounts smaller than we have yet been able to measure? How much light is needed by green plants for the assimilation of carbon and hence the release of oxygen? What is the oxygen supplying power of a clay soil three feet under a swamp? The delicacy of these lumin- ous bacteria as an indicator is shown by the fact that light is produced by only .0053 mm. Hg. oxygen tension. The light from a single match can certainly cause no great: amount of photo- synthesis to take place, yet a piece of marine alga immersed in an imulsion of these luminous bacteria will produce enough oxygen to cause a glow when it is subjected to this amount of light. A like evidence of photo- synthesis can also be found under circumstances where it woulc hardly be expected to take place. The liberation of oxygen by the exposure to light of leaves which have been ground up, frozen and thawed again, dried and again moistened can also be proved. It can readily be seen that the luminous bacteria constitute a most useful tool for future in- vestigation. Summary (Continued from Column 1) processes. The luminescence, however, may only be reduced to one-quarter while the respira- tory oxidations are reduced one twentieth. Boyle found that when a tube containing a suspension of these luminous organisms was allow- ed to stand, it shortly became dimmed and the glow disappear- ed, only to reappear upon vigor- ous shaking with air. The glow of the bacteria is absolutely de- pendent upon abundance of ox- ygen, and it is for this reason that they constitute splendid in- dicators for detecting the pre- sence of oxygen in liquids and at the phase-boundary between liquids and gases. It has been shown that a suspension of luminous bacteria begins to dim when about 2% oxygen is present. The flow-meter has been used for measuring the amount of oxygen just necessary to produce light. This has been found to be .0053 mm. Hg. oxygen tension. Consequently PAGE THREE the presence of luminous bacter- ia may be utilized as a very deli- cate test for oxygen. Beijerinck in 1902, was the first to study photosynthesis, with luminous bacteria as an indicator of the process. Using an emulsion of ground clover leaves, he found that photosyn- thesis continued when the clover cells were destroyed, and that photosynthesis continued in red light and not in blue when the electric are spectrum was pro- jected by a prism on the plant, Ulva. Mbolish, in his studies of dried leaves, found that a fil- trate of Laminum leaves dried four days in air and two days in a dessicator could produce oxygen. This seemed to be an exception, but in 1925 he found that the leaves of many land plants will photosynthesize after drying rapidly. Dried leaves ground in a mortar with water, the unfilter- ed mass being added to a sus- pension of luminous bacteria, will cause a dimunition in the glow of the suspension in from five to ten minutes. Upon il- lumination the bacterial glow again appears, due to photosyn- thetic oxygen from the suspen- ed chloroplasts. It has been found that dried clover leaves will photosynthesize even after three months in this condition. Frozen leaves will photosynthe- size again when warmed and im- mediately tested, but they soon lose this power. Luminous bacteria, due to their ability to absorb oxygen as well as to glow in minute quantities of oxygen, are then especially adapted as indicators to study photosynthesis after plants have been under anerobic conditions for some time. Most marine algae can photosynthe- size immediately on illumina- tion, even when kept in an oxy- ;gen-free emulsion of luminous | bacteria for one half hour. TIME is the important factor in all activities SAVE IT by using The Wistar Institute Bibliographic Service which brings to your table authors’ abstracts of all papers about to appear in the: Journal of Morphology and Physiology The Journal of Comparative Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record The Journal of Experimental Zoology American Anatomical Memoris American Journal of Physical Anthropology Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokyo, Japan) Biological Bulletin The Journal of Parasitology Stain Technology Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science (Adelaide, South Australia) Advance Abstract Sheets - - Bibliographic Service Cards — Both appear before the complete ‘articles are THE WISTAR INSTITUTE Philadelphia, Pa. Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue $3.00 per year $5.00 pér year published PAGE FOUR THE COLLECTING NET CHORAL SOCIETY WILL PRESENT CONCERT SOON The Woods Hole Choral So- ciety will give a concert in the M. B. L. Auditorium on Monday evening, August eighth. The Choral Society was organized fast season and during part of last season and this summer has been working hard under the able directorship of Mr. Gorokh- off. Mr. Gorokhoff trained the famous Russian Choir which de- lighted audiences in Woods Hole several years ago. He is now Professor of Music at Smith College. The program will contain a variety of carefully selected pieces, including Russian and Scotch folk songs, and sacred music. Fisheries Thursday Night Round Table The staff and investigators of the Bureau of Fisheries Lab- oratory met for the regular weekly discussion of research problems in the parlors of the residence Thursday evening. The staff, investigators, and the students of the M. B. L. were invited to participate. The general topic of discus- sion was marine fishery inves- tigation and Dr. O. E. Sette gave a talk on “The mackerel fishery and biological aspects of its fluctuations”. Lillie’s Summary (Continued from Page 1) whole, and (c) of determinate qualities coordinated both in space and in time. 4. There is a final term in each of the branches, which is followed by histogenesis and de- finitive functional differentia- tion, though certain terms (or branches) remain open through- out life. We may thus distin- guish closed and open terms throughout the life history with reference to embryonic segre- gation. Each of these characteriza- tions was then discussed, and the problem of embryonic induction came in for special considera- tion, leading to the conclusion that all examples served to show that induction produces only the phenotype for which onto- genetic segregation had pre- ity of the response lies in the stage and locus, not in the in- ducing agent, and that the pos- sibilities for any induction are only two in number. This sim- ple situation is often confused by two prevalent ideas, the one that potencies may be more than two in number at one time and place; the other that the induc- ing agent may have determining value, i.e. be a so-called forma- tive stimulus. The fallacies of these positions were exposed. An adverse position was taken concerning the formative stuff hypotheses of development gen- erally, and also against the vague idea of referring develop- ment to autocalysis. Metabol- ism furnishes the energy of de- velopment, but its varying kinds are to be regarded primarily as chemical indicators of differenti- ations already accomplished, and only secondarily, as in the case of hormones, as factors of differentiation. The processes of ontogenetic segregation may lead to closed terms at their end, i. e. tissues and cells said to develop by self- differentiation; or in certain lines of ontogenetic segregation the terms may remain open, and the cells retain a double potency throughout life as e. g. in the feather germs of sexually di- morphic birds, or in cells of the nervous system. These are to be distinguished from the alter- natives of any action system, which are reversible, as con- trasted with the irreversible character of ontogenetic segre- gation. The space relationship in de- velopment as such appears to be resolvable into physiological terms whether of gradients or induction. However, the time sequence of developmental pro- cesses remains an unanalysable feature of the life history. At each stage of the ontogenetic process specific forms of reac- tion, whether of the whole, or of its parts, occur. The order is invariable, at least within any given system and has not so far been experimentally modi- fied. In the second part of the lec- ture the bearing of the theory of the gene upon the above as- pects of development was con- sidered. Genetics contributes largely to the conception of the germ; but is helpless so far as the theory of individuation is concerned. With reference to the phenomena of embryonic segregation genetics is the vic- tim of its own rigor. If each cell receives the entire complex of genes, it is self contradictory to attempt to explain embryonic segregation on the gene theory. Goldschmidt’s attempts in this direction were characterized as pared the way; that the specific-! a rather splendid failure. On the other hand in all phenotypical realization, i. e. in the objective appearance of any character at any stage, the genes undoubtedly play a deci- sive role. The genetic problem differs from the embryological problem inasmuch as any defin- able character at any time in the life history may be treated as final for genetic study, and examined with reference to its modes of recurrence in succes- sive generations. One cannot imagine at the present time any other experimental technique that would even remotely ap- proach in delicacy of treatment to the superlative refinement of modifications of the gene sys- tem that the genetic method renders possible. It is an in- dispensible method for pheno- typical analyses, whether in a genetic or a physiological sense. But it has its limitations, physi- ologically considered, arising from the necessary finality of treatment of any character, and from our complete ignorance either of the chemical nature or mode of action of the genes. The necessary postulate of genetics is that the genes are al- ways the same in a given indi- vidual, in whatever place, at whatever time, within ithe life history of the individual, except for the occurrence of mutations or abnormal disjunctions to which the same principles then apply. The essential problem of development is precisely that differentiation in relation to space and time within the life ANOTHER TRIUMPH IN THE NEW SPENCER TWO IN ONE vision and vice versa as easily quickly as from one objective to other on a nosepiece. and definition, the command of the operator. with two tubes. Shown at our MICROSCOPE CONSTRUCTION COMBINATION BINOCULAR and MONOCULAR BODY Changys from binocular to monocular With the new Combination body all the possibilities of both eyes—greater brilliancy of field, critical resolution nd ease and comfort of vision, stereoscopie effect, ete.—are at It is no longer necessary to bother history of the individual which genetics appears implicitly to exclude. The phenotypic identity of environmental modifications of given characters and of gene modifications of the same cha- racters was then emphasized. This is explicable on the assump- tion that both act on a given ontogenetic process. Physiology of development and genetics both teach us the same lesson, viz, that at the foundation of any given pheno- typic event there is an unan- alyzed ontogenetic process, which expresses itself in time by qualitatively different types of reaction, whether to the en- vironment or to the gene, or to both combined. This is the un- recognized presupposition of all studies in either field. This pro- cess is deterministic, and open to observation and experiment like everything else occurring in nature. The life history exhi- bits a duality expressed in the associated phenomena of onio- geny and genetics: on the one hand the genes which remain the ' same throughout the life his- tory, on the other hand the onto- genetic process which never stands still from the germ to old age. Physics and chemistry have no place among their cate- gories for the ontogenetic pro- cess, and a fortiori for the phylogenetic. Why not sur- render ourselves, in considera- tion of these problems, to the current of more naive biological categories? Spencer Microscope No. 7H with Combination and an- @ EXHIBIT IN LECTURE HALL AUGUST 2nd to 12th SPENCER LENS COMPANY Manufacturers SPENCER sa Microscopes, Microtomes, Glass, Optical Measuring Instruments, Dissecting Instruments, Etc. Delineascopes, Optical SPENCER era) BUFFALO, N. Y. BRANCHES: NEW YORK, BOSTON, \CHICAGO, SAN FRANCISCO - : Hoadley Review (Continued from Page 1) place, given a germinal duality, viz., cytoplasmic and nuclear, and admitting both species and individual specificity in develop- ment, it follows that any altera- tion in genetic constitution, be it of nuclear or cytoplasmic ele- ments, must result in develop- mental differences. It might be added that, at least in the higher so-called non-determinate tyves, environment plays a very 1m- portant role, of which I shall say more below. dod In discussing differentiation, Prof. Lillie distinguishes two general varieties, one of which involves the origin of germinal localizations, embryonic segrega- tion, and the other of which is concerned merely with the elab- oration and realization of poten- cies in already definitely local- ized and determined areas. It would seem at the present time that all eggs have one property in common. (I refer here to polarity.) Subsequent embry- onic segregations bear a definite relationship to this main, and future subordinate axes of the germ. While this spacial rela- tionship is definite, it is no more so than the temporal relation- ships exhibited during ontogeny. Just as cellular differentiation implies an increase in the com- plexity of the cell, so embryonic segregation implies an Increase in the complexity of the germ. We have just seen that the de- terminate qualities of embry- onic segregation are coordinat- ed in space and time, and they must, of necessity, also involve genetic restriction in the sense in which Minot used the term. Tt is also very evident that the course of the process always runs from the generalized to the more specialized during the de- velopment of the individual. This, the lecturer believes, is accomplished by a process which is both dichotomous and discon- tinuous. No one who is familiar with the immense amount of available information on cell lineage can doubt the truth of this hypothesis here, though there are those who, perhaps, cannot appreciate the dichoto- mous nature of the process in the higher forms. Recognizing this, Prof. Lillie has presented an immense amount of data in support of this view which would appear, on careful exam- ination, to be the only one which will explain the facts. The confusion is apparently due to the fact that while the consider- ation of potencies in question really involves only the immed- iate segregations, all those - which may subsequently arise are not rightly to be included. Here we should fix our attention i ae THE COLLECTING NET PAGE FIVE on ehe reaction of the substrate to the inductive factor and con- sider the temporal arrangement as well as the spacial. I have spoken above of the part which environment may play in the fate of areas in open term. This is a very important fact which depends upon the truth of the above statements for its validity. The environ- mental factors which are etfec- tive in changing the type of ditf- ferentiation of parts of an in- dividual are those which involve its position in the individual as a whole, and consequently the type of inductive influence to which it will react. All of the experiments on amphibian trans- plantation in the early stages emphasize this. Mangold has very aptly described it as “Ortsgemasse Hntwickelung’’. We might speak of it as posi- tional development. supported by all of the data on independent self-differentiation which, in itself, indicates the presence of elements in final term. The author has empha- sized the point that some of the elements in the individual re- main in relatively open term throughout life, which gives plasticity to the individual dur- ing the later stages of the ontvu- genetic process. There is another implication of the closed aud open term hy- pothesis which is very signifi- cant and would seem to be an important truth in the light of many recent experiments. I refer here to the inability cf cells to undergo retrogressive differentiation in the sense of reversals of embryonic segrega- tion and the limitations placed upon them when in the final stages of open term, or, for that matter, at any time during this process of genetic restric- tion. This will be recognized to involve the distinction between deditiere tae and indifferent cells. In concluding his remarks, Prof. Lillie pointed out the reasons for the failure of the gene theory as it stands at the present time to make significant contributions to the physiology of development as far as the embryonic segregation of po- tential areas is concerned. The most evident is the fundamental hypothesis that each daughter cell receives qualitatively and quantitatively the complement of genes which was present in the mother cell. With this hypothesis it is impossible to explain the action of these elements in development without referring immediately to the character of the sub- strate. Hence we find the same problem presented as to the origin of the specific substrates and the way they are made sus- ceptible to gene influence, that This is | appears in a slightly different form in the case of embryonic segregation. That there is a genetic influence, no-one would deny, nor would anyone deny that this may become evident at various definite times in the life history of the individual, but the theory admits only the causal factor, the gene, and the end result, in the form of the influenced character. At the present time, therefore, both genetics and ithe physiology of development find themselves con- fronted by the need for the an- swer to the question: What is the cause and method of em- bryonic segregation? Mrs. Edmund Osbourne, daughter of the late Jacque Loeb, visited in Woods Hole re- cently. Dr. Warbasse has sailed on board S. S. “Stockholm” for Gotenborg, Sweden, on July 30 as a delegate of the International Cooperative Congress to be held in Stockholm, Sweden on August 15. On its conclusion he intends to take a three weeks skiing trip in the snow and the glaciers of Norway. His son Erie will accompany him. They are ex- pected to return on September 10. ASTRONOMICAL LULLABY Twinkle, twinkle, little star! Chemists know just what you are; Though your carbon content’s high, You’re no diamond in the sky. Helium and hydrogen Form a part of you, we ken, But your heat is much too great For carbon in its crystal state. And your spectral lines, beside, Tell a tale you fain would hide; {[f you’re sixty or sixteen— Billion years, of course we mean, These same lines, by twisting, prove How and with what speed you move— Watch your step, star, and beware The spectro-telescopic stare! Stars there are, we might remark, Having ways unseen and dark; = The astronomer contrives To find some leading double lives. Betelgeuse, Orion’s pride, Lay false modesty aside; By interference telescope Michelson has sized you up. Twinkle, twinkle, little star! We know just how warm you are, By your color red or blue— We've your number, indexed too. pH. D. The BNA Arranged as an Outline of Regional and Systematic Anatomy A Contribution to the Science and Teaching of Anatomy Victor a Emmel Professor of Anatomy, College of Medicine, University of Illinois , Laboratory Guest at The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology REVISED SECOND EDITION The Basle Anatomical Nomenclature (the BNA) has been pre- eminently successful in the elimination of approximately 45,000 un- necessary synonyms for the macroscopic structures of the human body, and language. has consequently become an international anatomic This list of some 5000 terms, intended for common use in the medical schools, was arranged on the basis of systematic human anatomy. It appears obvious, however, that, from the standpoint of practical anatomy, a regional arrangement of these terms in conjunction with their systematic tabulation would greatly increase the usefulness of the BN A. With this objective in mind, the present systematic B N A has been expanded to include a correlated regional arrangement of anatomical terms—an arrangement based upon the sequence in which the struc- tures indicated by these terms may be exposed and demonstrated to the naked eye in actual dissection—thus securing a direct association of the term with the visualization of the structure to which it refers. Although a minimum encroachment upon individual initiative is evaluated as a dominant objective to be sought, concise statements are given for the more difficult incisions and dissections involved in the demonstration of the structures listed. The order in which the regions are dealt with is based upon a sequence which facilitates observation of those structural relationships of greatest practical significance. The work consequently contitutes a basis for a direct correlation of anatomical terminology and structure in the practical study of the cadaver and presents a résumé of regional and systema- tic anatomy for anatomical and clinical reference. This book of about 250 pages, illustrated with twelve plates and figures in delineation of surface anatomy and surface projections of the skeleton, will be ready September 15, 1927. in cloth. Price, $3.50, bound ADDRESS THE WISTAR INSTITUTE OF ANATOMY AND BIOLOGY Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. PAGE SIX THE COLLECTING NET The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the activities of the Marine Biologi- eal Laboratory and of Woods Hole in general. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Prof. of Anatomy, Cornell University Medical School. Edwin G. Conklin, Prof. of Biology, Princeton University. Lorande L. Woodruff, Prof. of Zoo- logy, Yale University. EDITORIAL STAFF Ware Cattell i Hugh Montgomery...---- Art Editor Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn. .General News Helen S. Morris...... General News Contributing Editors 5 fe Serntanoe Sport News TG. Adams... 5... ++ Cilia and Cilia Business Staff Katharine Underwood....Bus. Man. Ilse Michaelis....... Asst. Bus. Man. (Application for entry as second-class matter is pending.) The Universal Press New Bedford Woods Hole Massachusetts y The Scholarship Fund We are glad to make note of another contribution of ten dol- lars to the “C. N. Scholarship Fund”. We have now received a total of fifty-five dolars. This js one quarter of the sum that will be divided into two scholar- ships of one hundred dollars each. They will be awarded to two financially embarrassed and deserving students to make it possible for them to return next summer and work on a research problem at the Marine Biologi- eal Laboratory. The awards will be made during the first week in September by a com- mittee composed of five persons in charge of the classes. LILLIE, FLEXNER AND WASTENEYS, ELUOGIZE LOEB AND HIS WORK A dedication ceremony in honor of Dr. Jacque Loeb, was held Thursday afternoon, Au- gust 4th in the auditorium of the brick building, and a bronze plaque commemmorating Dr. Loeb was placed in the lobby of the laboratory next to the Whit- man plaque and unveiled at the ‘time of the ceremony. The speakers of the afternoon ~were Dr. Frank R. Lillie, former director of the laboratory who spoke on Dr. Loeb’s connection with the M. B. L.; Dr. Hardolph Wasteneys of the University of Toronto who spoke on certain phases of Dr. Loeb’s work; and Dr. Simon Flexner of the Rocke- feller Institute who spoke on Dr. Loeb’s connection with the Institute. building stood on a site near work on proteins, since it was he worked. He brought out the blem and he was able to go ahead with it. his work with unusually simple apparatus, elaborate methods so prevalent among laboratory workers, ac- cording to Dr. Wasteneys. the Rockefeller Institute, spoke Rockefeller from 1910 when the Loeb to desert his teaching for the research position, to 1924 when he died. Dr. Flexner dis- the influence of the great scient- ists of the past century with which Loeb had come in con- tact. University of Strassburg, and in | js his younger days was taught by in tropisms and did much of his later work or tropisms in ani- mals. men as Helmholz, ‘spire he would still have done NOTICE Many of the books appearing on the shelves in the “new books” corner of the reading room have been presented to us by the publishers with the pro- vision that we let them know of the number of sales that their presence in our library may have brought about. We can- not do this without your co- operation. Will you be sure to tell us on the slip at the end of the bookease of any new books you have learned about here and have recommended for your own library’s purchase. The library must have a com- plete set of your reprints. How can you help the staff to secure these? To follow up the point about reprints that was recently made, are you willing to do one of two Dr. Lillie spoke of the history | of the laboratory in connection with Whitman and Agassiz whose names had been placed, like Loeb’s, in bronze on the walls of the laboratory. He also told how Loeb had designed and used for so many years the little wooden laboratory which now stands next to the botany build- ing. During Dr. Loeb’s life the the edge of the Eel Pond, and was moved after Dr. Loeb’s death in 1924 to its present place. Dr. Wasteneys spoke on Loeb’s impossible to discuss or even mention all of the fields in which importance of the work on pro- teins and the simplicity of Loeb’s methods and apparatus. Those problems which Loeb was unable to solve he would often set aside for years until science, or apparatus, or his own knowl- edge caught up with the pro- Make a note of your re- prints that we already have, by listing these from the catalogue that is on the same stack floor as the reprint collection (if there are many of these, we will be glad to do this for you). When you are in your own lab- oratory in the fall, compare this list with a complete list or col- lection that you may have of your own reprints. Then send us those that we lack along with a complete bibliography of your poet) chronological if possi- e. (2) Hand to us a chronolog- ical bibliography of all of your papers. We will return this to you checked to show those that we already have. When you are in your own laboratory in the fall, return the list to us with those reprints that we lack. Please bear in mind that it most desirable that you should place not one set, but a duplicate set of your reprints here. Please place the Marine Biological Laboratory Library on your mailing list for two copies of all current papers that you issue. ; : Librarian, Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass. Loeb did all of in contrast to the Dr. Simon Flexner, head of of Loeb’s connection with Institute was able to persuade cussed Loeb’s own history and He was a graduate of the Fick, Golz, and Sachs. From Sachs he had become interested These teachers who had come under the influence of such Pasteur, Nernst and a score of other great physiologists of the 19th century, passed on much of their influence to Loeb. It was this inspiration, according to Dr. Flexner, as much as anything else, which made Loeb the great factor that he was in the Rocke- feller Institute. Flexner told of the enthusiasm felt for Loeb by the younger men of the lab- oratory, how eager the mem- bers of the Institute were to sit at Loeb’s table because of his brilliant conversation and his ability to inspire. If Loeb had done nothing more than to in- To the Editor: May I claim just enough space to praise a feature in your Col- lecting Net which has appealed especially to me? Being hard of hearing I have unfortunately been compelled to forego the pleasure of attending the lec- tures in persona propia and of getting each speaker’s message directly from him (or her, if there be such!) Therefore your published abstracts and re- views, written clearly and with generous appreciation of faith- ful work well done, are a real delight to me and must be so to others handicapped as I am. Dr. Alfred Meyer, Wodds Hole, Mass. tremendous service to the Insti- tute, said Dr. Flexner. Dr. Loeb’s death occurred suddenly in 1924 at the height of his scientific career. Pretective Association Meets Friday Evening The annual meeting of the Woods Hole Protective Associa- tion will be held in the Old Lec- ture Hall on Friday evening, Aug. 12 at eight o’clock. All members are urged to attend. The Woods Hoie Protective Association is an organization of householders at Woods Hole formed about six years ago for mutual protection against break- age and theft during the win- ter months, and for the further- ance of all measures directed toward adequate police and fire protection. The Association em- ploys an inspector who examines the exterior of each house on the Asscciation’s list once a week while it is unoccupied, and re- ports immediately any evidence of attempted burglary or other damage. In addition the As- sociation offers a standing re- ward of $100.00 for informa- , tion leading to the arrest and conviction of any offender. The present officers are: President Dr. H. H. Plough, Secretary Miss Florence Tuck- ham. Any householders who wish to join the Association are urged to attend the meeting. To the Editor: We have just received the July 23rd issue of the Collecting Net and ‘are very much interested in the des- cription which you give of the early history of Woods Hole and also of the details of the present management of the organization. We are very much pleased with your friendly reference to our firm as given on page 11. We wish, however, to call your at- tention to the fact that our firm is not in any sense a German firm, ex- cept that the founder of the firm who was the assistant of Liebig in Germany came to this country in 1848 with the thought of being a professor of chem- istry at Harvard. As he had no money to get from New York to Bos- ton, he remained in New York to earn sufficient money and becoming inter- ested in the work remained here and eventually organized the firm Eimer & Amend. We are enclosing introductory section of our BCM catalog where these details are given. Please note, however, that no Ger- money was ever invested in this com- pany, and also that the present mem- bers of the firm, and in many cases their parents, were born in_ this country. While originally a large portion of the chemical laboratory ap- paratus and chemical reagents were imported from Germany, the amount imported at the present time is very small and the materials which we sup- ply are in general manufactured in this country. Exceptions are Zeiss Microscopes, S. & S. Filter Paper and some German glassware. Again assuring you of our ‘appre- ciation of your kind reference to our firm, we are F. Wilbur Shulenberger, Eimer and Amend New York, N. Y. THE SIX BLIND MEN AND THE JELLYPHANT Apologies to John G. Saxe ‘There were six men of chemistry To research much inclined, Who went to see the Jellyphant (Tho ali of them were blind ) ‘That each by observation Mgiht satisfy his mind. The first approached the Jellyphant And happening to note Its thirst for acids, bases ‘too, At once began to gloat— “T see,’ quoth he, “the Jellyphant’s An ampholytic goat.” ‘The second, happening to touch The amino-acid paws, Said—*‘ ’Tis a biped, without doubt— Obeys all biped laws. Ridiculous to speak of it As running on all fours.” The third said—“Every mother knows Why mayonnaise stands up. Well-made emulsions won’t fall out If you invert the cup. "Tis plain to me the Jellyphant’s An emulsoid-colloid pup.” “JT fell such firmness,” said the fourth, “That seems to indicate The beast a solid backbone has— I see it sure as fate! This Jellyphant is nothing but A suspensoid vertebrate.” The fifth deaminized its arms, But still it quenched its thirst. “Wa, ha,” he cried, “a hootch-hound sure! Deny the fact who durst? A keto-enol chamelon this— “Of all I’ve seen, the worst!” ‘The sixth immersed the Jellyphant In water without malt. Sober, it sang H ion hymns, In tune, without a fault. He sighed, and cried—‘This maligned beast’s An orthodox old salt!” And so these men of chemistry Disputed loud and long, Each in his own opinion Exceeding stiff and strong, ‘Tho each was partly in the right And ail were in the wrong. Thus oft in scientific wars “The disputants, I ween, Rail on in utter ignorance Of what each other mean, And prate ahout a Jellyphant “Not one of them has seen. pH. D. Dr. Hallowell Davis, assistant professor of physiology at the Harvard Medical School, was a recent visitor to Woods Hole. ‘While here he gave a lecture on nerve conduction to the physio- logy class. Currents in the Hole At following hours the current in the hole turns to run from Buz- zards Bay to Vineyard Sound: A. M. P.M. ASAP L1G yislebe: 2b she P27 LL b6 PATA TAN sh peso es 12:12 ATION IS! ures ee TZ soit: 1:06 { ANT (9) erie 1:43 1:56 PATA PO. eis 2:33 2:46 Ae 3:23 3:34 Aaa WTA 4:14 4:21 WATS) uhalie: o's 5:01 5:14 In each case the _ current .| changes six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. of engineering at the Carnigie Institute of Technology died in June. family have spent many sum- mers at Woods Hole. THE COLLECTING NET PAGE SEVEN Dr. J. G. Wheatly, professor Professor Thomas Hunt Mor- gan has returned from an ab- sence of about two weeks, dur- ing which time he visited the laboratory at the Tortuga Is- lands. Dr. Wheatly and his a | IDEAL : RESTAURANT _ARENOVSKTS Main Street Woods Hole The Home of Hart Schaffner & Marx Clothing Lamson & Hubbard Hats Printzess Suits, Coats and Dresses a Compliments of PENZANCE GARAGE WOODS HOLE, MASS. Day or Night A. L. A. Phone 652 Towing CENTRIFUGES INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 352 Western Ave., Boston, Mass. Walk-Over Shoes Satisfaction Guaranteed or Money Refunded -:- Mass. Falmouth = -:- These Centrifuges were developed to meet, in a practical way, the varied requirements of many laboratories. They are made in several sizes, with capacities ranging from two tubes of 15 ml. each to ten cups of 1500 ml. each, and with relative centrifugal forces up to 3800 times gravity. Bulletins C1 and C2 describe the most used Laboratory Sizes. ————— ae LABORATORY APPARATUS and SUPPLIES Our General Laboratory and Museum Supplies Include: Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Ana- tomical Models, Osteological Preparations, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Glass Jars, Miscroscopes and Accessories. Biological and General Laboratory Supplies THE KNY-SCHEERER CORPORATION# OF AMERICA 119-125 7th Ave. (Cor. 17th St.) New York City Dept» of Natural Science, G. Lagai, Ph.D. ce cS SSS The Nature of the World and of Man Last fall critics united in ealling this one of the finest and most engrossing popu- larizations of current science in existence. Among others, The Satur- day Review of Literature said, “It sweeps on from one great truth to another in a way that gives one a pro- found respect for the recent progress of science.” And The Nation, “Popular without being diluted.” In its handsome new edition it will continue to be the an- swer of science to the per- sist curiosity of this genera- tion. The University of Chicago Press 5750 Ellis Ave. CHICAGO PAGE EIGHT THE COLLECTING NET Reminiscences of the Fish Commission (Continued from Page 1) had been connected with the scientific work of the Fish Com- mission from its first organiza- tion. There was some delay in 1882 in getting started with the work at Woods Hole, and I took ad- vantage of this delay to accept an invitation from Professor James D. Dana to accompany him on a geological trip into the Berkshire Hills. We went by rail to Canaan, Connecticut, and then with horse and buggy drove through the region em- bracing Great Barrington, Lee, Lenox and Stockbridge. We spent the 4th of July at Canaan, where I had my first experience with a New England celebra- tion of the day. I was much impressed by the noise and other evidences of enthusiasm. Toward evening the street in front of the hotel was pretty well filled with patriots, who, I was told, had come from some neighboring point. They were shooting off pistols with en- thusiastic abandon, and by their walk and conversation gave evidence which in these days might be interpreted as indicat- ing the near presence of a boot- legery, but in those days was a not unusual happening in the vicinity of a hotel bar. I still think of Canaan, Connecticut as a place: Where every prospect pleases— It was about the first of August when we reached Woods Hole. I remember very well my first meeting with Professor Baird. It was in front of the house facing Little Harbor, which was occupied by him and his family, and where the la- boratory and clerical force took their meals. I am not sure whether it was called a mess in those days or not, but my, im- pression is that it was so-called. As I recall the picture of that scene I see Professor Baird as an elderly man, of large frame, with a slight stoop, wearing a beard, but with his upper lip cleanly shaven after the fashion of those times. I realize that the picture is one recorded by young eyes, for it is with some- thing of a shock that I note the fact that at the time at which I am writing this sketch, I am older by several years than Pro- fessor Baird was at the time of his death which did not occur until five vears after the date upon which I first met him. He questioned me as to what zoological work I had been do- ing, and wanted to know what group of animals I was especial- ly interested in. I soon learned that he thought that the best approach to zoological work was first te become familiar with some group of animals. Such familiarity was not to ezd with the ability to give names to a large number of representatives of the group, but inferred inti- mate first hind knovwiedge of morphology, geographical dis- tribution, habits and the like. Indeed, as I recall subjects of conversation which I heard dis- cussed by Professors Baird, Verrill, Smith, G. Browne Good, Theodore Gill and others, sys- tematic zoology formed but a small part. It is true that for the most part ‘their concern was with questions of what and where and how and why, but it did not stray from the solid ground of nature. Of a different sort were the monologues of John A. Ryder with which he now and then favored us young- er men. I am inclined to think that if some of the more inspired of these could have been taken down as they were spoken, they would have been worth-while contributions to speculative in- terpretation of the cosmos. In 1882 and until the sum- mer of 1885 the Fish Commis- sion laboratory was housed in a two story frame building on the buoy wharf of the Light House Service in Little Harbor. It stood where the present : brick building now stands. I have not verified my belief, but I think that the frame building which stands north of the brick building, is the one which was used for the Jaboratory, and was moved to its present site to give place to the brick struc- ture. There was a frame build- ing on that site, but as I remem- ber it, its appearance was quite different from that of the one which now occupies the site. The first floor accommodated | those whose work had to do mainly with fishes, the second was occupied by those who were engaged for the most part in work with invertebrates. This laboratory, to which access was had by means of an outside stair way, accommodated, as I recall, ten work tables. Here work was in progress from early morning until late at night. The younger members of the party spent much time collecting material in the various ways familiar to those who have taken the inver- tebrate course in the Marine Biological Laboratory. One of our methods of making surface collections has left an impres- sion on my memory. That was to take the steam launch, Cygnet, and make fast to the large can- buoy in the “Hole” when the tide was running, and there tow for a half-hour or more. The towings were taken to the laboratory and there looked over before leaving for the night. THE LEATHER SHOP Falmouth, Mass. ARTHUR C. EASTMAN EST OF vy, arm Ve Marine Biological Laboratory Supply Department FOR THE BEST BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL CLASSROOM MATERIAL MUSEUM SPECIMENS LIFE HISTORIES Catologues and Information Furnished by Applying at Supply Department Office George M. Gray, Curator MAGNIFIERS Our magnifiers are of first quality optical and mechani- cal construction. Magnifier with head band to hold in place—85e each. Busch triple aplanatic-achromatle magnifier. Perfectly corrected. Various sizes from 6X to 35X. Miners Magnifier. 34 mm, lens, mag- nification 7.5X—$1,10 each. Write for Magnifier Bulletin PALO COMPANY Apparatus for Industrial and Labora- tory Use 153 W. 23rd St., New York, N. Y W:C-DAVIS‘COMPANY: HOME FURNISHERS FALMOUTH MASS Dr. George H. Greene DENTIST Office, Nearly Opposite St. Barnabas . Memorial Church FALMOUTH, MASS. Hours: 9 A. M. - 12 M.; 1-4 P. M. Te'ephone 385 Sn Hardware Paints and Varnishes ~ CHARLES T. EASTMAN FALMOUTH, MASS. Phone Orders Promptly Delivered Tel. 407 Kiteben Furnishings Glenwood Ranges (ere Visit Cape Cod’s Largest Department Store H. MALCHMAN & BRO. Thos. Malehman, Prop. CLOTHIERS, HATTERS and FURNISHERS Main Street Falmouth Telephone Connection HUDSON-ESSEX MOTOR CARS We have several good second hand cars for sale. The Crocker Garage Corporation, Inc. Falmouth Mass. Beach Party? FRESH ROLLS BACON SAUSAGE STEAKS and CHOPS EVERYTHING QUICK SERVICE LOW PRICES Morrison’s Market Woods Hole, Mass. THE SEA ROBIN Directly on the Sound Club Breakfasts .. 30c up Also Dinner, Tea, and Supper MRS. CRITTENDEN | Attractive Weekly Rates Tel. 667-3 ey THE COLLECTING NET Reminiscences of the Fish Commission (Continued from Page 8) As I look back upon those days I am impressed with the almost total absence of any- thing in the way of play, other than the daily swim which most of us took. Professor Verrill was an indefatigable worker who got along with but a few hours of sleep. His habit of close application to work con- tinued unchanged until near the end of his life, which was but a few months ago. An interesting account of his life work, writ- ten by Professor Wesley R. Coe, appeared in a recent number of Science. Another example of painstaking and efficient indus- try was set us younger men by Richard Rathbun. I was glad to hear his work given high com- mendation recently by Dr. C. B. Wilson, who has for many years been working on the group which Rathbun was in- vestigating in the eighties. Two or three days after our arrival at Woods Hole (then, and for some years spelled Woods Holl) the Fish Hawk was sent on a dredging trip off the coast from Monomoy to Provincetown. As this was my first trip on the Fish Hawk I am naturally better able to re- ‘call my experiences and sensa- tions on this occasion than I can do for any of the many trips which I made on this vessel later. Fortunately the sea was calm and none of the unpleasant memories which are usually as- sociated with dredging trips on the Fish Hawk arise. I remem- ber, however, that as we were lying at anchor the first night out, I was kept awake for some}. time by a peculiar rattling sound somewhere near my berth, which kept time with the gen- tle rolling of the ship. I learn- ed later that the sound was caused by a lot of loose shot in a thermometer which was used in getting depth temperatures. The thermometer happened to be lying athwari-ships so that the shot rolled from one end of the tube to the other with each change in the position of the ‘ship. Our first dredging wass off Chatham. I remember particy- larly the fine specimens of the many-branched ophiuran, As- trophyton, and a large species of sea anemone, both of which were taken in considerable num- bers. It was on this trip that I made the acquaintance of two interesting characters, Captain ‘Z. L. Tanner, and Captain H. C. Chester. Captain Tanner, Com- ‘mander of the Fish Hawk was a typical, bluff, ruddy-faced sea- man, who might have stepped ‘out of one of Maryatt’s novels. —" “ 2 CO wen His voice was rather harsh, and he used it in such a way as to make repetition of an order quite unnecessary. I listened to him on this trip while he was drilling a boatswain, a Swede, at the wheel. When the lesson was ended, which would have left an ordinary man a nervous wreck, that placid Scandinavian had been put through a succes- sion of manouvres, which, as it seemed ito me, were calculated to afford practice in about every possible contingency in naviga- tion. Captain Tanner, while a strict disciplinarian, was abso- lutely fair and just, and was well liked Iby the crew. Captain H. C. Chester at this time was an active man of about 48 years, abounding in energy and good humor. His training from early years had been in the whaling service, in which he had been rapidly promoted. The rigorous discipline of this ex- acting calling had fitted him ad- mirably for the position of executive officer on the arctic expedition under Captain Hall on the unfortunate steamer Polaris. He had joined the Fish Commission in 1874, soon after his return from the Polaris ex- pedition, and took part before his death, in 1886, in nearly all the branches of the service. He had charge of all dredging operations other than those carried on by the steamerAlba- tross, which was not yet in com- mission in 1882. Those of us who fell under the spell of his robust gayety could well under- stand how he had met with suc- cess in conducting to safety that portion of the crew of the Polaris which had drifted to sea on the detached ice-floe. Our attempts to get him to talk about his arctic experiences failed. He preferred to talk of pleasanter life experiences, of Noank, Connecticut, a name which he pronounced much as a devout Mohammedan, I ima- gine, intones the word Mecca; of an orchard on a steep hill-side on his father’s farm, from which the apples did not roll down on the neighbor’s grounds below because they were flat on one side. We spent the second night on this trip in the harbor at Pro- vincetown. Three of us rowed across to the point where there was then vast accumulations of the bones of whales which had been taken off the coast and brought in to the shore try- works. We were allowed to take such specimens as we desired. My share of spoil from this raid was a rib, a vertebra and an in- tervertebral plate. During the remainder of the season a few trips were made in the Fish Hawk to the Gulf Stream. On these trips we started in the evening, steamed PAGE NINE all night, and began dredging early the following morning. In 1882 the dredging was on the continental slope. This area is rich in living forms, and the net of the trawl usually came up loaded with a great variety of annelids, crusttacea, echinoderms and mollusks, and not a few fishes. The temperature of the water at the surface, at the bot- tom and, occasionally, at inter- mediate depths, was taken, and the character of the bottom was noted. I remember that among bottom specimens which I car- ried home with me were some samples rich in foraminifera brought up by the Albatross in 1883. Later some small frag- ments of a limestone which, in Western Pennsylvania lies about 1100 feet below the Pittsburg Coal Bed, were obtained from one of the oil wells in Washing- ton, Pa. When thin slices of this material were made it was man- ifest that the rock from which they had come had been built up of practically the same kind of material as the material which had come from the bot- tom of the Atlantic Ocean off our coast and at a depth of over 1000 fathoms. When I set these two facts before my classes, as I did annually for a long series of years, the one evidence brought from the crust of the earth some 1600 feet below the college ‘buildings, and in a stratum of the Mississipian for- mation, the other, from the bot- tom of the Atlantic Ocean, and belonging to our own age, I tried to pass on to my classes some of my own reactions; the vast abyss of time which sepa- rated these symbols, the impli- cations to be drawn therefrom, and a comparison with our own brief adventure in time. So far as I could see these reflections were received by the students with undisturbed calm. On one of the trips to the Gulf Stream in 1882 lines were put out and left for several hours in an attempt to secure speci- mens of the tile fish. A great many fish of different kinds were taken in this way but there were no tile fish among them. It was the hope of Pro- fessor Baird that the tile fish had not been completely des- troyed, and that ultimately the tile fish grounds might become a valuable source of fish food. My published reminiscences were concerned for the most part with the years 1882-1887. It would be too heavy a tax on the capacity of The Collecting Net for me to attempt to speak in detail of those who crowd upon the scene as I think over the years which have marked my acquaintance with the labor- atory of the Bureau of Fish- eries. In the summer of 1889 I recall as I write that there were working in the laboratory: BE. A. Andrews, R. P. Bigelow, W. K. Brooks, E. R. Boyer, C. B. Davenport, M. C. Greenman, C. F. Hodge, F. C. Herrick, T. H. Morgan, Sho Watase, H. V. Wil- son, and W. M. Woodworth. There may have been others whom I do not recall, but any one who contemplates this list must realize that it was rare good fortune that brought one into such fellowship. Of the years between 1889 and 1898 I cannot speak from personal knowledge of the pro- gress of events at the Bureau of Fisheries Laboratory at Woods Hole. Catalogues On Request SINCE 1852 MAKERS OF Microscopes and Accessories Microtomes Projection Apparatus Photomicrographic Cameras Field Glasses Botanical Apparatus Photographic Lenses Centrifuges Haemocytometers Spectrometers Refractometers Colorimeters Other Optical Products Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. Main Office and Factory: Rochester, N. Y. New York: Park and 42nd Sts. - Boston:. 333 Washington St. Chicago: 5 No. Wabash Ave. San Francisco: 28 Geary St. PAGE TEN Conservation Work of Bureau of Fisheries (Continued from First Issue) This brief outline of the pur- poses and activities of the Bu- reau will be sufficient to show that its primary purpose is the conservation of our fishery re- sources. It is pertinent, there- fore, to inquire just what is meant by conservation. This much abused word does not mean merely saving, although it is probable that in the popu- lar mind the two words are sy- nonymous. It may be said that conservation involves as much the utilization of a resource to the fullest possible extent com- patible with its perpetuation, as it does the preserving of the re- source against undue exploita- tion. A greater appreciation of the necessity for conserving our fisheries has undoubtedly been brought about by the serious depletion of some of the most important of them. The stur- geon have all but disappeared from both coastal and inland waters; the salmon of the At- lantic coast have been entirely exterminated or seriously di- minished in number in many streams, and in certain streams on the Pacific coast the salmon are much reduced; the halibut on both coasts have been dis- tinctly reduced in numbers, un- questionably as a result of over- fishing; the shad and mullet of the east coast and the whitefish- es and related forms of the Great Lakes have been affected; and the production of oysters has fallen off. Division of Scientific Inquiry The work of the division of scientific inquiry is exceedingly diverse. A large measure of ef- fort is devoted to biological stu- dies of important food fishes and of other animals such as oysters, crabs, clams, etc., which yield important aquatic prod- ucts. The scientific investiga- tion of the fisheries, or of the fish on which the fisheries are based, provides data essential for the proper conservation of the resources. We must have information relative to such fundamental facts as the rate of growth, age at maturity, time and manner of spawning. habits of the young, feeding habits of both young and old, extent and direction of migrations, and the extent to which the various groups of fish mingle, particu- larly with respect to their -in- terbreeding. A considerable amount of attention is given to enemies or other elements in their environment which tend to reduce the abundance. of those forms from which we-ob- tain our fishery products. Such THE COLLECTING NET studies are commonly known as “life-history studies” and con- siderable attention is paid to investigations of this nature. As an aid to the work of arti- ficial propagation, studies are also conducted dealing with the pathology and nutrition of fishes. The oyster industry of the Atlantic coast is one of the most fisheries, annually yielding about $14,000,000 worth of products. It is pro- secuted in every coastal state from Massachusetts to Texas, but in many localities it has declined to an alarming extent, the total decrease in yield. in valuable the last 20 years amounting to almost 60 per cent. The bureau has been investigating the causes of this depletion and has found that it is largely due to pollution combined with the over-fishing of the natural oy- ster beds close to shore. Dur- ing the first two weeks of its life the young oyster is a very delicate microscopic animal and is free swimming. At this stage in its life it is very easily killed by such adverse conditions as are brought about by the pollu- tion of the coastal waters. It is also true that oysters do not set free their eggs until the) water in which they are living has warmed up to a temperature of approximately 70 degrees. Frequently in the North the deever water fails to become sufficiently warm for spawning to occur in any appreciable quantity. As a result the seed- ing of the beds out from shore depends to a considerable extent upon the successful spawning on those inshore. The young oysters drift with the currents from there onto the offshore beds, settling down there and under favorable conditions, they reach maturity. Thus it may be seen, that, in certain localities such as the Long Isand Sound region, the success of oyster cul- ture is dependent on the suc- cessful spawning of oysters close to shore. Unfortunately this is where pollution is most abundant and where the young free-swimming oysters have the noorest chance for survival. There is apparently little possi- bility for improvement in this fishery until the pollution prob- lem has been remedied. Despite the fact that the oy- ster has been cultivated for hun- dreds of years and is one of the best known mollusks there is a surprising lack of exact infor- mation concerning its life his- tory. These problems are be- ing attacked in a_ systematic manner at the Bureau’s Woods Hole laboratory. The great salmon fisheries of the Pacific constitute our most valuable fishery. Blanchard, the scene of which is laid in Woods Hole. The proceeds of the plays will be used for improvements for the two clubs. six years the income from plays has enabled the Tennis Club to pay off the debt on the beach courts, te replace the back-nets around the mess court. During the present season, it has rebuilt the surface of and subdrained the beach courts,an ex- pensive procedure costing more than fifteen hundred dollars. the M. B. L. Club has enclosed the porch, thereby nearly doubl- ing the capacity of the club- house; it has redecorated the in- terior; and has been enabled to enlarge greatly the facilities of the Club. Altogether these im- provements have cost nearly four thousand dollars and a large share of this sum has been derived from the plays. The will be no advance sale of tickets and no reserved seats. Tickets will be $.50 and $1.00 and will be on sale at the door, beginning at 7: 45 P. M. During the past! The Elizabeth Theatre FALMOUTH, MASS. HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS Show Starts at 7.45 — Feature Picture at 8.30 Short Reels Repeated After the Feature Picture. A COMPLETE SHOW AFTER 8.30 Saturday Two Shows at 7.00 and 9.00 O'clock Matinees Monday, Wednesday and Saturday at 2.30 Monday.>).3::)i2ce eee August 8 MARION DAVIES In “LILLIE THE TOILER” Fox News Pathe Comedy Wuesday «...\.Apeeeee August 9 “DONN THE STRETCH” A Great Racing Melodrama Comedy News Wed. and Thurs. August 10-11 THE DUNCAN SISTERS in “LOPSY AND ERA” News Short Reel igiehentysi eps iar ey or niet ota August 12 LOUISE FOZENDA im “THE CRADLE SNATCHERS” A Riotious Comedy Se eee PAGE TWELVE PROMOTION OF RESEARCH) IS TOPIC OF CONFERENCE A conference was held on Thursday evening, July 28 at} the Marine Biological Labora- tory in regard to problems of re- search in colleges. The meeting was called in accordance with | the instructions from a similar conference held last summer. Twenty-two different institu- tions were represented. Dr. H. B. Goodrich of Wesleyan Uni- versity acted as chairman. Dr. M. M. Metcalf presented an informal report of the activi- ties of the Joint Committee for Promotion of Research in American Colleges. This com- mittee was organized as the re- sult of a resolution introduced by Dr. Vernon Kellogg at a general session of the A. A. A. 8. at Philadelphia in December 1926. It consists of representa- tives of various learned socie- ties. Among the plans sugges- ted is a recommendation for the establishment with outside co- operation of three different means of assistance. First, by small financial grants, to relieve teachers of the necessity of gain- ful occupation during the sum- mer, in order that the time may be devoted to research. Second- ly, to establish research fellow- ships for younger members of college faculties. Thirdly; to establish rotating research pro- fessorships probably one in a college. It has been suggested that such experiments be tried out first in a few colleges, pre- ferably in different parts of the country where there is ex- pectation that results will be satisfactory. After a discussion of this report, statements were made in regard to conditions in various colleges. Dr. O. L. Inman re- ported the organization of a re- search committee at Antioch College which apportions a re- search grant made by the col- lege. Dr. C. G. Rogers outlined the; conditions at Oberlin where a research committee of the science departments has been in existence for some time. Dur- ing the last year a general com- mittee representing all depart- ments has been organized. Dr. J. W. Mavor spoke of the unusual conditions existing at Union College because of sup- port given to definite research projects by the General Electric Company. Encouragement is not limited to the field of elec- trical engineering. Dr. H. H. Plough outlined the recent reorganization of M:; A. work ut Amherst. The old sys- tem of course requirements has been abolished and now the pro- gram of each student is made to center about some special | committee THE COLLECTING NET : Serious Explosion On Hilton’s “Playmate”’ Those ardent scientists who spring like old fire horses to the hoot of the Woods Hole fire siren, and who are invariably to be seen steaming along in the wake of the hook and ladder, were tremendously excited last Saturday, upon emerging from the lab. to see the Woods Hole Fire Department apparently putting out a blaze in the fire house. After more careful in- vestigation, however, it was seen that the fire was on board the “Playmate” which was pull- ed up to the drawbridge. Mr. Hilton, the owner of the boat, was priming the engine in pre- paration for one of his frequent Saturday afternoon sailing parties when the explosion took place. The cabin had been closed during the hot forenoon and it is believed that gas had accumu- lated and was ignited by the combustion of the engine. Mr. Hilton was rather severely burn- ed and the “Playmate” will pro- bably need about three hundred dollars worth of repairs before she will again be the jolly craft that has taken so many weary biologists away from their mi- croscopes—and brought them back again. Conference On Research (Continued from Column 1) piece ef research. A research is established and the college makes grants for en- couragement of special research projects. The conditions at Wesleyan University were outlined by Dr. H. B. Goodrich. There are found means of encouragement such as research funds in cer- tain departments, limited steno- graphic aid, a full time research associate in one department, a college machine shop ete. There is kept a record in the College Bulletin of all publications by members of the faculty. A re- search committee has recently been established. There was a general discus- sion of various points raised and the following resolutions were passed: Resolved: that this conference approves plans for encourage- ment of research formulated by the Joint Committee on Promo- tion of Research in American Colleges. Resolved: that reports given at this Woods Hole conference show that direct results have been accomplished through the efforts of the Committee and that in the opinion of this con- ference it is desirable that the Committee should continue its efforts for the promotion of re- search in American Colleges. Ready in September INTRODUCTION LEO es VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY By WALDO SHUMWAY University of Illinois The distinctive feature of this book is the use of two methods of presentation. The comparative method, now used quite generally by the foremost English, French, and German embryologists and more recently adopted by American. zoologists, is employed in lec- tures and reading, while the sequential method is utilized in the laboratory work. This combination, correlating embryological prin- ciples brought out by classroom discussion and lectures, with ihe anatomy of vertebrate embryos, as studied in the laboratory, has produced a text which is both practical and teachable. Particular emphasis has been placed on four forms: Amphioxus, the frog, the chick, and man. This section includes the embryonic membranes, and the development of body form. The second division deals with the derivation of the separate organs and organ systems from the germ layers. Part III, which covers the atlas, treats of the anatomy of the frog, chick, and the pig. Here a general ac- count is given of the three major embryological types followed by a statement of their differences. JOHN WILEY & SONS Inc. Publishers 440 Fourth Avenue, New York New College Texts in Biology Important Revisions of a Successful Text and Manual for the Elementary Course Foundations of Biology, Third Edition By Lorande Loss Woodruff, Professor of Biology in Yale University. Published July 19th, 8vo, 546 pages $3.50 The revision of this widely used text represents not only the addition of much material covering recent advances in the science, but also a re- polishing of the older material, the addition of many new figures, and a new chapter emphasiz- ing the signifiance of biological knowledge for human welfare. Manual of Biological Forms, Revised Edition. By George A. Baitsell, Associate Professor of Biology in Yale University. Published July 19th, 8vo, 411 pages $2.50 A successful manual for the general biology or zoology course, covering a wide range of animal and plant forms. In this revised edition much new material has been added and a number of the laboratory exercises have been rewritten. Especially adapted for use with Woodruff: Foundations of Biology, Third Edition, but suit- able for other texts as well. Teachers of College Biology will gladly be sent examina- tion copies on request to THE MACMILLAN COMPANY 60 FIFTH AVENUE NEW YORK CITY Volume It Number 6 TRUSTEES AND MEMBERS OF M. B. L. CORPORATION HELD MEETING TUESDAY Conklin and Stockard On Executive Committee At their meeting on August 10 the Trustees of the Marine Biological Laboratory appointed Dr. Edwin G. Conklin and Dr. Charles R. Stockard to replace Dr. Grave and Dr. Glaser whose terms automatically terminate this year. The following individuals were elected as members of the Corporation of the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory: T. H. Bis- sonette, S. C. Dellinger, T. Y. Graham, Florence Hague, P. Reznikoff, H. W. Stunkard, W. B. Unger and W. E. Bullington. At the meeting of the Cor- poration which was held at noon on Tuesday, the following men were elected to the corpor- ation: Treasurer—Mr. Riggs, (One year) Clerk—Calkins (One year) Trustees: to serve to 1931—H. C. Bumpus, W. C. Curtis, B. M. Dugger, G. T. Moore, W. J. V. Osterhant, J. R. Sehaum. W. M. Wheeler, L. L. Woodruff. fl. B. LZ. Calendar Wednesday, Ausust 24 8:15 P. M. Moving Picture and Lecture. “The Tale of an Ancient Mariner’. Presented by Chester Seott How- land. Reserved seats, $1.00. Gen- eral admission, 50c. For the bene- fit of the Collecting Net Scholar- ship Fund. Currents in the Hole At following hours the current in the hole turns to run from Buz- zards Bay to Vineyard Sound: DATE A.M. P.M. Aug 5:01 5:14 Aug. Dabb 6:08 Aug. 6:41 6:49 Aug 125 7:57 Aug 8:12 8:46 Aug. 9:06 9:41 Aug. 10:01 10:47 Aug. 10:54 11:45 In each case the current changes six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. WOODS HOLE, MASS., SATURDAY, AUGUST 18, 1927 ANNUAL WATER SPORTS PROVIDE ENTERTAINMENT Swimmers and Divers Compete in Fish Commission Basin Warbasse Boys Outstanding Stars The annual Woods Hole Water Sports were held on Fri- day, August 5, and furnished diversion for a large crowd of Laboratory workers, cottagers and townspeople. Thanks to the generous and sympathetic support of the Bureau of Fish- eries authorities it was found possible to hold these events in the basin of the Fish Commis- sion, a place admirably adapted to the accommodation of both contestants and spectators. As always in the past, the Water Sports were sponsored this year by Mrs. J. P. War- basse, whose enthusiatie inter- est and whole hearted assistance makes their success possible. To her, and to Drs. Allen and Bradley, who carried on the im- portant work of judging and announcing, a large vote of thanks is due. The Warbasse and Bradley families were also outstanding in other directions. Dick War- basse won the Senior Dive and the Senior Dash and 220-yard Swim. Pete Warbasse finished second in the Senior Dash and, with his brother, competed on the winning Relay Team. Steven Bradley won both the Junior Boys’ Swim and Dive, and D. Bradley finished second in the Junior Boys’ Swim. Among the girls, Isabelle Morgan and Hilda Wilson car- ried off highest honors, the former winning the Junior Girls’ Dive and finishing second in the 50-yard and 220-yard Swims, the latter winning the Senior Girls’ Dive and both the short and long distance Swims. In the Mens’ Relay Races, a picked Penzance-Naushon team defeated a team of Invertebrate Zoologists, after a See-sa'w struggle. (Continued on Page 11) pi) ‘nif ] v1 Hy Subscription $1.25 Single Copies, 20¢ THE BACTERIOPHAGE Dr. J. J. BRONFENBRENNER Associate, Rockefeller Institute Dr. Brenfenbrenner delivered a lecture bearing the above title on | the evening of July 19. The author’s summary and a review of the paper follow. ; } The agent responsible for the phenomenon of transmissible lysis of bacteria is, according to d’Herelle, a living colloidal mi- cella about 20 mu mu in diameter, belonging to a group of so- called filtrable viruses. Although representing the simplest pos- Review Dr. B. M. DUGGER Professor of Plant Physiology and Economic Botany, University Wisconsin The data presented by Dr. Bronfenbrenner in his lecture on the “bacteriophage” are of particular interest, and there is no need of a review of his dis- cussion as a whole. Instead, I may make a few general com- ments on the field of work, but not as a specialist in it. Transmissible lysis of bac- teria, now frequently referred to as the d’Herelle phenomenon, is for the moment, and proper- ly, one of the unusually attrac- tive fields of investigation in bacteriology. Observations re- specting the general course of events in the lysis of certain bacterial cultures may be dupli- cated readily by any one familiar with bacteriological technique, but the initiation of experiments that may be of critical value in determining or in approaching a determination of the nature of the agent involve varied tech- nique and a wide acquaintance with physico-chemical methods. The phenomenon is of outstand- ing importance, without regard to possible interpretations. It happens that almost from the beginning there have been two chief directions of interpre- tation. Fortunately, both might seem full of possibilities for re- search and illuminating informa- tions. For d’Herelle and those who believe with him, here is an agency of disease belonging un- mistakably to the lower forms of life, and although apparently of colloidal dimensions, it is quite competent to exhibit many (Continued on Page 8) sible form of life, this agent (variously named by him: Bac- teriophage, Bacteriophagum in- testinale, Protobios bacterio- phagus) possesses all the essen- tial attributes of higher forms of life. It is particulate. It is capable of assimilating bacteria or their products. It multiplies, and if grown on solid media in the presence of susceptible bac- teria, it forms colonies. There exists but one universal bacter- iophage, which is capable of adapting :itself to changes in environment, including changes in the bacterial substratum. It acts on bacteria by invading them and, multiplying within the invaded cells, causes them to distend and finally burst, libera- ting the parasites in the solu- tion. It secretes a lytic enzyme which finally disposes of the bacterial debris left after the bursting. If the infection by the bacteriophage is not too severe, a certain number of in- dividual bacteria may recover from the disease, developing a specific active immunity. While the majority of obser- vations of d’Herelle and his collaborators have been substan- tiated by numerous investiga- tors, there exists a wide diver- gence of opinion concerning the interpretation of these observa- tions. In a series of investiga- tions covering several phases of the question the lecturer came to the conclusion that the con- ception of the living nature of the agent of transmissible lysis is not warranted. Without denying the abstract possibility of the existence of some primi- tive form of life representing the transition in the evolution from unorganized matter to the (Continued on Page 3) PAGE TWO THE COLLECTING NET ae “Reminiscences*of the Fish | Commission” | Dey EpWin LINTON Honorary Research Fellow in Zool- ology, University of Pennsylvania HI. Early Days | (Continued) In the years 1898-1900 the laboratory was under the di-. rectorship of Dr. H. C. Bumpus. His energy and initiative, and the fertility of his mind in sug- gesting lines of investigation exercised a strong, directive in- fluence on the work that was carried on in those years. Work- ers in the laboratory in those years were favored by being brought into the intellectually high potential field of Dr. George H. Parker’s personality. I re- call vividly the ease with which he then, and in succeeding years, undertook the solution of what seemed to be difficult problems, the simplicity of his point of attack, and the success which attended his researches. The sense of hearing in fishes, their reaction to aerial sound waves. the function of the otolith and of the lateral line, were some of the problems which he solved with the aid of such instruments of precision as a hat pin, a two- by-four plank fastened to an aquarium and the one-pound gun of the revenue cutter Acushnet. For several years prior to 1911, when the results were pub- lished, systematic work of a quite comprehensive nature was conducted by Dr. Francis B. Sumner, director of the labora- tory for a number of years, as- sisted by Drs. Raymond C. Osburn, L. C. Cole and Bradley M. Davis, in the making of a general biological survey of the region. Nothing of this sort had been attempted since Pro- fessor A. E. Verrill’s Report upon the Invertebrate Animlas of Vineyard Sound and the Ad- jacent Waters, with an Account of the Physical Characters of the Region. This report will be found in the Report of the U. 8. Fish Commission for 1871-2, pp. 295-778; plates 1-39. The report of the survey which was made by Dr. Sumner and those associated with him was published in Volume xxxl, Parts I and II, of the Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries. A figure familiar to those who were in any way connected with the Fish Commission Laboratory at Woods Hole, from its begin-’ ning to the time of his death in 1919, was Vinal N. Edwards, to -whose memory a tablet was placed in the Laboratory Build- ing of the Bureau of Fisheries two years ago. A fitting tribute to the activities of Mr. Edwards is given by Dr. Sumner in the introduction to the Report upon the Biological Survey, Part I, p. 125 . It was found by us that Mr. Edwards still possessed copious notes relaiing to the yield of fish traps, tyke nets, seining trips, and ‘tow-net collecting which had never been utilized. . Indeed one of the motives which prompted its compilation was a desire to incorporate in a permanent form the valuable but still unpublished data in the possession of this indefatigable collector and observer. The artistic eye of Charles R. Knight saw in Vinal an interest- ing type. He made a sketch of him which he afterwards paint- ed. And this reminds me that Mr. Knight first came to Woods Hole in the summer of 1899. Those who listened to his lecture in the Residence Building of the Fish Commission a year or SO ago will remember it, I am sure, as one of the most entertaining and instructive talks that they have ever listened to. In 1899 Mr. Knight had a table in my room in the laboratory where he painted a number of fish, among them at least one shark. One day Dr. Whitman’s Japanese artist, Hyashi, was in my room and he and Knight were talking about European animal painters. Hyashi was about to make a six week’s visit to Paris, and was getting what information he could about Paris animal paint- ers. A part of that conversation still remains in my memory; perhaps it is because I told it to Dr. Bumpus, shortly after I heard it and he had me tell it, I don’t know how many times, during that summer. The name of the artist I am not sure about, but as I recall it, the name was Dupin. Hyashi asked: “Do you know painter name Dupin?” To which Knight made answer: “No, I don’t think so. How do you spell it?” Hyashi spelled it. Whereupon Knight exclaimed: “Oh, Dupin, you bet! He’s a corker!’’ Hyashi smiled politely, waited a bit for Knight to ans- wer his question, and then ask- ed: “Is he a gooda painter.” He was not interested in corkers, but he was interested in animal painters. While the work which is car- ried on in the research labora- tories of the Bureau of Fisheries has to do mainly with practical problems relating to the fish- eries industry much of it is pro- secuted without any immediate utilitarian object in view. Asan example of the way in which some practical use may be made of data that was collected with no purpose in mind other than to find out certain facts, I may be permitted to include here a bit of personal experience. On June 17, 1915 I received a telegram from Dr. H. M. Smith, U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, asking me to be in Washington on the 19th for a consultation cencerning parasites in butterfish, in order that I might appear on the fol- lowing Monday before repre- sentatives of the Department of Health of New York City to present arguments against the embargo which had been placed upon the sale of that food fish. I complied with Dr. Smith’s request, and at 9:30 A. M. on the 21st I met, by appointment, representatives of the Depart- ment of Health at their office, Center and Walker Streets. Of the officials whom I met on that occasion I remember best S. S. Goldwater, Chairman of Com- mission of the Department of Health, and Dr. Hermann Betts, Chief of Division of Food In- spection. The Department had condemned some consignments of butterfish on account of worms in the flesh. I soon found that it was not cestode cysts in the flesh which were objected to, but nemtodes, which Dr. Betts assured me were wrigg- ling in enormous numbers in the flesh. I told them that I had been examining butterfish in considerable numbers every year for the last ten years, and that while cestode cysts were often present, and sometimes in considerable numbers, that ne- matodes did not occur in the butterfish which I had examined on the southern coast of New England. I also stated that im- mature nematodes were com- mon on the viscera of butterfish, as well as of other food fishes, but that they did not in my ex- perience penetrate the flesh. This information, by the way, could have been secured from the fish dealers of Fulton Mar- ket. My testimony was ineffec- tive, Dr. Goldwater, with a frankness of expression from which there was a _ singular absence of suavity, remarking that I did not know anything about nematode parasites in butterfish, and Dr. Betts vehe- mently asserting that practical- ly every butterfish brought to the market was wriggling with worms. Seeing that we were not likely to get anywhere, the ‘suggestion was made that some butterfish be sent to us from the market. This was done, and in a short time six butterfish were delivered at the office. Dr. Betts bravely attacked one of them with a butcher knife. He vali- antly slashed through the belly of the fish, dragging the viscera, ‘ which happened to be carrying a considerable number of im- mature nematodes, mainly clus- tered on the pyloric caeca, across the muscle tissue. The doughty doctor hopped about in excietment, fairly shouting: “There, see, see them! I told you the flesh was wriggling with them!’ I called his attention to the fact that the worms had been dragged by the knife from the abdominal cavity onto the muscle tissue, and asked him to open the others from the back, without disturbing the viscera. This, rather reluctantly as it seemed to me, he agreed to do. None of the fish thus opened had any nematodes either in or on the flesh. I left the offiee of the Com- missioner of the Department of Public Health in a fairly good humor, although there passed a few minutes of the interview when I yearned to pitch the Commissioner of Public Health out of the window, throwing in the Chief of Division of Food Inspection for good measure. After I reached Woods Hole I looked over my records of ex- aminations of butterfish for flesh parasites, and was able to report to the Bureau of Fisheries, and my reports were transmit- ted to the Department of Health in New York, that out of the some 5000 butterfish which I had examined for flesh para- sites in successive years, from 1904 to 1914 inclusive, I had record of but two nematodes found in the flesh, and they be- longed to a different species from that represented by the immature forms common on the viscera of the butterfish, and other food fish. It appears that the trouble was started by some, possibly well-meaning blunderer, who induced housekeepers to buy their fish direct from people who ‘supplied the fish at a rate below that asked at the market. These fish were not dressed by the dealer, and when housekeepers, in preparing these fish for the table, saw veritable worms in them, not being familiar with the ways of nature, and associa- ting worms of any kind with what is usually meant by “wormy meat’’, naturally raised clamorous complaint. This com- plaint reached the ears of the Department of Health Officials, who immediately, in their ignor- ance, took action, which, if it had been persisted in, would have meant the destruction of a great amount of wholesome food, and would have kept from the markets of New York a very considerable proportion of the vield of the fish traps of those parts of our coast which supply the markets of that city. ; Dr. H. F. Moore, at that time Deputy U. S. Fish Commission- er, estimated that, during the short time that the embargo against butterfish was in effect at New York, butterfish to the value of at least $30,000 were thrown overboard. (Continued on Page 11) — LABORATORY MACHINE SHOP One is apt to take a machine shop rather for granted. To most people the words register grease, heat and noise, assorted nds from the purr of a fan pelt to the sharp scratch of fil- ing. But somehow things at the Marine Biological Labora- tory all seem to claim the vir- tue of origniality. The machine shop at the Laboratory 1s In some ways like your own front par!or. Probably it is cleaner. The most fastidious person would be willing to acknowl- edge the neatness of the swept cement floor and the remark- able order among the tools and the sort of “what-nots that usually have the habit of being in perpetual confusion. One wonders what sort of hocus- pocus does the trick. But pro- bably one might eall it the “house wifely attitude’ applied to machinery. Yet that is hard- ly a fair way to describe Mr. Larkin and his helpers, for not only do they keep the shop ship- shape, but they have improved it with an initiative that has been augmenting the efficiency of the service rendered to the M. B. L. The great minds in the La- boratory, from the first floor up to the roof are formulating their theories on the flabby mud puppy or on Nereis the circu- Jar swimmer, but there are times when they must come down to earth—or rather to the basement, where Mr. Larkin cheeriully officiates. Several labor-saving devices have been added to the machine shop. There is for instance the apparatus for ‘cutting glass tub- ing. The tubing is wrapped in a microne wire which is heated until it becomes red hot and sears the glass to a point of easy breaking. Simple enough, but far more efficient than the usual filing. Glass is an aristorcratic sub- stance for it commands two more machines to minister to its wants. There is a new Sav- age-looking grinder in the machine shop which can des- troy the glaze on a piece of glass within a few moments. Secondly there is an _ oven, shaped very much like the good old-fashioned Dutch bake ovens. Only this one can heat up to 600° C., and by the time this temperature is reached the glass realizes that resistance is im- possible and yields to be mold- ed into one of a thousand pos- sible shapes. Not as picture- sque as the way they do it in Venice (especially for the bene- fit of tourists), but more effec- tive for the up-to-date scientist. *, THE COLLECTING NET Another innovation which saves time, trouble and expense, is found in the proud, new at- tachments on the ovygen tanks. They are shiny-faced gauges rimmed with brass, and obviate the necessity of sending tanks all the way to Boston to be filled. . The prize achievement of the machine shop this year is, how- ever, the building of two splen- did constant temperature baths. One, made by Mr. Phipps, stands in the machine shop, the other is already in action. These peices of machinery look like crosses between a refrigerator and a swimming pool. A large tank is filled with water in which are immersed two, giant electric light bulbs. The water is kept at a constant tempera- ture automatically by means of a mercurial tube which breaks or establishes the electric con- tact as the temperature changes in accordance. Although the analogy is far fetched, one is somehow, reminded of the spas- modic electric signs on dear, distant Broadway as the light flashes on beneath the water with surprising suddeness There is, though, a feeling of far greater awe on being in- formed that the regulatory ap- paratus is as fussy as to keep the temperature correct to one one-hundredth of a degree. The water is of course kept in con- stant circulation, and it is said that the machine works better at low temperatures. To the researchers who use these strange contraptions with as much abandon as you might pick up an ordinary saucepan, the machine shop is just another room in the brick building, but to those credulous and uniniti- ated ones who can still marvel at machinery, it has a faint stir of magic about it. Bronfernbrenner’s Summary (Continued from Page 1) organized, the lecturer believes that bacteriophage does not ex- emplify such a transition. The experimental evidence presented by the lecturer tends to indicate that the agent of transmissible lysis of bacteria is diffusible. The particulate distribution of the agent is therefore only apparent and is due to its ready adsorption on the surface of colloidal particles of the medium. The size of the particles which are apparently endowed with the activity is not uniform; moreover, it can be varied experimentally by caus- ing redistribution of the agent on the surface of more highly dispersed colloids. The agent has no independent metabolism. it does not respire and does not possess reducing power. While it undoubtedly accumulates in the medium dur- ing the reaction there is no evidence of actual growth and assimilation of the substratum by it. It accumulates only in the presence of actively growing young susceptible bacteria, and the rate of its accumulation de- pends entirely on the rate of growth of the susceptible bac- teria. The sterile areas produced by the agent on the surface of agar seeded with bacteria do not re- present “colonies” of the living virus but are the result of dif- fusion of the lytic agent. The size and number of the sterile areas (plaques) can be varied at will by changing the concen- tration of the medium. At low temperatures diffusion of the agent continues, and the size of the plaques increases in spite of the inhibition of bacterial growth and the consequent in- terruption in the further pro- duction of bacteriophage. The adaptibility of the agent to various bacterial substrata is strictly limited within the group of closely related species, and is not a general rule even within these limits. The sam- ples of bacteriophage affecting unrelated species of bacteria ex- hibit a number of characteristics which make it possible to dis- tinguish them from one another. When a given material exhibits activity for two or more species of unrelated bacteria it can be shown that it contains a mix- ture of different phages. The agent is probably a pro- duct of bacteria secreted by them into the medium during the abnormally rapid growth stimulated by the small amount of phage introduced from with- out. Apparently, similar changes in bacteria may be set up within the animal organism by some as yet unknown stimu- lus, and may result in the spon- taneous production of phage. Although many investigators claim to have caused such spon- taneous production of phage by bacteria under the influence of various stimuli, in vitro, their evidence is not quite convinc- ing. When active agent (phage) is introduced into a_ bacterial culture, it begins to accumulate there prior to and independently of the lysis of bacteria. Within a few hours following its in- troduction, bacteria begin to swell. Measurements of the viscosity of the culture indicate that at the height of the reac- tion bacterial mass may occupy twelve or more times its origi- nal volume. Cinematographic record shows that. at the height of swelling bacteria burst, with- out leaving any visible debris in the majority of instances. PAGE THREE Ready solubility of the bacterial residue would indicate that the cytoplasm has undergone diges- tion prior to bursting of the bacteria. Chemical analysis of lysed cultures shows evidences of such digestion. Duzggar’s Review (Continued from Page 1) of the activities of living organ- isms. With this interpretation we would be in possession of material for experimental work within the realm of the animate but on the very borderland of the inanimate. It would be a surprising opportunity, and the parasitism—if such it is—of this agency on the bacteria renders it not much more diffi- cult of experimentation than if it were a saprophyte. On the other hand there has been the other general line of in- terpretation, none too detinitely formulated in most cases, to the effect that this specific lysis, or any similar lysis, does not in- volve the idea of parasitism. In general, the lytic agent is re- garded as of enzymic nature; at least, the process must be di- rectly chemical, perhaps a chain of reactions, with appropriate catalyzers. This view naturally leads (in part) to an intensified study of . organic catalysts in general and of the possible effects of chem- ical agents in activating the pro- duction of the complex catalysts characteristic of the cell. In short, the borderland of the animate would be fascinat- ing; but the “propagation” of a pathological metabolic distur- bance, whether as a “disease” of a colony of bacteria or of a multicellular tissue or organism would be no less stimulating of research. The possible relation of bacteriophage studies to cer- tain, at least, of the so-called virus diseases of animals and plants is obvious. Dr. Bronfenbrenner’s work is a positive contribution, and among other conclusions dedu- cible from it is this: Certain of the assumptions of d’Herelle are not substantiated, and some exact experimental evidence is afforded to challenge the view that “Bacteriophage” is an organism. Dr. Stephen Walter Ranson, M. D., Ph. D.,—the author of “The Anatomy of the Nervous System”’—is now Professor of Neuro-Anatomy at Washington University in St. Louis. His position was incorrectly given in the advertisement of W. B. Saunders Company in our last issue owing to the accidental omission of the proof corrections made by the publisher. PAGE FOUR Conservation Work of Bureau of Fisherics (Continued from Last Issue) similar man- the Atlantic investigated. many impor- In a somewhat ner the cod of Coast are being We are learning tant things about their history and their migrations. From 1923 to 1926, over 36,000 cod, haddock and pollock were tagged off the coast of New England. Approximately 1600 of these were recaptured. There can be no question that the data obtained will be of incalculable value if the time ever comes when it will be necessary to pro- tect these fisheries. Fortunate- ly there is no evidence at the present time that depletion is taking place, but the great fish- ing banks are being exploited more and more each year, not only by the fishermen of the United States and Canada but also by European fishermen. Division of Fish Culture Very early in its history the bureau undertook the propaga- tion and distribution of the more important food and game fishes. The heaviest mortality among fishes occurs during their early life. Just as there is a greater death rate among babies than among older people so there is a greater death rate among young fishes during the first few days or months of their lives. Artificial propaga- tion is designed to eliminate the hazards of life in the early stages of fish development. From a small beginning this service has now come to be one of the largest in the Bureau and annually millions of young fish are reared and distributed in the interior and coastal waters of the United States. During the years 1925 and 1926 the annual distribution of fish of all species and stages of develop- ment totaled approximately 5,232,000,000 and of these all but about 108,000,000 were of direct commercial importance. production of this enormous number of young fish the Bu- reau operated 70 separate fish | cultural stations. An impor- the cooperation between the bu- reau and the various States which have thus far taken an active interest in practical fish culture. Such cooperative work has been varied in its nature, involving in some _ instances joint operations at egg-collect- ing stations, and frequent ex- change of eggs of various spe- cies for the convenient distri- bution of the resulting fish. In other cases the bureau has loaned its distribution cars to enable the States to quickly and ' life- | é | individuals who have establish- | ed In the | economically distribute the fish ‘rom their hatcheries. In still ther cases the bureau has been able to incubate fish eggs in its hatcheries acquired by States not operating hatcheries, the resulting fry or fingerlings be- | ing placed at the disposal of the State officers. Further cooper- ative work has been carried on in conjunction with clubs and nurseries for rearing to larger size fish furnished by the bureau. The net result has been to increase the fingerlings pro- | duction for 1926 two fold over that for 1925. In addition to the work of propagation, this division /has developed methods of resculng fish from the pools left by re- ceding river waters following spring floods. This work is conducted mainly in the upper Mississippi Valley and about 150,000,000 fish are rescued each year from pools where they would undoubtedly die and are returned to the main river. This is one of the most impor- tant and popular features of the bureau’s work in fish conserva- tion. During the year 1922 this work attained its greatest volume in the number of fish handled. A total of nearly 180,000,000 fish was thus sal- vaged and either returned to the original waters or delivered to applicants for planting in ad- jacent territory. The salvaged fishes comprise practically every useful species common in this region. There is consid- erable fluctuation in the volume of this work, which depends up- on climatic conditions and the stage of the river. The division of fish culture and the division of scientific in- quiry have cooperated for a number of years in the develop- ment and conservation of the fresh-water mussels of the Miss- issippi Valley. The shells of these mussels form the raw ma- terial which is used in the man- ufacture of pearl buttons—an industry of considerable impor- tance producing an annual out- put of about $7,000,000. The young mussels during the first two or three weeks of their lives ! | are minute microscopic animals. tant phase of this work has been ; During this stage of their exist- ence they live on the gills of certain fishes. It is necessary that they find the proper host fish soon after they are released from the parent or else they perish. The young mussels do practically no harm to the fish on which they are living and the Bureau has aided the main- tenance of the supply of mussels by bringing the young mussels and the proper host fishes to- gether. This work is done mainly in connection with the rescue operations. At the time YHE COLLECTING NET the fish are taken from the pools and before they are returned to the river some are placed in a tank of water in which enor- mous numbers of the minute larval forms of the mussels have been liberated. In a very few minutes hundreds of these have attached themselves to the fish which are then released. In two or three weeks the larval mussels will free themselves from the host and will drop into the mud at the bottom of the rivers and smaller streams where they may develop into adult mussels of commercial size. Division of Fishery Industries The activities of this division are directed along several lines; the gathering and study of fish- ery statistics, collecting data on the methods of the fisheries, and technological work looking to- ward the improvement of meth- ods of preparation and mer- chandising of the fishery prod- ucts and of the use of their by- products. The importance of adequate fishery statistics in a program of conservation,can not be over- estimated. It is only by the col- lection and study of such sta- tistics that the diminution in the stock of fish may be detect- ed before it has progressed to such an extent that it is appar- ent to fishermen. In that event it has already proceeded to such a degree that a rehabilitation of the stock is very difficult, if not impossible. The division of fishery industries attempts to collect as complete statistics as is possible with its limited per- sonnel and funds. In order to canvass the fisheries of the United States, it has been ne- cessary to divide the country in- to a number of sections which are canvassed at intervals of five or more years. The sec- tions are as follows: The New England states, the Middle At- lantic states, the South Atlantic states, the Gulf states, the Paci- fie states. the Great Lakes and the Mississippi River and trib- utaries. It is recognized that statistics collected at such intervals are really not adequate for conser- vation purposes. In view of this fact, special systems of sta- tisties have been instituted for some of the more important fisheries, especially those of in- ternational character. These consist of statistics which are published monthly of vessel landings at the principal New England ports, and at Seattle, Washington, and also annual canvasses of the shad fisheries in the Hudson and Potomac Rivers. The statistics in all cases include information on the number of men engaged and the gear employed in order that the intensity of the fishing ef- fort may be evaluated. Such data are of great value and pro- vide the only source of infor- mation which we have of the present tendency of our fisher- ies. They form the foundation on which must be based the practical application of meas- ures for conservation. Supplementing these statis- tics on landings of fish there is an annual report on the produc- tion of canned fishery products and by-products, and a monthly publication of the amounts of fish frozen and held in cold stor- age. The latter are collected by the Department of Agriculture through its Bureau of Agricul- tural Economics. These serve to furnish information of value in following the development of these ‘two very important phases of the fishing industries. : The extent to which fishery products may be made available to the people of the country is determined to no small extent by the price paid by the ultimate consumer. This price is deter- mined in part by the cost of fishing openations and this in turn is determined in part by . the cost of gear. Within the past few years the division of fishery industries has conducted extensive investigations looking toward the improvement of net preservatives. It has developed — a method of prolonging the life of fish nets by means of a cop- per compound which has found considerable favor, and is being used rather extensively. Fur- ther experiments are being con- ducted along these lines. Studies of the basic princi- ples involved in the preserva- tion of fish with salt have made possible the successful salting of fish at higher temperatures and therefore in warmer clim- ates. Such methods are now in commercial practice. Improved methods for freezing fish for storage and transportation have been worked out. Such im- provements will tend to reduce the losses during shipment, which are wasteful of. a valu- able food product and which are an important factor in increas- ing the cost of fish to the con- sumer. Improved methods have been developed for the canning of sardines which, it is believed, will make for a better product; possibly produced at a lower price, and which will tend to re- duce the waste of this valuable fish. These examples are illustra- tive of the technological work of this division. The impor- tance of this work from the viewpoint of conservation lies in the fact that the development of better methods of handling fishery products will prevent unnecessary waste and will im- prove the product and at the (Continued on Page 8) LS ee One Hundred Dollars For Scholarship Fund James Harvey Robinson Makes Contribution The Collecting Net Scholar- ship Fund has received a most welcome donation in the form of a one-hudred-dollar check from Mr. Robinson. In mak- ing the gift he said that their were no strings attached to it and that his donation was made as a token of appreciation to the laboratory. The Scholarship Fund has now accumulated the sum of $155.00, for the contributions listed below have been received: Dr. James Harvey Robinson $100.00 Mrrs. Annie Nathan Meyer 10.00 Dr. Ralph Cole 10.00 Anonymous 25.00 Anonymous 10.00 Total $155.00 The Committee on Awards met at noon on Thursday and selected ‘fifteen possible candi- dates for the two available scholarships. An application blank has been mailed to each of the candidates, and upon their return a careful study will be made by the committee which is made up by those in charge of each of the five classes. INSTRUCTIONS IN NAVIGATION The following directions have been taken from the government been taken from the Govern- ment Tide Book: Woods Hole is a narrow passage leading between numer- ous ledges and shoals from Vine- yard Sound to Buzzards Bay, between the mainland and No- namesset Island. It is well marked by buoys and beacons, but the tidal currents are so strong that the passage is dan- gerous without some local knowl- edge. The buoys in the narrow- est part of the channel are fre- quently towed under by the cur- rents. A stranger should not attempt to pass through except near slack water. Woods Hole is little used as ‘an anchorage on account of the strong tidal cur- rents and the narrow channel. Great and Little Harbors are on the northern side. The northerly channel in Woods Hole from Great Harbor to Buzzards Bay has a narrow but straight reach and was dredged 300 feet wide and 13 feet deep, but there are numer- ous spots with 10 to 12 feet over them. Another channel, Broad- way, was dredged 300 feet wide and 11 feet deep; but it necessi- tates a sharp turn; the straight reach should be given the pre- ference on account of the diffi- culty in making the turn in the strong currents. The deepest draft using the passage are local steamers of 11 feet draft. THE COLLECTING NET PAGE FIVE Nobska Point, on the eastern side of the approach to Woods Hole, is a low bluff marked by a lighthouse (white tower with covered way to a dwelling). Storm warning displays are made near the lighthouse. Ledges, partly bare at low wa- ter, extend 150 yards south- westward from the point. Little Harbor is the eastern- most of the two coves in the north shore of the passage. A channel 150 feet wide and 12 feet deep has been dredged to the wharf of the lighthouse de- side of the cove. and a turning basin 400 feet wide and 10 to 12 feet deep in front of the wharf. Small craft can anchor off or above the wharf, favoring the western side, in 7 to 12 feet. The dredged channel is marked by buoys, the course is marked harbor through it is 351° true (N 14 E mag.). Great Ledge is an extensive rocky shoal, awash at extreme low water, between the entrances to Little and Great Harbors. A red gas buoy marks its south- west side. Nonamesset Shoal is partly bare at low water, has depths of 10 to 13 feet near its edge, and extends 400 to 500 yards east- ward from the island on the western side of the entrance to Great Harbor. The shoal is marked at its southeasterly end by a black bell buoy, and on its easterly side by a black buoy. Great Harbor has ‘an anchor- age at the head about 144 mile ‘long and nearly 14, mile wide; its depth is irregular, ranging from 314 to 12 fathoms in the channel, and the holding ground is mostly poor. On the eastern side of the harbor is the wharf and depot of the New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad; and above this is the wharf, basin and large buildings of the United States Fish Commission, which are prominent when en- tering from southward. Shoals with 5 to 9 feet over them ex- tend 400 yards from the north- westerly end of the harbor. There is good anchorage 200 yards northwestward of the current and time of slack water are affected by strong winds. At either entrance to Woods Hole the velocity of the current at strength is nearly 1 knot. In the upper part of Great Harbor, near the Fish Commis- sion wharf, the currents are barely perceptible and vessels at anchor lie head to the wind. Ice.—The strong tidal cur- rents usually keep Great Har- bor open. Drift ice is brought through from Buzzards Bay, but seldom interferes with na- vigation, except in unusually (Continued on Page 11) pot, which is on the western ; Spencer Microscope No. 7H with ¥ Combination Body ANOTHER TRIUMPH IN Te wr MICROSCOPE CONSTRUCTION ne THE NEW SPENCER COMBINATION BINOCULAR and MONOCULAR BODY TWO IN ONE _Changes from binocular to monocular vision and vice versa as easily and quickly as from one objective to an- @ other on a nosepiece. ) With the new Combination body all the possibilities of both eyes—greater brilliancy of field, critical resolution and definition, ease and comfort of vision, stereoscopic effect, ete.—are at the command of the operator. It is no longer necessary to bother with two tubes. SPENCER LENS COMPANY Manufacturers SPENCERY Microscopes, Microtomes, Delineascopes, Optical [SPEts-ER™ Glass, Optical Measuring Instruments BUFFALG | Dissecting Instruments, Bte. f ae BUFFALO, N. Y. BRANCHES: NEW YORK, BOSTON, (CHICAGO, SAN FRANCISCO The BNA Arranged as an Outline of Regional and Systematic Anatomy A Contribution to the Science and Teaching of Anatomy Victor E. Emmel Professor of Anatomy, College of Medicine, University of Illinois Laboratory Guest at The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology REVISED SECOND EDITION The Basle Anatomical Nomenclature (the BNA) has been pre- eminently successful in the elimination of approximately 45,000 un- necessary synonyms for the macroscopic structures of the human body, and has consequently become an international anatomic language. . This list of some 5000 terms, intended for common use in the medical schools, was arranged on the basis of systematic human anatomy. It appears obvious, however, that, from the standpoint of practical anatomy, a regional arrangement of these terms in conjunction with their systematic tabulation would greatly increase the usefulness of the BN A. With this objective in mind, the present systematic B NA has been expanded to include a correlated regional arrangement of anatomical terms—an arrangement based upon the sequence in which the struc- tures indicated by these terms may be exposed and demonstrated to the naked eye in actual dissection—thus securing a direct association of the term with the visualization of the structure to which it refers. Although a minimum encroachment upon individual initiative is evaluated as a dominant objective to be sought, concise statements are given for the more difficult incisions and dissections involved in the demonstration of the structures listed. The order in which the ‘regions are dealt with is based upon a sequence which facilitates observation of those structural relationships of greatest practical significance. The work consequently contitutes a basis for a direct correlation of anatomical terminology and structure in the practical study of the cadaver and presents a résumé of regional and systema- tie anatomy for anatomical and clinical reference. This book of about 250 pages, illustrated with twelve plates and figures in delineation of surface anatomy and surface projections of the skeleton, will be ready September 15, 1927. Price, $3.50, bound in eloth. ADDRESS THE WISTAR INSTITUTE OF ANATOMY AND BIOLOGY Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. PAGE SIX The Collecting Net | A weekly publication devoted to the activities of the Marine Biologi- eal Laboratory and of Woods Hole in general. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Prof. of Anatomy, Cornell University Medical School. Edwin G. Conklin, Prof. of Biology, Princeton University. Lorande L. Woodruff, Prof. of Zoo- logy, Yale University. EDITORIAL STAFF Ware Cattell Hugh Montgomery Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn. .General News Helen S. Morris General News Jack Fogg Sport News Business Staff Katharine Underwood....Bus. Man. Ilse Michaelis....... Asst. Bus. Man. (Application for entry as second-class matter is pending.) The Universal Press ‘New Bedford Woods Massachusetts Hole The Woods Hole Choral Society The Woods Hole Choral So- ciety won for itself many friends on Monday evening when it presented its first annual con- cert. There are, however, a limited number of individuals at the laboratory who feel that its organization is not warant- ed. To us it seems a commend- able undertaking. As Dr. Lin- ton so well says: “there are a goodly number of people in the community who derive a great deal of pleasure from choral singing, and who are willing to devote a part of the time which they would, and should, give to recreation to the practice of choral singing.” The rehearsals cof the Choral Society are held twice a week after the conclusion of the evening lecture and thus they conflict in no way with laboratory work. We shall go a step further than the modesty of Dr. Linton —who is president of the so- ciety—permitted sufficient ex- cuse and reason for the exist- ‘tence of this society is alone furnished by the real enjoyment and pleasure that it will give to others. Those who attended MMonday’s concert will vouch for this statement. Dr. Arata Terao arrived on- ‘August 10 to carry on work as an independent investigator. Dr. Terao is professor of Zoo- logy at the Imperial Fisheries Institute in Tokyo, Japan. THE COLLECTING NET Ode to Drosophila (Tune:—‘Maryland, my Maryland.’’) | Drosophila, Drosophila, enshrined within thy lactic jar, What variations there are seen—red, barred, balloon, and eosin; What strange proportions in they race, When non-disjunction takes its place; Yet from them many a formula we learn to know, Drosophila. Drosophila, Drosophila, thou dipterous philosopher, Within thy macrohromosomes, how many pangenes have their homes? Thy spermic cells, O muscid elf, Teach me the secrets of myself, And Life’s deep problems buried are, within thy cells. Drosophila. * * * Turpentine (Tune: “Clementine.” ) In a pine-tree, in the barrens, overgrown with poison-vine, Grows a substance soft and gummy, and its name is Turpentine. Chorus: Oh, my sticky, oh, my gummy, Oh, my oily Turpentine; I will put you in my bottle, Then I know that you’ll be mine. In the ages called Cretaceous, dripping from the bark of pine Catching gnats, bugs, and mosquitoes, grew some sticky Turpentine. Chorus: Buried up for countless ages in the sea and mud and slime, Then washed up upon the seashore comes our fossil Turpentine. Chorus: Oh, my solid, oh, my golden, Oh, my amber Turpentine. Put you in my lady’s necklace, Then you'll be both hers and mine. * * * Invertebrates Invertebrates are everywhere—fresh water, land, and sea; You even find them in the air in great variety. There is rest—there is rest— Poor invertebrates, they soon will rest— Sweet rest! Chorus: The lightning-bug is a funny bug; he doesn’t know his mind; He flies about this world of ours with his headlight on behind. Chorus: Oh, Hydra is a greedy beast—of that there is no question; He will eat ten times his weight at least, and he won’t get indigestion. Chorus: Mosquitoes haven’t any sense, as far as I can see— They pass the nice fat people by and stick their beaks in me. Chorus: The rotifer he lives alone, but oh, what fame is his, As an unsuspecting case of phylopaedogenesis. Chorus: The butterfly has wings of gold, the firefly wings of flame; The bedbug has no wings at all, but he gets there just the same. Chorus: The tapeworm shuns the outside world; he’s free from care and strife; He knows the advantageousness of parasitic life. Chorus: His food is predigested, stored outside his body-wall; That’s fortunate, for he has no digestive tract at all. Chorus: ; I always thought that fleas were black, but now I do not know— For Mary had a little lamb whose fleece was white as snow. Chorus: The centipede must hate to walk, for when he moves around He has to lift a hundred feet and place them on the ground. Chorus: DR. FISH TELLS OF KARTABO LABORATORY IN BRITISH GUIANA Last Wednesday in the Audi- torium, Dr. H. D. Fish intro- duced some of us and “revisited” with others the magic realms of British Guiana. His prelimin- ary apologies for the repetition of his subject and its lack of serious, scientific savour were hardly necessary, for most of us were glad to sit quietly and travel through sunlit seas and impassible jungles without the conventional accompaniment: of graphs, figures and _ statistics. The slides were beautiful and often amusing, as in the case of the “Mona Lisa” sloth. Dr. Fish succeeded in making his South American field appear a place of interest and promise. Here is the land of virgin forest growths, where there are ap- proximately 3000 species of trees, only three hundred of which have been identified. Here insect life takes beautiful and fantastic forms which are myr- iad in number, here the native women are ancient and wither- ~ ed at the age of forty-five, here bamboo grows at an average of eleven inches a day. Here, also, the sun seems ever to set in a mist of glory while the moon sails through cloud seas over sapphire waves. Dr. Fish, after stressing the unlimited possibilities for re- search in this virgin field of British Guiana, made a rather impassioned plea for the inter- est of the audience in his project of sending students here to carry on and increase the researches now going on, and seemed con- fident of being able to secure the financial cooperation of com- mercial organizations interest- ed in developing the resources and limiting the drawbacks of life in the tropics. It sounded very tempting. We thought that we would like to see the armadillo, ‘“‘dillowing in its armor”, the traveller’s palm that always points north-south, the falls whose rebound is great- er than the entire height of Nia- gara, and the sun setting over the Kartabo Laboratory. But when we thought of the darky who floated his raft upstream when the tide ran up and an- chored when it ran down, and so proceeded upstream “all in the course of nature’, we wondered how much research we would accomplish beneath the tropic sun. And the thought of a mess serving monkey meat cool- ed our ardor. However, we agree with Dr. Fish that anyone anxious to go and tackle the in- numerable problems which await the scientist in this cor- ner of the earth, should receive all the assistance that can be obtained. WEATHER SIGNS The following notes concern- ing weather prediction are gleaned from Eldriges Tide and Pilot Book: Whether clear or cloudy, a rosy sky at sunset presages fine weather; and a red sky in the morning, bad weather, or much wind, perhaps rain; a grey sky in the morning, fine weather; high dawn, wind; low dawn, fair weather. A high dawn is when the first indications of daylight are seen above a bank of clouds. A low dawn is when the day breaks on or near the horizon, the first streaks of light being very low down. Soft-looking or delicate clouds foretell fine weather, with mo- derate or light breezes; hard- edged, oily-looking clouds, wind. A dark, gloomy, blue sky is windy; but a light, bright-blue sky indicates fine weather. Generally, the softer the clouds look, the less wind (but perhaps more rain) may be expected; and the harder, more “greasy,” rolled, tufted, or ragged, the stronger the coming wind will prove. Also, a bright yellow sky at sunset presages wind; a pale yellow, wet; and thus by the prevalence of red, yellow, or grey tints, the coming weather may be foretold very nearly— indeed, if aided by instruments, almost exactly. Small inky-looking clouds foretell rain; light scud clouds driving across heavy masses show wind and rain; but if alone may indicate wind only. High upper clouds crossing the sun, moon, or stars in a di- rection different from that of the lower clouds, or the wind then felt below, foretell a change of wind. BY THE MOONLIGHT ‘The nereis, the nereis IBy moonlight grows delirious: ‘He fills the sea . With progeny, {Now insn’t that mysterious? Olga Marx. THREE-IN-ONE Michondria and chomosomes, ‘Round vacuoles and nuclei, ‘Upon their propoplasmic sea Im solemn state go floating by In this dam cell. A dash of Houbigant’s Ideal, A flashing and coquettish eye, Fair cheeks, rouged lips, and powder- ed nose, All pass in frou-frou quickly by In this damsel. Now that I’ve found I’ve flunked the course, And that girl will homeward fly, I rail at fate; filled with remorse I cuss, I growl, I pine, I sigh— They’re both dam sells. pH. D. THE COLLECTING NET After fine, clear weather, the first signs in the sky of a com- ing change are usually light streaks, curls, wisps, or mottled patches of white distant clouds, which increase, and are fcllow- ed by an overcasting of murky vapour that grows into cloudi- ness. This appearance, more or less oily, or watery, as wind or rain will prevail is an infal- lible sign. Light, delicate, quiet tints or colors with soft, undefined forms of clouds, indicate and ac- company fine weather; but gaudy or unusual hues, with hard, definitely outlined clouds, foretell rain, and _ probably strong wind. When seabirds fly out early and far to seaward, moderate wind and fair weather may be expected. When they hang about the land, or over it, some- times flying inward, expect 2 strong wind, with stormy weather. As many creatures beside birds are affected by the approach of rain or wind, such indications should not be slight- ed by an observer who wishes to foresee weather. Remarkable clearness of i atmosphere near the horizon, distant objects, such as hills, unusually visible, or raised (by refraction), and what is called “a good hearing day,” may be mentioned among signs of wet, if not wind, to be expected. More than usual twinkling of the stars, Indistinctness or ap- parent multiplication of the moon’s horns, haloes, ‘“wind- dogs” (fragments or pieces of rainbows, sometimes called “wind-galls’”) seen on detached clouds, and the rainbow, are more or less significant of in- creasing wind, if not approach- ing rain, with or without wind. Lastly, the dryness or damp- ness of the air, and its tempera- ture (for the season) should always be considered with other indications of change, or con- tinuance of wind and weather. The Kny-Sheerer Corporation has recently moved to larger and much more conveniently situated quarters in New York City. Their address is now: 10-14 West 25ith Street, New York, N. Y. At the end of last month Dr. Edwin G. Conklin took a short lecture trip. At Columbia Uni- versity he delivered two _ lec- tures: (1) “Heredity versus en- vironment in human progress” and (2) “Some common miscon- ceptions regarding evolution.” Before returning to Woods Hole Dr. Conklin was a ‘guest of the Mount Desert Biological Labor- atory where he gave a talk on the evolution controversy in the United States. THE Sie TIP LC MONTHLY FOR AUGUST THE HISTORY OF THE ALPHABET. Proressor INGo W. D. ET ACRT) sce eR EON ICT Mote Nt oe for ated sai ter slogans oe sup val ctesciatarete tle 97 SPIRITUAL VALUES IN SCIENCE. Proressor Victor E. TLEVINE | 1s )6 dish choee eRe ere Veee tata ol eye 1s) 6) e's wie. appue tae ei muster mie 119 PHYSICAL LAWS AND SOCIAL PHENOMENA. Dr. R. B. TSR Ys chee Vorrsleeis Elona xo ra ah MMe Us MAM Gots fe alls (oasis tw ks dollar ebicahente To pastel) « 127 CREDULITY VERSUS SCIENTIFIC DEMONSTRATION. T. SWANN ELARDING lever rer pete eleneeae atta tolstiateRate vo ca ot seeieliensl dioione’s silety 133 SOME STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF LIVINGNESS. Prores- SOR iD: BRAGER WEVARRIB) a fege ath ic lopetele ol telstnie eielet sie Gieiae)'ele cies les 139 THE UNFIT SURVIVE. Dr. Herpert MAYNARD DIAMOND ..... 144 SCIENCE AND RELIGION. Proressor I. W. HOWERTH ...... 151 A SUMMER ON LOGAN RIVER. Prorgessor JAMES G. NEEDHAM 162 TRANSATLANTIC TELEPHONY. Dr. FRANK B. JEWETT ..... 170 THE SABER-TOOTH TIGER. W. A. SPALDING ..........+--- 182 THE PROGRESS OF SCIENCE: How Big can a Star be? The Unseen Life of the Soil; the Contribution of Scientific Men to American Independence; Alessandro; Molla) cistinistecvies tesla eta reais iota nie tem stares sane 183 THE SCIENCE PRESS LANCASTER, PA.—GRAND CENTRAL TERMINAL, N. Y. CITY—GARRISON, N. Y. Yearly Subscription $5.00 Single Copies 50 cents PAGE PROOF OF THE TEXTBOOK OF GENERAL ZOOLOGY WINTERTON C. CURTIS Professor of Zoology, University of Missouri AND MARY J. GUTHRIE Associate Professor of Zoology, University of Missouri MAY NOW BE EXAMINED IN THE M. B. L. LIBRARY READY September ist. NEW YORK JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. LONDON: CHAPMAN & HALL, LIMITED 1927 PAGE SEVEN PAGE EIGHT Conservation Work of Bureau of Fisheries (Continued from Page 4) same time tend to lower the price. If the true conservation of our fisheries includes their full utilization, these are mat- ters of no little importance. They do not tend, under ordin- ary circumstances, to reduce the strain on a fishery resource but they do make possible a fuller utilization of those fishery products available. Alaska Service The administration of the fisheries in the United States is vested for the most part in the several states, but the fisheries of Alaska are under the direct supervision of the federal gov- ernment. While these fisheries have been made the subject of Congressional legislation from time to time over a period of many years, it was not until 1924 that legislation designed to meet fully the requirements was enacted. The Act of Con- gress approved June 6, 1924, provided comprehensive legis- lation for the regulation and conservation of the fisheries of Alaska and broadened very greatly the authority of the Secretary of Commerce to pro- mulgate regulations to meet local and changing conditions. This legislation has brought about the control of the fisheries along scientific and economic lines and the beneficial results are clearly apparent. The laws and regulations are enforced by members of the bureau’s Alaska personnel which in the active fishing seasons is augmented by a considerable force of tempur- ary employees. A fleet of pa- trol vessels is maintained and other vessels are chartered when necessary for patrol work. The fur seals in which the United States is directly inter- ested make their home during the summer on the Pribilof Islands, Bering Sea, Alaska. Here the young are born and eared for until they are strong enough to take to the ocean and travel with their parents on the long winter migration to the southward. Although a few other small herds of fur seals exist both in the North Pacific and in the Antarctic it is prob- able that the Pribilof Islands herd comprises nearly 90 per cent of all the fur seals in the world. This herd came under the control of the United States at the time Alaska was pur- chased from Russia in 1867. From 1870 to 1910 the right to take seals on these islands was leased by the Government to private corporations. In 1910, however, the Government as- sumed entire control of opera- THE COLLECTING NET tions at the islands and since that time the administration of this interesting and valuable resource has been in the hands of the Bureau of Fisheries. A most serious evil threaten- ing the sealing industry some years ago was pelagic sealing. This means the killing of seals while they are in the water. It is destructive alike of males and females. It is economically wasteful in that a large propor- tion of the seals killed are not secured and the skins are ac- cordingly lost. After the young are born and while they are still on the islands nourished by their mother’s milk, each mother seal killed while at sea for food, means the loss of an- other seal, its pup, which is left on the islands to starve. In 1911 a convention was entered into between the United States, Great Britain, Japan and Rus- sia which prohibited this waste- ful and cruel practice. Through the effective patrol maintained by the United States Coast Guard supplemented in south- eastern Alaska by patrol vessels of the Alaska service, the Pri- bilof Islands fur seals are fully protected at sea. The killing of seals on the islands is carried on under the careful supervision of the Bureau’s experts. the young males are killed. Of these there is always an excess, since the fur seal is highly poly- gamous, so that the herd is free to increase at its normal rate of growth. Computation of the number of seals is made each year while they are at the isl- ands and the beneficial results of this care is shown by the fact that the seal population has in- creased from about 132,000 in 1910 to 761,000 in 1926. Additional information on the activities of the Bureau of Fish- erles may be obtained from the Annual Reports of the Commis- sioner of Fisheries or from the Annual Reports of the various divisions and of the Alaska ser- vice. _ Dr. Rudolf Bennitt, formerly instructor in biology at Tufts College has been appointed as- sociate professor of zoology at the University of Missouri next fall. Dr. Leonard P. Sayles from Norwich University will xeplace Dr. Bennit at Tufts Col- ege. THE ARISTOCRAT The stiffest thing in all the Lab.— aisle apart—is ithe Horse-shoe raid. His aristocratic pretensions are right, For he traces his line to a Trilobite Who swam in the Mezozoie Seas So kow-tow to the Horse-shoe Crab, if you please. And his blood is blue; so scientists say He was rich in copper, and got that way. pH. D. Only |. WHALING INDUSTRY WILL BE SUBJECT OF LECTURE AND MOVIE For those whose imaginations are stirred by brave tales of the sea and the men who follow it, a treat has been prepared by The Collecting Net. Mr. Chester Scott Howland, lecturer and the son of an old New Bedford whaling captain, will give a lec- ture illustrated by moving pic- tures of his own making. The theme is of those “ancient mariners” of New Bedford and Nantucket whose vessels sailed the seven seas in search of for- tune, the “praying deacons’ who left their Cape Cod plow- shares at the age of fourteen to answer the call of the sea, of the women who worked and waited sometimes as long as seven years for their ships te come in, of rigging and har- poons, the toll of the sea, and the lore of whalers and whaling ways. The pictures are ex- tremely interesting and show the methods of whaling before the romance of the windjammer gave way to the progress of steel, and the whale-oil lamp to the incandescent bulb. « Besides the reels there will be slides made from old pictures of whal- ing methods, and extracts from the logs of old whaling vessels. The lecture will be given at 8:15. There will be an admis- sion fee of fifty cents for non- reserved seats and a dollar for reserved seats, the proceeds of the performance to be added to the Scholarship Fund. CENTRIFUGES INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 352 Western Ave., Boston, Mass. These Centrifuges were developed to meet, in a practical way, the varied requirements of many laboratories. They are made in several sizes, with capacities ranging from two tubes of 15 ml. each to ten cups of 1500 ml. each, and with relative centrifugal forces up to 3800 times gravity. Bulletins Cl and C2 describe the most used Laboratory Sizes. HOME FURNISHERS FALMOUTH MASS BUSCH GLYPTAR OBJECTIVES ~ are perfectly corrected anastigmats adapted to special photo-micrographic purposes and examination of objects requiring considerable depth of focus. Focal length Price, each $20.50 Each objective is provided with an iris diaphragm. per ri 55mm. $21.00 Serie $20.50 PALO COMPANY Apparatus for Industrial and Laboratory Use 153 WEST 23RD STREET NEW YORK, N. Y. THE COLLECTING NET THE TALE OF AN ANCIENT MARINER 4,000 FEET OF MOTION PICTURES Along with an authentic and entertaining talk given by the son of an old renowned New Bedford Whaling Captain. FOR THE BENEFIT OF The Collecting Net Srholarship Fund A dramatic rehearsal of the stirring and tragic events which were a part of the lives of the undaunted New England Whalemen of .a century ago. It portrays this now forgotten saga of the sea. The story from its sudden initial inter- est to the dying of the final splendid ocean sunset scene will intensely grip and thrill you. Its romance, its historical and educational value, its strong appeal to your every aesthet- ic sense will prove a revelation to you. MEN AND WOMEN AND CHILDREN, TOO Reserve Wednesday Eve., Aug. 24, for This Show PAGE NINE Tested Purity Trade Mark “E & A CHEMICALS” ARE BETTER CHEMICALS For over 70 years it has been our business to KNOW the products of the foremost chemical manufacturers here and abroad and to KNOW wherein each excels. By applying rigid tests in our laboartory we select from their best offerings to maintain the most complete chemi- eal stock in America. Exacting chemists have long specified “E. & A. Tested Purity Re- agents” for analysis. Many insist upon having “E. & A.” label on all their chemicals. They KNOW why. Quality, service and price will please if on your next order you de- mand “E. & A. Chemicals.” EIMER & AMEND Established 1851 Incorporated 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemicals NEW YORK, N. Y. Third Ave., 18th to 19th Street Turtox Biology Materials The Six Turtox Catalogs describe MODELS MICROSCOPE SLIDES LANTERN SLIDES SKELETONS MUSEUM PREPARATIONS APPARATUS AND INSTRUMENTS LIVE AND PRESERVED SPECIMENS Write for Your Catalogs Today For Botany, Zoology and Embryology The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE (Incorporated) 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place Chicago i: t-3 i-2 t=: Illinois SINCE 1852 MAKERS OF Microscopes and Accessories Microtomes Projection Apparatus Photomicrographic Cameras Field Glasses Botanical Apparatus Photographic Lenses Centrifuges Haemocytometers Spectrometers Catalogues Refractometers On Request Colorimeters Other Optical Products Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. Main Office and Factory: Rochester, N. Y. New York: Park and 42nd Sts. Chicago: 5 No. Wabash Ave. Boston: 333 Washington St. San Francisco: 28 Geary St. PAGE TEN THE COLLECTING NET FITZROY’S BAROMETER INSTRUCTIONS The following notes on fore- telling the weather with a Fitz- roy Barometer appeared in Eldridge’s Tide and Tilot Book: The words on scales of baro- meters should not be so much regarded for weather indica- tions as the rising or falling of the mercury; for it is stand at changeable (29.50), and then rise towards fair (30.00), it presages a change of wind or weather, though not so great as if the mercury had risen high- er; and, on the contrary, if the mercury stand above fair and then fall, it presages a change, though not to so great a degree as if it had stood lower: beside which, the direction and force of wind are not in any way noticed. It is not from the point at which the mercury may stand that we are alone to form a judg- ment of the state of the weather, but from its rising or falling and from the movements of im- mediately preceding days as well as hours, keeping in mind effects of change of direction, and dryness, or moisture, as well as alteration of force or strength of wind. It should always be remember- ed that the state of the air fore- tells coming weather, rather than shows the weather thas is present—(an invaluable fact too often overlooked) —that the longer the time between the signs and the change foretold by them, the longer such altered weather will last; and, on the contrary, the less the time be- tween a warning and a change, the shorter will be the continu- ance of such foretold weather. If the barometer has been about its ordinary height, say near thirty inches at the sea- level, and is steady on rising, while the thermometer falls, and dampness becomes less—north- westerly, northerly, or north easterly wind, or less wind, less rain or snow may be expected. On the contrary, if a fall takes place with a rising thermometer and increased dampness, wind and rain may be expected from the south-eastward, southward, or south-westward. A fall with low thermometer foretells snow. When the barometer is rather below its ordinary height, say down to near twenty-nine inches and a half (at sea-level), a rise foretells less wind, or a change in its direction towards the twenty-nine inches, the first ris- ing usually precedes or indicates strong wind—at times heavy squalls—from the north-west- ward, northward or north-east- ward; after which violence a gradually rising glass fortells improving weather, if the thermometer fialls; but if the warmth continue, probably the wind will back (shift against the sun’s course), and more southerly or south-westerly wind will follow, especially if the barometer is sudden. The most dangerous shifts of wind, or the heaviest northerly gales, happen soon after the barometer first rises from a very low point; or, if the wind veers gradually, at some time after- wards. Indications of approaching change of weather, and the di- rections and fiorce of winds, are shown less by the height of the barometer than by its falling or rising. Nevertheless, a height of more than thirty (30.0) inches (at the level of the sea) is indicative of fine weather and moderate winds, except from east to north occasionally. A rapid rise of the barometer indicates unsettled weather; a slow movement the contrary; as, likewise, a steady barometer, which, when continued, and with dryness, foretells very fine weather. _ A rapid and considerable fall isa sign of stormy weather, and rain or snow. Alternate rising and sinking indicates unsettled and threatening weather. The greatest depressions of the barometer are with gales from S. E., S. or S. W., the greatest elevations with wind from N. W., N. or N. E., or with calm. A sudden fall of the barome- ter, with a westerly wind, is sometimes followed by a violent one from N. W., or N. or N. If a gale sets in from the E. or 8. EH. and the wind veers by the South, the barometer will continue falling until the wind is near a marked change, when a lull may occur; after which the gale will soon be renewed per- haps suddenly and violently, and the veering of the wind towards the N. W., N. or N. E., will be indicated by a rising of the barometer, with a fall of the thermometer. After very warm and calm weather a storm or squall, with rain, may follow; likewise at any time when the atmosphere is heated much above the usual temperature of the season. To know the state of the air: not only the barometer and thermometer, but appearance of northward—or less wet: but|the sky should be vigilantly when it has been very low, about ' watched. New College Texts in Biology Important Revisions of a Successful Text and Manual for the Elementary Course Foundations of Biology, Third Edition By Lorande Loss Woodruff, Professor of Biology in Yale University. Published July 19th, 8vo, 546 pages $3.50 The revision of this widely used text represents not only the addition of much material covering recent advances in the science, but also a re- polishing of the older material, the addition of many new figures, and a new chapter emphasiz- ing the signifiance of biological knowledge for human welfare. Manual of Biological Forms, Revised Edition. By George A. Baitsell, Associate Professor of Biology in Yale University. Published July 19th, 8vo, 411 pages $2.50 A successful manual for the general biology or zoology course, covering a wide range of animal and plant forms. In this revised edition much new material has been added and a number of the laboratory exercises have been rewritten. Especially adapted for use with Woodruff: Foundations of Biology, Third Edition, but suit- able for other texts as well. Teachers of College Biology will gladly be sent examina- tion copies on request to THE MACMILLAN COMPANY NEW YORK CITY 60 FIFTH AVENUE LABORATORY APPARATUS and SUPPLIES Our General Laboratory and Museum Supplies Include: Scientific Apparatus, and Instruments, Chemicals, Ana- tomical Models, Osteological Preparations, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Glass Jars, Miscroscopes and Accessories. Biological and General Laboratory Supplies THE KNY-SCHEERER CORPORATION OF AMERICA 119-125 7th Ave. (Cor. 17th St.) New York City Dept. of Natural Science, G. Lagai, Ph.D. Instructions in Navigation (Continued on Page 5) severe winters, when it may close the entrance from that bay. The following directions are good for vessels of 10 feet draft with slack water in Woods Hole: Approaching from eastward, pass about 14 mile southward of Nobska Point and Coffin Rock buoy on a_west-southwesterly course; or, from Nobska Point gas and bell buoys, steer 279° true (WNW mag.) until on the Great Harbor range. From westward give the south side of the Elizabeth Islands a berth of about 14 mile, and steer for Nobska Point lighthouse on any bearing northward of 51° true (NE by E 3% E mag.) until about 34, mile from it and on the Great Harbor range. Steer 345° true (N mag.) on the Great Harbor range (two lights on the Fish Commission wharf), and pass about 150 yards eastward of Nonamesset Shoal bell buoy, about 50 yards westward of the red gas buoy marking Great Ledge, and about 50 yards eastward of the black buoy off the eastern side of No- namesset Shoal. When nearly up with Parker Flats buoy, a red buoy and a black buoy will be seen close westward, the red buoy lying just southward of Grassy Island Ledge light (a spindle with lan- tern). Turn sharply westward, pass midway between these buoys on a 257° true (W 14 N mag.) course, and pass about 200 feet northward of a black can buoy and about 100 feet northward of a black spar buoy (lying close northward of Mid- dle Ledge light). When past the latter buoy bring Middle Ledge light astern on a 284° true (NW by W 14 W mag.) course, heading for the north end of Uncatena Island, until the red buoy off Long Neck is about 100 yards distant and in range with the western side of Long Neck, bearing 14° true (NNE by W 14 mag.). Then steer 330° true (N by W 34 W mag.), which will lead into Buzzards Bay about 250 yards eastward of the black bell buoy off Naushon Point Shoal. Vessels of 7 feet or less draft can pass 300 yards southwest- ward of Nobska Point and steer 290° true (NW by W mag.) so as to pass about 200 yards southward of Juniper Point, leaving Coffin Rock buoy well to the southward and the red buoy off Juniper Point about 100 yards to the eastward. Then steer 333° true (N by W 1g W mag.) for the end of the Fish Commission wharf until nearly ‘up to Parker Flats buoy, and if going through into Buzzards Bay, follow the directions in the ‘preceding paragraph. i. THE COLLECTING NET ANNUAL WATER SPORTS |; PROVIDE ENTERTAINMENT (Continued from Page 1) A complete summary of the events follows: Boys’ Race: under 12 years—Win- ner: Stephen Bradley; Second: Simon Wilson. Girls’ Race: under 12 years—Win- ner: Doris Draper; Second: Jane Rogers. Junior Boys’ Dive—Winner: S. Bradley; Second: D. Bradley. Junior Girls’ Dive—Winner: Isa- belle Morgan; Second: Ruth Rogers. Boys’ Race: under 16—Winner: Fairfield Dana; Second: Bernard Holman. Girls’ Race: under 16-—Winner: Alice Jigger, Second: Isabelle Mor- gan. Boys’ Tub Race—Winner: John Faggi; Second: George Duggar. 7 Girls’ Tub Race—Winner: Doris Draper; Second: Betty Cool . Senior Boys’ Race (50 yards)— Winner: Dick Warbasse; Second: Pete Warbasse. Time: 26 seconds. Senior Girls’ Race (50 yards)— Winner: Hilda Wilson; Second; Doro- thy Dana. Time: 27 seconds. : Senior Boys’ Dive—Winner: Dick Warbasse; Second: H. Field and C. Bradley tied. ‘ Senior Girls’ Dive—Winner: Hilda Wilson; Second: Dorothy Dana. Boys’ Race (220 yards) Winner: Dick Warbasse; Second: Bob Stabler. Girls’ Race (220 yards) Winner: Hilda Wilson; Second: Isabelle Mor- gan. Mens’ Relay Race—Penzance- Naushon (P. Warbasse, Russell, Allen, D. Warbasse) defeated Inver- tebrates (Lovell, Abell, Pickett, Stabler.) Reminiscences of the et) Fish Commission (Continued from Page 2) In July of the following year there was another flurry in the Department of Health arising from complaint of wormy but- terfish, I was sent again to in- terview the authorities. This interview took place on July 5, 1916. I found a very different set of men in charge from those whom I had encountered the pre- vious year. My interview was with Mr. Lucius Polk Brown, Head of the Department of Food and Drugs. He was of such a different type from that which T had associated with New York Health officials, that, after the very satisfactory Interview was concluded, I asked him what part of the country he came from. He said that he was a Tenesseean. The memory of this genail and sensible soul off- sets in some degree the bad re- putation which rests upon his native State in matters which relate to an open mind. The example furnished by Professor Baird in bringing the intelligent attention of Congress to scientific methods of inquiry should not be forgotten. That the endeavor to wrest the truth from our surroundings be not palsied by the belligerent forces of traditionalism must be the concern of all who are striving for that freedom which is the reward of those who seek and find the truth. PAGE ELEVEN es | Hardware Paints and Varnishes Compliments of CHARLES T. EASTMAN PENZANCE GA RLES T. EAST RAGE mag A ren teren ee ee WOODS HOLE, MASS. sere ‘Tel. 407 Day or Night Aue AS Kitchen baat! 2 Renges Phone 652 Towing a eee a ee eer $n Sena: RIDE THE BUS Lee el te I I TO FALMOUTH PER eTiMS It costs less than to THE $e rk . % s drive your own car. eoviees B. R. NICKERSON WOODS HOLE, MASS. Visit Cape Cod’s Largest Department Store H. MALCHMAN & BRO. Thos. Malchman, Prop. CLOTHIERS, HATTERS and FURNISHERS Main Street Falmouth Telephone Connection Beach Party? FRESH ROLLS BACON SAUSAGE STEAKS and CHOPS EVERYTHING QUICK SERVICE LOW PRICES Morrison’s Market Woods Hole, Mass. 30 W. 50th St., New York City Located in the rear of MRS. WEEK’S SHOP FALMOUTH ARENOVSKI’S Est. 1892 Phone 410 The Home of Hart Schaffner & Marx Clothing Lamson & Hubbard Hats Printzess Suits, Coats and Dresses Walk-Over Shoes Satisfaction Guaranteed or Money Refunded Falmouth -:- .:- Mass. HUDSON-ESSEX MOTOR CARS We have several good second hand cars for sale. The Crocker Garage Corporation, Inc. Falmouth Mass. to appear in the: Journal of Morphology The Journal of Comparative Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record The Journal of Experimental Zoology American Anatomical Memoris Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokyo, Japan) Biological Bulletin The Journal of Parasitology Stain Technology Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science (Adelaide, South Australia) Advance Abstract, Sheets = = = = = = - = Bibliographic Service Cards Both appear before the com THE WISTAR INSTITUTE Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Aven TIME is the important factor in all activities SAVE IT by using The Wistar Institute Bibliographic Service which brings to your table authors’ abstracts of all papers about and Physiology American Journal of Physical Anthropology $3.00 per year $5.00 per year published plete ‘articles are ue Philadelphia, Pa. PAGE TWELVE THE COLLECTING NET WHY THE WOODS HOLE CHORAL SOCIETY? Dr. Edwin Linton, President of the Woods Hole Choral So- ciety gave the following intro- duction before the opening number: Information has come to me to the effect that many people have been asking what the pur- pose may be of this Choral So- ciety, to whose initial concert you have come this evening. Now, in any community other than this one, nobody would think of asking such a question. The organization of such a so- ciety elsewhere would be ac- cepted with no more question as to the reason for it than would be asked of a sewing-circle, a spelling bee, or a _horse-shoe tournament. But in this com- munity where the quest for an answer to the riddle of natural phenomena is the business of nearly everyone, the desire to know the why and how, the whence and whither of every- thing, new or old, is a perfectly natural response to environ- mental conditions. The shortness of the time which is at my disposal, and the presence of the chorus on the stage necessitates the elimina- tion on this occasion of lantern slides showing mathematical formulae, and logarithmic graphs, which are needed in a complete demonstration. The answer to the question: Why a Woods Hole Choral Society? therefore, must be attempted through the old-fashioned me- thod of word of mouth. 1. In the first place, music hath other charms than that of serving as anodyne to soothe Savage breasts, and there are a goodly number of people in the community who derive a great deal of pleasure from choral singing, and who are willing to devote a part of the time which they would, and should, give to recreation to the practice of choral singing. 2. A second reason is to be found in the excellent opportun- ity which is afforded by existing conditions for becoming ac- quainted with music which a highly competent teacher of music pronounces to be good. 3. And a third reason is the opportunity which is here af- forded to secure training in choral singing under a director of long and approved experience. The impelling force of these three reasons, viz., the enjoy- ment which is found in choral singing, an opportunity to -be- The Simple Arthropod (Tune :—“‘Die Lorelei.”) There was a simple arthropod Upon the summer sea; They caught him in a lobster- ot Aged brought him home to me. I cut his little carapace About his little gills, And watched his unsuspecting heart Beat soft, subconscious thrills. I jerked his little walking-legs From out his body-wall, Till of that simple arthropod There was nothing left at all— Nothing left but diagrams Of what he ought to be, And there’s an empty lobster- pot Upon the summer sea. The Choral Society (Continued from First Column) come acquainted with good music, and the advantage of receiving training at the hands of a master of his art, has caused the Woods Hole Choral Society to come into being. Towards the close of the sea- son of 1926, mainly through the initiative and constructive enter- prise of Mrs. Glaser, the desira- pility of organizing a choral society was brought to the at- tention of a number of persons. Many of us had heard with de- light some years ago, on the grounds of Mr. Charles R. Crane, the superb work done by the famous Russian choir, which had been trained, and was under the directorship of Professor Gorakhoff, now professor of musie and director of choral singing at Smith College. When it was learned that he had agreed to train the chorus, a sufficient number to justify such an organization were quickly found. Music was secured, and a fow meetings for practice were held last summer. As soon as a sufficient number had vreturn- ed this stason practice was re- sumed. We have found in Professor Gorakhoff a teacher who not only shows us how we ought to sing, but, by way of a chastening contrast, he now and then shows us how we do sing. The time which has been given to our training may have been too short to cause our newly ac- quired characters to prevail over ancient habits and inherited tendencies. The preformance which we are about to give, may be regarded, therefore, as an ex- hibition of Professor Gorakhoft’s experiment in extracting har- mony from such more or less refractory matarial as came to his hand. ERE RE IDEAL RESTAURANT Main Street Woods Hole TEXAS OILS AND GAS Woeds Hole Garage Co. Tel. 643 Opp. Station PARK TAILORING SHOP Men’s and Women’s Fine Tailoring WILLIAM SCHLEPARK, Prop. Work Called For and Delivered Tel. 230-4 Weeks Bldg., Faimouth, Mass. THE LEATHER SHOP Falmouth, Mass. ARTHUR C. EASTMAN rec RE SEE SESE ES EEE Fo 24-hour Boston Service on Daily THE SEA ROBIN Films Papers Directly on the Sound JAMES’S SPA Club Breakfasts Down by the Depot .. 30c up Also Dinner, Tea, and Supper Meals at all hours Durand’s Chocolates Attractive Weekly Rates Tel. 667-3 Cynthia Sweets Home-cooked Food “IT DIDN’T TURN OUT WELL THIS TIME” How many times have you heard a woman use this expression when apologizing for a cake that fell or some other cooking failure? Maybe you have done it yourself. Electric Cooking Eliminates Apologies Dishes may be prepared over and over again with uniformly successful results. Automatic control maintains the exact oven heat required. HOTPOINT ELECTRIC RANGES CAPE AND VINEYARD ELECTRIC CO. Falmouth Chatham Oak Bluffs The Elizabeth Theatre FALMOUTH, MASS. Hyannis HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS Show Starts at 7.45 — Feature Picture at 8.30 Short Reels Repeated After the Feature Picture. A COMPLETE SHOW AFTER 8.30 Saturday Two Shows at 7.00 and 9.00 O’clock Matinees Monday, Wednesday and Saturday at 2.30 COPY NOT RECEIVED BEFORE GOING TO PRESS. SCHEDULE WILL BE POSTED ON THE BULLETIN BOARDS. Volume II Numver 7 WOODS HOLE, MASS., SATURDAY, AUGUST 20, 1927. Pearce Gives Lantern Slide Lecture on the Animal Life of Nigeria “The Natural History of Nigeria”, was the subject of the lecture given last Thursday evening in the old lecture hall under the auspices of the Bureau of Fisheries. The lecture was given by Dr. A. 8. Pearse, pro- fessor of zoology at Duke Uni- versity. Dr. Pearse has contri- buted much to cur knowledge of the fresh-water fishes and has recently written a book on ani- mal ecology. He was sent to Africa by the International Health Board to work with the West African Yellow Fever Commission. Yellow fever in Africa appears to be a different disease from that in the western hemisphere and at the present time the causitive organism and its carrier is unknown. Dr. Pearse used a large num- ber of colored lantern slides illustrating in an excellent man- ner the country through which he travelled and worked. The pictures were taken by himself and developed under great diffi- culties in the tropical countries and were later colored by him upon his return. Among ‘the interesting: ani- mals described were the “Gob- ies’ a species of fish which leave the water and climb up on trees or other objects project- | ing from the water. They are! enabled to live out of the water | (Continued on Page 5) Currents in the Hole _ At following hours the current in the hole turns to run from Buz- zards Bay to Vineyard Sound: DATE A.M. P.M: Aug. 20 pent le sy. 8 11.45 Aug. 21 MoS yo) ete Aug. 22 - 12.42 12.57 Aug: 28 : 1.40 1.55 Aug. 24 2.44 2.51 Aug: 25. 3.35 3.46 Aug. 26 . 4.21 4.37 Aug. 27 5.08 5.16 In each case the _ current changes six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. fl. B. LZ. Calendar Wednesday, August 24 8:15 P. M. Moving Picture and Lecture. ‘‘The Tale of an Ancient Mariner.”’ Presented by Chester Scott How- land. Reserved sgais, $1.00. Gen- eral admission, 50c. For the bene- fit of The Collecting Net Scholar- ship Fund. JAPANESE HAVE SISTER MARINE LABORATORIES By ARATO TERAO Professor of Zoology, Imperial Institute of Fisheries, Tokyo, Japan The word “sister” may be shocking even to the broad- minded American scientists. But the fact is that such distinguish- ed scholars of this country as Drs. Dean, Jordan, Kincaid, Harvey, and Tennent have favored our laboratories with their generous sojourns. It is also our pleasant recollection to have had the eminent European biologists, Drs. Doflein (Ger- many), Mortensen (Denmark), Bock (Sweden) and Molisch (Austria), coming there for their works. The oldest of our laboratories is the Misaki Marine Biological Station of the Tokyo Imperial University. Itis situated about thirty miles southward from Tokyo and noted for its easy access to the un- usually rich fauna and flora. No less abundance in the variety of life is found around the Takano- shima laboratory of the Imperial Fisheries Institute, located at the southern end of the Tokyo Bay. The Seto laboratory of the Kyoto Imperial University is at 100 miles’ distance from Kyoto and in direct contact with the warm current which sustains tropical and subtropical forms. From the stand-point of modern equipment, mention must be first given to the Asamushi laboratory of the Tohoku Im- perial University. It is situated on the shore of Aomori Bay. Farther north to this is the Oshoro laboratory of the Hok- kaido Imperial University. Its location is 3 miles from Otaru, (Continued on Page 8) Subscription $1.25 Singie Copies, 20c A RESTRICTED BUT NEW APPROACH TO OXIDATION-REDUCTION IN THE LIVING CELL By J. MANSFIELD CLARK Professor of Physiological Chemistry at the School of Medicine of The Johns Hopkins Hospital | August 5. A summary and Dr. Clark delivered a lecture bearing the above title on the evening of | a review of 'the paper fo low. Summary By L. MICHAELIS Resident Lecturer in Physical Chem- istry, Johns Hopk'ns University Medical School. Since Lavoisier discovered oxygen and at the same time its significance in living organisms, the majority of chemical pro- cesses have been considered with respect to the participation of oxygen. Processes in which oxygen is used up or at least in which something analogous to the consumption of oxygen takes place, were designated by the term of oxidation and the reverse process of reduction. The loss of oxygen was considered as ana- logous to the addition of oxygen and vice versa. Later on changes in valency were necessarily included in this sys- tem; the loss of a negative charge being considered as ana- logous to an oxidation, the gain of a negative charge as reduc- tion. In this sense the change of ferrous ion to ferric ion called an oxidation and the partici- pation of oxygen gradually lost its primary importance for the contradistinetion between oxi- dation and reduction. As such a term as oxidation is too deep- ly rooted in the nomenclature by | tradition, it is necessary to keep the term and shift its definition in-such a way that the partici- pation of oxygen losses its pri- mary role. Thus it is most ade- quate to consider the loss of an electron as the primary step of any process which falls under the category of oxidation. Ac- cording to what happens after these primary steps the parti- cipation of oxygen or hydrogen becomes more or. less obvious also. If e. g. the intake of an (Continued on Page 4) by the term: Review BARNETT COHEN Chemist, Hygienic Laboratory, Washington, D. C. To appreciate why the terms “oxidation” and “reduction” have been extended to include 'such processes as the transfor- mation of ferrous iron to ferric and of indigo white to indigo blue requires historical perspec- ‘tive. It was a long process of dissection at the hands of chemists that isolated particluar aspects of specific oxidation- reduction reactions. As a con- sequence of emphasis upon one or another of these isolated aspects, we have in modern | thought three leading tenden- ' cies—that of the physical chem- ist who describes in terms of ‘electron transfer, that of the ‘organic chemist who describes | in terms of hydrogen or of oxy- gen transfer, and that of the biochemist who is conscious that a century and a half of research has left us very hazy in our con- cepts -regarding the more inti- |mate relation of oxygen itself to the chemistry of our tissues. These viewpoints, sometimes apparently antagonistic, have revealed the complexities of the general problem; but the recol- lection that the mechanism of the simplest chemical reaction is still unknown to us should ‘temper our enthusiasm in ac- cepting any of them too impli- citly. Under the safe guidance of thermodynamics there are being formulated and experi- mentally evaluated the energy relations of different systems amenable to attack; and in this approach the question of speci- fic mechanism plays a minor part. (Continued on Page 2) PAGE: TWO THE COLLECTING NET Ficheries Seminar Hears Drs. Perkins and Galtsoff The Fifth Meeting of the Fisheries Round Table took place ‘Thursday, August 18, the subject being “Oyster Investiga- tions”. The leading speaker was Dr. Earle B. Perkins who is carrying on experimental oyster work at Onset, Mass. Dr. ‘altsof® introduced Dr. Perkins th a preliminary talk which was followed by a talk by Dr. H. D. Pease and Mr. Jos. Glancy of the Pease Laboratories, New York City, on the effect of chlorinated water on oysters. wi COHEN SUMMARY (Continued from Page 1) When the free energy of a sehemical process can be made to Aow in a purely electrical chan- measurement can be made elegantly exact. Consider, for instance, the case of the re- duction of ferric ions to ferrous ions by hydrogen in a solution cf definite acidity. The device its used in the study of this case is| the following. A hydrochloric | acid solution is divided and its two containers are connected by a tube made comparatively nar- row in order that two processes may be approximate'y isolated. To one vessel is added a definite mixture of ferrous and ferric chlorides. In the other is placed hydrogen gas at a definite pres- sure. In each is immersed a bare platinum electrode. This arrangement constitutes an elec- tric cell. Accompanying the withdrawal of current from this cell, there occurs in one of the half-cells the oxidation of hydro- gen to hydrions, and in the other half-cell the reduction of ferric to ferrous ions. It is an example of what Ostwald described as “chemical action at a distance’. The reaction may be reversed by driving current from an ex- ternal source against the elec- tromotive force of the cell. In short, the cell is reversible. If now at constant temperature the external electromotive force is nicely balanced against that of the cell and there is attained experimentally one of the near- est approaches to the ideal con- dition for maximum work. Ther- mocynamics then furnishes the equation relating the free energy of the reaction to its equilibrium constant. i The free energy in this in- stance is measured in electrical units, and since we know that one faraday of quantity is as- sociated with the transformation of one gram mol of ferrous to ferric ions, it is useful to center attention upon the intensity fac- tor of the work term, namely, the potential difference of the electromotive force of the cell. It describes the driving force with which a definite pressure of hydrogen, restrained by a definite hydrion concentration, tends to transform an equi-mole- ;cular mixture |ly ferrous state. of study has been applied to in- | cess when the systems studied auately formulated. These con- ditions for success are import- ant; for it is to be emphasized | that the thermodynamic equa- |energy change to some process j in general terms, and leaves it to the user first to determine whether the energy change in question is susceptible to meas- urement by a particular device and, if it is, to discover in the second place what relations among the components of the solution. As a guide in the lat- ter task, it is more or less im- material what scheme of me- chanism is postulated (for the tency is essential. A convenient mode of formu- Iation is the following. The dif- ference of potential, E, between assumed to originate in the dif- ference in the escaping tenden- cies of the electrons in the two phases. This leads to the “‘fund- amental’’ equation Rae KE—C-Fime where e represents the escaping tendency of the electrons in the solution system containing a mixture of oxidant and reduc- tant, the interaction of which is described by Ox + e = Red The important consequence of this formulation is that the arbitrarily assumed difference is one which makes the reduc- tant in this case written into an anion. Obviously the oxidant could be a cation and the reduc- tant neutral, or the charges could be otherwise distributed so long as the difference is equi- valent to a gain in electrons by the reductant. In any case the reductant is less basic or more acidic than the oxidant, and thus it becomes evident that the hy- drion concentration of the solu- tion is a fundamentally import- ant factor. For the present discussion there is no need to pursue the development of the working equations in detail. It may ;merely be stated that they in- clude the relation of electrode potential not only to the ratio of total oxidant to total reduct- ant but also to the effects of system will furnish a successful | an electrode and a solution is) between oxidant and reductant | For many years this method | organic systems, and with suc-| have been well chosen and ade-| {tion formulates the relation of | final working: equation is the, same in all cases) but consis-' | change in hydrion conesntration.! Although: an ionization constant Experimentally, it is convenient ‘to study each of these effects | separately: that is; (1) to meas- ;ure in a heavily buffered solu- of ferrous and, ferric ions towards the complete- | tion the potentials correspond- ing to definite ratios of oxidant to reductant; and (2) to meas- ure the changes iin electrode potential of a fixed mixture of oxidant and reductant as the pH is changed. The first process discloses whether one or more electrons (or equivalents) are involved in the transformation of reductant to oxidant; the second reveals the existence and magnitude of dissociations of ionizable groups which have been created or destroyed iin the reaction. The combined data permit the accurate mapping out of the system over a surface de- fined by three coordinates, viz: potential, pH and percentage re- duction. This laborious mapping out must be performed for the various systems before they can be properly compared as_ to their relative oxidation-reduc- tion characteristics. A brief survey will reveal the need of such descriptions for purposes ranging from the more general correlations of the physical chemist to those of the eytologist in his dealing with the conduct of a specific reagent in the oxidation-reduction me- tabolism of the living cell. We, of the Hygienic Laboratory have been particularly interested in developing a series of indicators useful in detecting intensities of reduction in a manner com- parable with the use of acid- base indicators in detecting in- tensities of acidity. In this con- nection we must not neglect to repeat that our discussion has ignored the quantity factor of oxidation-reduction, which re- presents still another aspect of the problem. We have formulated our equa- tions with the guidance of the postulate of electron transfer. That the resulting equations fit the experimental facts is no argument whatever that the postulate represents actuality. It can easily be shown that the same working equations can be derived with the guidance of other postulated mechanisms, or derived entirely ‘without the guidance of any mechanistic postulate whatever. But once we have the experimental data and realize their independence of mechanistic postulate we are curious to see if they are sug- gestively in favor of any specific mechanism of oxidation-reduc- tion. In the first place, it has been definitely shown that the ioni- zation constants appertaining to groups in the reductant creat- ed by the process of reduction have distinctly different values. is in a sense represeitative of a stat:stical state, it may certain- ly tbe inferred that a single diacidic anion can and probably does acquire hydrions stepwise. At constant hydvrion concentra- tion where the anions would tend to take one hydrion and one only, the oxidation-reduction process in the transformation of methylene blue to methylene white, indophenol to leuco-in- dophenol, indigo to leuco-indigo, and other organic compounds of similar type involves two equi- valents and these equivaients are paired, in the sense that the most accurate measurements have failed to reveal a trace of step- wise reduction. In the language of the organic chemist, this failure to reveal a stepwise re- duction in such compounds means that there exists no car- responding intermediate com- pound which can be isolated. The inference is that in the class of cases referred to the process of reduction is essentially the acauirement of an electron pair followed or not followed by the attachment of hydrions accurd- ing to the relation of their con- ° centration to the several disso- ciation constants. ; Such electrode measurements as we have been discussing are not generally feasible in organic chemistry any more than they are in inorganic chemistry. Con- ant has furnished good evi- dence that certain ethylene link- ages are hydrogenated not by any process that is susceptible to electrochemical measurement and formulation, but by the direct addition of hydrogen with the aid of catalysts. There 1s also the case of direct oxygen addition such as we find in the oxidation of hemoglobin to oxy- hemoglobin. Conant could find no evidence that this system can be measured or formulated by the methods we have been con- sidering. On the other hand, he found that the hemoglobin-me- themoglobin system can be meas- ured and formulated. The elec- trochemical method both by its positive and negative evidence is beginning to furnish a back- ground for judging the adequacy of certain theories regarding the mechanism of biological oxida- tion-reduction. Few reversible, electromotive- ly active organic systems are found among the compounds which the biochemist has isolated from living cells and from among the products of their metabolism. Yet the favor- ite tool of the biochemist in his study of biochemical oxidation- reduction has been one of the reversible and _ electromotively active dye systems, notably that of methylene blue. (Continued on Page 8) THE COLLECTING NET COHEN SUMMARY (Continued from Page 2) Tt has been shown by Biilmann that in the reduction of certain azo dyes there is a reversible stage followed by an ierererspe | rearrangement. We have shown that in the oxidation of certain | diamines, such as benzidine, there is a reversible stage fol- lowed by an irreversible process which we infer to be a certain type of autoxidation. Conant offers a very good rational inter- pretation to the otherwise still useful empirical potentials de- fining what reagents will pro- duce an irreversible reduction and what reagents will not. Thus in the study of irreversible reactions there is being stimu- lated the search for that type of intermediate, reversible change which is amenable to formula- tion and to definite measurement by the methods here described. In our own work dating from 1919, we have found that the effects of cell suspensions upon electrodes were as if some sys- tem or systems in the cell had a definite electromotive activity. Cannan, Cohen and Clark re- cently obtained results which can best be explained at present on the hypothesis that the living cell activates some of its meta- bolites in such a way that there is produced an extremely small quantity of electromotively active material. This the cell continues to supply from a com- paratively large reserve. The smallness of the quantity pre- sent at any moment accounts for the precarious nature of the po- tentials observed. The definite- ness of some of this material would account for the definite trend of potentials and the in- teraction between cell suspension and reversible oxidation-reduc- tion indicators. The results en- tirely freed from postulates lead to a powerful experimental method of attack. The reaction between succinic acid and methylene blue leading to fumaric acid and methylene white might presumably alone reach an equilibrium, but this would probably take a very long time. In the presence of muscle tissue the attainment of equi- librium is greatly hastened. Thunberg, observing the extent to which the methylene blue sys- tem is transformed and using our data for the methylene blue system, calculated the potential to which the fumaric-succinic system is transformed by mus- cle tissue. His value is plus 005 volts at pH. 6.7. Essen- tially the same equilibrium was found by Quastel who worked with resting bacterial cells. The potential found for cell suspensions containing this suc- cinic-fumanic acid system is dis- tinctly negative to that which the Needhams on the one hand and Wurmser and Rapkine on the other are finding in aerobic cells by micro-injection of oxi- dation-reduction indicators. The region of potential that they find is confirmed by other types of experiment. In short, certain very different types of experi- ment converge to the conclusion that the aerated cell maintains a potential distinctly oxidative to the methylene blue system and distinctly reductive to cer- tain indophenol systems. But this is enormously far distant from the potential of any sys- tem in equilibrium with the oxy- gen of our atmosphere. We can see no other conclusion than the following: In the perticipation of oxygen in the chemistry of the living cell there is, on the one hand, no potentiometrically measurable oxygen equilibrium and yet, on the other hand, there is some means by which the oxy- gen, contending against the re- ductive processes of the cell, maintains a more or less definite and potentiometrically measur- able level of oxidation-reduction intensity. There is additional support to this view and the promise of useful extension of our knowledge in the results from micro-injection studies now being completed by Drs. Chambers, ‘Reznikoff and Pol- lack in collaboration with Dr. Cohen. We never find electrode po- tentials more positive than about --.2 volt at pH. 7 as measured both by indicators and electrode even after air has been bubbled through a cell suspension. Cul- tures of certain anaerobic bac- teria, as measured by electrodes and independently by such indi- cators as are available for rough estimates, can induce not only the potential of the hydrogen electrode but also a definite al- though silght overvoltage. Of significance in this connection is the fact that under the condi- tions imposed, these organisms are able to liberate free hydyo- gen from the medium as a pro- duct of their metabolism. The question of biological oxi- dation-reduction now appears to resolve itself into two distinct aspects: the problem of the catalysis of oxygenation as a special aspect of oxidation ap- plying to the aerobic metabolism of the cell; and the problem of the catalysis leading to that type of oxidation-reduction which can be formulated by the elec- trochemical methods here dis- cussed, and studied when the cell is under anaerobic condi- tions. READY OCTOBER ist. Laboratory Directions IN Histological Technique By B. F. KINGSBURY, Ph. D., M. D. and O. A. JOHANNSEN, Ph. D. Cornell University This book represents the combination of technique notes written by the first author for use in connection with courses in Histology offered by him for medical, premedical, and verterinary students, with a similar outline of histological methods designed by the second author for use in courses dealing primarily with the histology of insects. Inasmuch as the methods for the microscopic examination of animal structure are fundamentally the same, whether the structure is normal or pathological, the approach medical or zoological, it is believed that there has been here produced. a book of much broader usefulness, without in any way sacrificing its value in histological work of more specific application. A rigid selection has been exercised, so that of the multitudinous methods employed in microscopic work only those are given which meet the requirements for attaining a broad practical knowledge of animal structure. JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc., Publishers 440 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK eet E S CLE Na EC M O:- Ney FOR AUGUST THE HISTORY OF THE ALPHABET. Proressor Inco W. D. HAcKH SPIRITUAL VALUES IN SCIENCE. Proressor Victor E. LEVINE PHYSICAL LAWS AND SOCIAL PHENOMENA. Dr. R. B. LINDSAY CREDULITY VERSUS SCIENTIFIC DEMONSTRATION. T. SWANN HARDING SOME STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF LIVINGNESS. Prores- sor D. FRASER HARRIS A SUMMER ON LOGAN RIVER. Proressor JAMES G. NEEDHAM 162 - TRANSATLANTIC TELEPHONY. Dr. FRANK B. JEWETT ..... 170 THE SABER-TOOTH TIGER. W. A. SPALDING .............. 182 THE PROGRESS OF SCIENCE: How Big can a Star be? The Unseen Life of the Soil; the Contribution of Scientific Men to American Independence; Alessandro; Violiiamayelslatsiteta ese) s, vs: slefeiaietctorsiv,2 6.0, 0 1e,ehartaralane 183 THE SCIENCE PRESS LANCASTER, PA.—GRAND CENTRAL TERMINAL, N.Y. CITY—GARRISON, N. Y. Yearly Subscription $5.00 Single Copies 50 cents PAGE THREE PAGE FOUR The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the activities of the Marine Biologi- cal Laboratory and of Woods Hole in general. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Prof. of Anatomy, Cornell University Medical School. Edwin G. Conklin, Prof. of Biology, Princeton University. Lorande L. Woodruff, Prof. of Zoo- logy, Yale University. EDITORIAL STAFF WWAEE VO AULCIIO Tc Sicret eye dw eis = Editor Hugh Montgomery....... Art Editor Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn. .General News Helen S. Morris...... General News Te MOR ME tela) oicje eins = © = Sport News Business Staff Katharine Underwood....Bus. Man. Ilse Michaelis......./ Asst. Bus. Man. (Application for entry as second-class matter is pending.) The Universal Press New Bedford Woods Massachusetts Hole The Club Plays There seems to be a difference of opinion in regard to the pro- gram presented for the benefit of the Social and Tennis Clubs on the sixth.of August. In gen- eral the older and more conser- vative people regarded it as not measuring up to the standards of the laboratory community either in taste or in quality. Others considered the perform- ance even more fun than usual. Almost without exception the part acted by the boys—who put on their act with scarcely any help—was well liked. In the following words we were forewarned: “Tn order to meet the varied tastes of the members of our large and complex community—to please the high-brow, the low-brow, and the omni-brow, and to do it in one even- ing—a diversified feast will be laid before them, and it is predicted that he will be a most ardent pessimist and misanthrope who will not thor- oughly enjoy some part if not all of the program.” The consensus of opinion is that the plan did not work. Un- less time can be found to pre- sent really good plays—and to present them well—we feel that no loss would be incurred in dis- pensing with this now annual affair. The excellent suggestion has been made that the M. B. L. Club dues of $1.50 be assessed along with the tuition and re- search space charges. If this could be arranged ample money would be obtained without pre- senting the customary plays. This plan would have certain definite advantages. Few peo- ple realize or appreciate the large expenditure of energy and THE COLLECTING NET : time that their production com- mandeers. Dr. and Mrs. Clark have done a great deal for the laboratory each year in raising the money required to support the Clubs. Their enforced ab- sence during the critical period this summer was too easily evi- dent in the recent productions. Our Reduction in Size It is undoubtedly a loss to have this number of The Col- lecting Net reduced in size. 3ut the loss here is a gain to the extent of $40.00 for our Scholarship Fund. MICHAELIS REVIEW (Continued from Page 1) electron produces an anion of a very weak acid and at the given pH this anion combines to a great extent with the hydrogen ions of the solution the whole process appears to consist in an; addition of hydrogen and there- fore belongs to the oxidation processes even in the older sense of the word whereas really the electron and the hydrogen ion ; is taken in by the original mole- cule, one after the other. It is very remarkable that in organic chemistry, probably without ex- ception, the intake or the loss of electrons takes place only in pairs: i. e. a single electron is never taken in or given off but always two at the same time, whereas the combination with the two hydrogen ions corre- sponding to the two electrons always takes place in steps; first the one and after that the other. This is illustrated in the fact that in any bivalent acid there is a remarkable difference in the two dissociation constants, e. g. hydro-quinone may loose first one hydrogen ion and at a high- er alkalinity gradually also the other one, but in the process of oxidation of hydroguinone ta quinone there is no intermediate step. In connection with the newer definition of oxidation and re- duction a method can be develop- ed for the quantitative measure- ment of the intensity of the oxi- dant or reductant force. In earlier periods of chemistry the quantitative side of oxidation or reduction force was as badly developed: as the quantitative side of acidity or alkalinity. Just as the measurement of the electromotive forces of the hy- drogen gas chain furnished a quantitative scale for acidity and alkalinity, the measurement of the electromotive forces of an oxidation-reduction-chain pyro- vides the quantitative scale of oxidation and reduction power. Such an oxidation reduction chain consists of two half cells, one of which may be chosen ar- bitrarily, e. g. a calomel half cell. It represents the standard value of the potential to which the oxidation potential of the other half cell is referred. Asa rule the potential of the oxida- tion chain is referred not to the calomel cell but to a hydrogen gas electrode in which the hy- drogen gas has a pressure of one atmosphere and the pH of the solution is zero. The other half eell is the soluton, the oxidation potential of which is to be meas- sured, in contact with an elec- trode of blane platinum or gold without any gas. Any solution showing a potential more posi- tive than the hydrogen electrode is an oxidant for hydrogen and according to the greater or less- er potential difference against the hydrogen electrode it is a stronger or a weaker oxidant. There is no absolute boundary between oxidants and reduct- ants, there is only a scale of in- creasing oxidative power which in reversed order represents the seale of increasing reductant power. There are relatively few chemical systems in which an oxidation can take place in a re- versible way. Most of these sys- tems are solutions of organic dye-stuffs, the reduction of which produces a_ colourless substance which by oxygen spontaneously and reversibly is restituted to the dye-stuff. 40 years ago Paul Ehrlich utilized these reversible dye-stuffs sys- tems as a scale for the reduction intensity of living tissues. Ehrlich was in this respect far ahead of his time and a quanti- tative elaboration of this idea could be only performed after the theory of oxidation-reduc- tion-chains had been developed. The theory of these chains was given twenty years 220 by Peters who utilized Nernst’s theory of galvanic chains for the case of oxidation chains. The further elaboration for the more complicated systems such as organic dyes has been performed chiefly by the speak- er Dr. Clark. He has not only created an amplification of the theory applicable for any parti- cular case which may occur but also showed the intrinsic rela- tions between oxidation poten- tials and pH. Whenever the oxidised form of a dye stuff is an electrolyte of a different dis- sociation constant in the reduced form, the oxidation potential of a mixture of the oxidised and the reduced form depends not only on the particular kind of the dye-stuff and the ratio of the oxidised and the reduced form but also on pH. Thus the po- tential in a dye-stuff system de- pends on two variables, the con- centration ratio of the reduced and the oxidised form and the pH. In order to represent these relationships in one graph a special coordinate system in three dimensions must be ap- plied. The speaker succeeded in es- tablishing a whole set of such dye-stuff systems mostly belong- ing to the Indophenols and Indigo-dye-stuffs. He selected a suitable group of these dye- stuffs which he syntheszied him- self to a great extent and estab- lished a set of oxidation-reduc- tion-indicators which can be used as a substitute for poten- tiometric measurements in the same way as other dye-stufts can be used for measurement of pH. The oxidation reduction potential of any given solution can be measured by adding a suitable indicator of this series and evaluating colorimetrically the percentage of reduction brought about by the solution to be measured. These methods were also used in the measurement of the re- duction power in living cells and tissues. The dye-stuff method is restricted in so far as a single. dye-stuff only covers a small range in the whole scale where- as the potentiometric measure- ment gives a full picture of the entire course of the potential while the reduction in the living cell goes on. The reduction po- tential is fully developed only in absence of oxygen but re- markably enough the reducing power as measured by the re- duction of dye-stuffs is not in every case in agreement with the potential measured by the gold electrode or with the pres- sure of oxygen. Obviously the oxygen gas is not in a thermo- dynamic equilibrium with the oxidable substances in the tis- sues. In such a case the time factor plays a great role, and the interpretation of the meas- ured reduction potentials is encountered with greater diffi- culties than in conditions of equilibrium. Different kinds of cells, especially bacteria, ap- proach after a sufficient time of anaerobic conditions different values of reduction potentials. In strongly reducing bacteria, such as bacterium coli which produce hydrogen gas from carbohydrates, the reduction po- tential will even exceed the value of the hydrogen electrode. Usual- ly the reduction potential will lie somewhere between the hy- drogen and the oxygen electrode, indeed much closer to the hy- drogen electrode. The role of oxygen seems to be to keep the reduction potential of the tis- sues far enough from the hydro- gen potential. Thus a new pro- blem concerning the role of oxygen in life has arisen the solution of which has, by far, not yet been reached. ’ PEARCE LECTURE (Continued from Page 1) for some time and, when dis-| turbed, seldom move back into the water but skip around on the surface. Small vascular chambers invaginated from the branchial respiratory organs while the fish is out of water, and account cavity function as} for this peculiar habit. The cast} net by which the natives obtain their food fish was described. The animals in southern Nigeria are all small. The larger mammals such as are found in northern Africa can not live in this region because of the try- panosome diseases carried by the tse-tse fly. A full grown deer shot by Dr. Pearse was only 20 inches in height. The foraging ants are abun- dant in Nigeria and their run- ways built of earth may be seen in the guinea grass regions. These ants are constantly on the move, foraging for food which they obtain from the homes of the termite ants. The foraging ants are usually accompanied by the Bengalia fly which attacks the ants as they return from the termite nests and robs them of their booty. In southern Nigeria four per ‘cent. of the rats have the plague. A large number of the natives have the plague but a census of this disease among the natives | is impossible because they con- ceal information concerning death and sickness. The dead are often buried beneath the houses. There are five species of the filaria worm infesting this re- gion. All drinking water is either kept in tanks or boiled before using due to the preval- ence of these worms. Dr. Pearse drank only soda water as a preventative while working in the “bush”. Dr. Pearse told of some of the superstitions of the native people. The crocodile is a sacred animal and one large individual is kept in an enclosure and fed ! on various diets. It is believed that if one of a pair of human twins is fed to the crocodile good luck will forever accompany the family. If twins are not avail- able chickens serve to bring good fortune. THE COLLECTING ground and dried into a powder, which when mixed with gun powder enables game to be more easily shot. This dried powder is also used to hasten child birth. Many other superstitions keep the people in a state of fear of devil-giods. Kano is the largest city of the region visited by Dr. Pearse. It is surrounded by a wall 12 miles long and is about 20 feet | high and 20 feet thick. It also has large granaries and water reservoirs. Before the British came into control of the country | Kano withstood siege from sav- age tribes for long periods. The British have maintained peace among the natives and little warfare is now carried on. Kano is a well organized city although of a primitive culture. Dr. J. Mansfield Clark was taken by sailboat to New Bed- ford on Wednesday, Aug. 10, where he took a train to Boston. Dr. D. Cohen was captain of the craft and the two were accom- panied by Dr. Reznikoff. Dr. Clark made a short visit to Woods Hole and during his stay delivered one of the evening lectures. A summary of this lecture with a review by Dr. Michaelis appears elsewhere in this issue of The Collecting Net. CLIPPED FROM THE LONDON TIMES The following letter has been submitted by “pH. D.”: Dear Sir:— Iam Wang. It is for my personal benefit that I write for a position in your honorable Bank. I have a flexible brain that will adapt itself to your ‘business and in consequence bring good efforts to your goodselves. My education was im- pressed upon me in the Peking Uni- versity in which place I graduated Number One. I can drive a typewriter with good noise and my English is great. My references are of good and should you hope to see me they will lbe read \by you with great pleasure. My last job has left itself from me for the good reason that the large man had dead. It was on account of no fault of mine. So, honorable Sir, what about it? If I can be of big use to you, I will arrive on some date that you should guess. Faithfully yours, : Wang. Spermatophytes! Who walks by ocean, lake or stream Notes how the matted Algae teem, Who feeds on mushrooms or on yeast Doth draw on Fungi for his feast, He who in mossy banks delights Shall couch himself on Bryophytes, Who after ferny dells doth spy— Pteridophytes shall glad his eye; Sweet flowers, tall grain, and mighty trees— Spermatophytes embrace all these. Chameleons are’ 1 Science News Letter, Nov, 6, 1926 Microtomes Projection Apparatus Photomicrographic Cameras Field Glasses Botanical Apparatus Photographic Lenses Centrifuges Haemocytometers Spectrometers Catalogues Refractometers On Request Colorimeters Other Optical Products Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. Main Office and Factory: Rochester, N. Y. New York: Park and 42nd Sts. Chicago: 5 No. Wabash Ave. Boston: 333 Washington St. San Francisco: 28 Geary St. The BNA Arranged as an Outline of Regional and Systematic Anatomy A Contribution to the Science and Teaching of Anatomy BY Victor E. Emmel Professor of “.natomy, College of Medicine, University of Illinois Laboratory Guest at The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology REVISED SECOND EDITION The Basle Anatomical Nomenclature (the BNA) has been pre- eminently successful in the elimination of approximately 45,000 un- necessary synonyms for the macroscopic structures of the human body, and has consequently become an international anatomic language. This list of some 5000 terms, intended for common use in the medical schools, was arranged on the basis of systematic human anatomy. It appears obvious, however, that, from the standpoint of practical anatomy, a regional arrangement of these terms in conjunction with their systematic tabulation would greatly increase the usefulness of the BN A. With this objective in mind, the present systematic B N A has been expanded to include a correlated regional arrangement of anatomical terms—an arrangement based upon the sequence in which the struc- tures indicated by these terms may be exposed and demonstrated to the naked eye in actual dissection—thus securing a direct association of the term with the visualization of the structure to which it refers. Although a minimum encroachment upon individual initiative is evaluated as a dominant objective to be sought, concise statements are given for the more difficult incisions and dissections involved in the demonstration of the structures listed. The order in which the regions are dealt with is based upon a sequence which facilitates observation of those structural relationships of greatest practical significance. The work consequently contitutes a basis for a direct correlation of anatomical terminology and structure in the practical study of the cadaver and presents a résumé of regional and systema- tic anatomy for anatomical and clinical reference. This book of about 250 pages, illustrated with twelve plates and figures in delineation of surface anatomy and surface projections of the skeleton, will be ready September 15, 1927. Price, $3.50, bound in cloth. ADDRESS THE WISTAR INSTITUTE OF ANATOMY AND BIOLOGY Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. BUY, BUY, BIOLOGISTS FROM Our ADVERTISERS NET _ PAGE FIVE SINCE 1852 MAKERS OF Microscopes and Accessories SS RA SS TN SR RE SRR RN SE RS AE I TE (pce PAGE SIX THE CHEMISTRY OF THE VITAMINS By Dr. BLANCHARD Just thirty years ago, the Dutch physician Eijkman first observed the unique syndrome of avian polyneuritis in hens whose diet had been restricted to polished rice. He compared this condition to the human dis- ease beri-beri, and showed that it could be relieved by a diet containing either rice hulls or their aqueous extract. Approxi- mately a decade later, Hopkins pointed out that animals could not deevlop and live upon an apparently complete diet con- sisting of proteins, fats, carbo- hydrates, and inorganic salts, without the addition of unknown accessory food factors. We may properly regard these observa- tions as the beginning of experi- ments with those peculiarly, elusive entities now termed the vitamins. After the passage of another ten years, a host of investigators concentrated their attentions up- on these substances, with the result that it soon became evi- dent that vitamins are apparent- ly not proteins, not glucids nor lipins, but are organic in nature, and are indispensable for the proper metabolism of organisms Incapable of synthesizing them from the elementary foods. Al- though knowing absolutely no- thing about their structure or chemical identity, biochemists now recognize the existence of six such substances. These have been termed respectively vitamin A, B, C, D, E, and P-P. The omission of any one of them from the diet produces a unique pathological condition which may be relieved by a diet abun- dant in the missing vitamin. In the absence of Vitamin A, growth ceases, and experimental animals develop the eye condi- tion, xerophthalmia; in the absence of B, young animals cease to grow and adults develop beri-beri; in the absence of C, scurvy occurs, the scourge of the wind-jammer crews and ex- plorers; the absence of D results: in rickets, to be observed -in children in any tenement dis- trict; without E, sterility is pro- duced; and without P-P, pel- lagra ensues. THE COLLECTING NET In recent years, by means of thousands of feeding experi- ments, the distribution of these substances in food stuffs has been carefully determined. Few investigators, however, have turned their attention to the concentration, isolation, and chemical characterization of these interesting components of our food. In a recent evening lecture, Dr. Drummond, of the Univers- ity of London, discussed in some detail the results obtained by those few investigators who have sought to isolate the vari- ous vitamins. He described in some detail the method used by Jansen and Doneth, who extract- ed 100 kilos of rice polishings with acidified alcohol. The active principle in the extract was ad- sorbed on clay, desorbed, and then subjected ‘to a series of fractional precipitations with silver salts. Finally a few tenths of a gram of material posses- sing all the vitamin-activity of the original 100 kilos were obtained. This material was remarkably active, .000002 gram daily being all that was neces- sary to keep animals on a vi- tamin B-free diet in a healthy condition. Although these authors have determined the empirical formula of the sub- stance to be C®'H"ON2, unfor- tunately they did not determine its molecular weight; hence ‘t is impossible to Say whether this is the true formula or only the simplest one. Professor Drum- mond pointed cut the important fact that the vitamin B itself might possibly be present in much smaller quantity, adsorbed upon the compound isolated. He next discoursed upon the progress made by Zilva of the Lister Institute, in obtaining a vitamin C concentrate. This in- vestigator has succeeded in ob- taining all of the anti-scorbutic activity of a liter of lemon juice in a fraction weighing less than 0.03% of the original juice. While this product is by no means a pure substance, it has a truly remarkable anti-scorbu- tie activity. The lecturer followed this by a discussion of one of the most interesting phases of modern biochemistry—the characteriza- tion of the: anti-richitie factor, vitamin D. It was early found that this substance was present in the non-saponificable fraction of cod-liver oil. Drummond and his associates sueceeded in ob- taining a more concentrated pre- paration, by distillation in high vacuo. Later Steenbock in this country, and Rosenhain and Webster in England, discovered that cholesterol, which had absolutely no anti-richitic acti- vity, could, by irradiation with ultra-violet light, be converted into a mixture possessing the activity of vitamin D prepara- tions. The biochemists immedi- ately saw a possibility of obtain- ing this substance in quantities sufficient for identification. Un- fortunately only a very small quantity of the chiolesterol was endowed with anti-richitic prop- erties by ultra-violet radiation. | was found to possess not only For some time, however, this fact was viewed with curiosity rather than from the standpoint of organic chemistry. Drummond finally succeeded by tedious fractional recrystal- lization in preparing a sample of cholesterol of higher melting- point than any previously ob- tained. In his lecture he stated that he was “inordinately proud of this achievement’, but was soon disappointed on finding that the sample could not be rendered active by ultra-violet radiation. Seeking an explana- tion, he took it to the organic chemist Heilbronn, who, on spec- troscopic examination, quickly ascertained that its absorption spectrum differed by three bands from that of ordinary prepara- tions of cholesterol, although the chemical properties of the two were identical. It followed then that cholesterol as ordinari- ‘ly prepared contained a very small amount of an impurity responsible alike for the three absorption bands and the anti- richitie activity developed by ir- radiation. i} W:-C:-DAVIS‘;COMPANY HOME FURNISHERS FALMOUTH MASS focussed upon a large number of cholesterol derivatives pre- viously prepared by the German chemist Windaus, who has de- voted his life to untangling the structural mysteries of choles- terol and its derivatives. Win- daus readily cooperated with the English investigators, and with Hess in America, with the result that the sterol, ergosterol, the three absorption bands mis- sing from Drummond’s prepara- tion of cholesterol, but also the property of yielding, on ultra- violet irradiation, a vitamin D preparation effective in prevent- ing rickets, when used in almost unbelievably small doses. Unfortunately we do not know precisely the structural config- uration of either cholesterol or ergosterol, it is impossible to as- certain the structure of vitamin D. This problem, moreover, is not likely to be solved by any except a skilled organic chemist train- ed in untangling molecular in- tricacies. It is known, however, that ergosterol is a more un- saturated compound than cho- lesterol, and it seems a reason- able assumption that its activa- tion is in some way connected with alterations in the configu- ration of the unsaturated link- ages—possibly a simple poly- merization. Such speculation, however, will be fruitless until we know more concerning the structural chemistry of the par- Attention was thus ent substance—ergosterol. Palo Daylight Lamp for Microscope and Colorimeter ‘8 Illumination, Also for pH Colorimetric Work This lamp produces a true and natural North skylight. The light from a special Mazda bulb is filtered through an accurate filter lens, the color com- position of which has been scientifically determined. The resultant North skylight rays are directed upon a reflector which inereased the light diffusion ‘and thus vbroduces a more accurate and uniform illumination. Write for our guaranteed daylight bulletin PALO COMPANY Apparatus for Industrial and Laboratory Use 153 WEST 23RD STREET NEW YORK, N. Y. THE COLLECTING NET PAGE SEVEN James Harvey Robinson Leaves for Dartmouth James Harvey Robinson, his- ae an, and author of ‘Mind in the Making” , who has spent the summer in Woods Hole, left on Wednesday evening for Dart- mouth where he will attend a conference on social science and will discuus his own methods in the art of teaching and of pres- enting facts. The title of his lecture will be “The heavy tra- ditions of book making”. Prof. Robinson, a quiet per- son with iron grey hair, a rather determined looking moustache and intent grey eyes, has spent the summer taking the course in protozoology because he wanted to find out a little more about life, and his determination to find out has extended well be- yond the laboratory. Prof. Robinson’s room at the May- flower Hotel is equipped with a laboratory table fitted with mi- eroscopes accompanied with cul- tures of protozoa which he has a habit of taking home from the class room and of studying until the early hours of the morning. His equipment and the systema- tic arrangement of his material would be a credit even to a pro- fessional biologist. It is his contention that if social science is to be made into something more than an amateur slumming trip it must begin with a study of biology. The biological processes, Prof. Robinson says, control human activity, and human behaviour is based on fundamental biological reactions. It is impossible to try to understand civilization and groups of men without first understanding their evolution- ary background. Prof. Robinson, who has for years studied educational meth- ods, was most favorably im- pressed with the way in which the laboratory courses were con- ducted. He expressed his appre- ciation of the laboratory by pre- senting the editor of The Col- lecting Net with a check for $100.00, as a “token of apprecia- tion of the laboratory”, to be used for the Scholarship Fund, or in any way which might best serve the laboratory. In discussing his work in the class room this summer Prof. Robinson suggested that if a viationcination. atmosphere of an examination room a student can not do his best work, and in general con- ditions are not conducive to clear thinking or good memory. Mr. Robinson regards the Phi Beta Kappas as a “bunch of boobs” and does not consider them any more capable and in- telligent than any other similar group. There are exceptions, of course, but in general they must submit to stereotypism and a premium is placed on memory. Prof. Robinson is much inter- ested in the question of present- ing difficult subjects to the non- specialist in a way that they can be easily comprehended. Vhen people write they must keap constantly before them the kind of persons to whom they are writing and adapt it to their mental make-up. Writing of this kind is a science in itself and Prof. Robinson has thought and worked on this problem for years. in his “The Humanizing of Knowledge’. He is now engaged in editing a series of books called ‘““Human- izing Knowledge” in which he and his fellow editors, especial- ly Daniel T. MacDougall, present facts with a technique that will attempt to stimulate rather than repel the incipient thirst for knowledge. Dr. and Mts. R. B. Little from the Rockefellow Institute | in Princeton, N. J. are visiting | the Laboratory for a week. Dr. Read Ellsworth, who worked last summer in Woods Hole as associate of Dr. a trip to Boston. The following members of the | National Academy of Sciences ' have been in residence at the Marine Biological Laboratory during the present season: Drs. G. H. Parker, T. H. Morgan, E. G. Conklin, L. L. Woodruff, B. M. Duggar, C. R. Stockard, C. KE. McClung, F. R. Lillie, H. S. Jennings and H. H. Donaldson. THE SEA CUCUMBER Reneath the waves the sea cucumber Spends all his hours wrapped in slum- ber, ‘~- he does not appear to see The cay, aquatic scenery. It seems a most cucumbrous way \f drowsing thru the sunny day. In the martial} This he has well shown | ivig| Michaelis visited last week on! TEXAS OILS AND GAS Woods Hole Garage Co. Tel. 643 HUDSON-ESSEX MOTOR CARS We have sever hand ears for sale. The Crocker Garage Corporation, Inc. Falmouth ROBINSON’S PHARMACY B. W. Dris, Prop. R. W. Nickerson, Reg. Phar. Falmoutth’s Oldest Drugstore al good second Opp. Station Mass. First-class Drugs and Imported Toilet Articles A Registered Pharmacist Always on Duty a A ARENOVSKT'S Hart Schaffner & Marx Clothing Lamson & Hubbard Hats Printzess Suits, Coats and Dresses Walk-Over Shoes Satisfaction Guaranteed or Money Refunded Falmouth = -=:- to appear in the: Journal of Morphology and Physiology The Journal of Comparative Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record The Journal of Experimental Zoology Phone 410 -:- Mass. TIME is the important factor in all activities SAVE IT by using The Wistar Institute Bibliographic Service which brings to your table authors’ abstracts of all papers about Compliments of PENZANCE GARAGE WOODS HOLE, MASS. Day or Night A. L. A. Phone 652 Towing Fon Dr. George H. Greene DENTIST Office, Nearly Opposite St. Barnabas Memorial Church FALMOUTH, MASS. Hours: 9 A. M. - 12 M.; Telephone 35 1-4 P. M. RIDE THE BUS TO FALMOUTH It costs less than to drive your own car. B. R. NICKERSON WOODS HOLE, MASS. Visit Cape Cod’s Largest Department Store H. MALCHMAN & BRO. Thos. Malchman, Prop. CLOTHIERS, HATTERS and FURNISHERS Falmouth Main Street Telephone Connection dark-field condensor and a Olga Marx American Anatomical Memoris Greenough microscope were rs American Journal of Physical Anthropology . Folia A i cy placed at the disposal of the CAMOUFLAGE Sos a cee) students it might help them | Seme students though they’d fool a The Journal of Parasitology Prof, And at his helpless poundering scoff. To him they lug, with faces smug, A neatly glued composite bug. Thev tell a tale how they came by it, And ask him to identify it: The Prof glanced o’er his glasses Stain Technology Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science (Adelaide, South Australia) Advance Abstract Sheets - - - - = - - - $8.00 per year Bibliographic Service Cards $5.00 per year Both appear before the complete ‘articles are published greatly in seeing their specimens from different. angles and in identifying them with a better understanding. Prof. Robinson does not ap- prove of American education in general, since so much of it is! .,., “273° _ ; THE WISTAR INSTITUTE eut and dried rote work that helene: hum-bug— CAMOU- Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue’ :: 35 Philadelphia, Pa. glorifies instead of memory pH. -D. PAGE EIGHT THE COLLECTING NET THINGS WENT ASKEW | ABOARD THE LOU (Clipped from the Vineyard Gazette) The night was dark, peace hovered nigh, all Woods Hole was asleep, when down where all the moored boats lie did bold | miscreants creep. They saw the good ship Lou hauled out upon the railway there while sounds of snoring surged about and shook the midnight air. ‘Twas Captain Nelson Luce who slept the slumber of the just, while nearer these maraud- ers crept through blockings, chains and dust, until ae reached the shadow cast by Nelson’s land-bourne bark. Oh then the moon above the mast looked down on doings, dark! The shackle from the chain was knocked, the wedges all drawn back from where the cradle wheels were chocked upon the railway track. Then with a heaving bar they worked, they twisted and they pried until the laden cradle jerked and started for the tide. Within the cabin Captain Luce uprose from off his bed and vaguely mumbled, “What the deuce!” as carlines bumped his head. And ere the deck came to his view, though speeding from his berth, the cradle quick- ened and the Lou forsook the solid earth! He gained the stairs and deck at last, the moon peeped from a cloud, the cradle held the Lou still fast and Nelson groaned aloud. Between him and the dry beach sand the harbor waters rolled while from a steeple near at hand the hour of midnight tolled. Philosophy did aid him there; it was a waiting game. He went below and slept again until the morning came. Then hailed a passer-by who strode along the harbor sand and launched a boat to row the captain safe to land. All turned out well but Cap- tain Luce declares it is no joke to suffer such ill-timed abuse and have his slumber broke beside to suffer fear and shock lest harm befall his boat and, worst, to stick as on a rock, at sea but not afloat! Note: Captain Luce is in charge of the fish traps at the laboratory. The italics are ours. We wanted our local readers to know that someone, at least, appreciates ‘‘the dry beach sand” of the Eel Pond shore! TO CHEVROLET OWNERS A Verse for Land Animals Our fruitful mother Chevrolet Has many children under way. It makes a person feel quite bitter To count a million in a litter And feel that nevermore can he Compete with such a progeny. Olga Marx JAPANESE HAVE SISTER MARINE LABORATORIES (Continued from Page 1) a north-western seaport of Hokkaido. It may be mentioned that another laboratory is now under construction at Amakusa by the staff of the Kyushu Imperial University. There is every sign that the newly estab- lished Formosa Imperial Uni- versity will have within a few years its own marine laboratory on that island. Really, the study of marine forms has been one of the favorite fields of research in Japan, just as the people of the Great Britian have had strong propensity for the mari- ners’ life. It will, therefore, not be surprising to find that several Japanese zoologists have been assigned to work up some of the collections of the Albatross and Siboga expeditions and that the students of Princeton Univer- sity have to be quized with Cypridina from Japan. A meeting of the executive committee of the Division of Biology and Agriculture of the National Research Council was held at the Laboratory on Aug. 8th. Present were Dr. William Crocker, Chairman. Dr. L. L. Woodruff, vice-chairman. Drs. L. J. Cole. B. M: Duggar, C. EB. Allen, M. M. Metcalf, C. E. Mc- Clung, S. O. Mast, R. A. Harper, J. R. Schramm, F. R. Lillie, and A. Thatcher. Dr. A. Terao, professor of Zoology at the Imperial Insti- tute of Fisheries, Tokio, Japan, who spent the last winter with biometric studies at the Insti- tute for Biological Research in Raltimore, came down to Woods Hole to experiment on the in- fluence of uranium and radium radiations on the early cleavage stages of Chaetopterus. Dr. Tetsuo Inukai, Assistant Professor of Zoology at the de- nartment of Agriculture in the Hokkaido Imperial University, Sapporo. Japan, arrived in Woods Hole last week to spend the rest of the season on re- search work in Vertebrate Em- hrvologv. He will work at the Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Pighey in Philadelphia this all. Dr. N. Yagi, Assistant Pro- fessor of Entomology at the Kyoto Imperial University, Kyoto, Janan, arrived in Woods Hole on August 11. He spent some time at the Department of General Physiology at Harvard University and is studying down here on various themes of a bio- logical nature. Beach Party? FRESH ROLLS BACON SAUSAGE STEAKS and CHOPS EVERYTHING QUICK SERVICE LOW PRICES Morrison’s Market Woods Hole, Mass. Follow the Crowd to DANIELS’ Home-made Ice Cream, Delicious Sandwiches, Coffee for PICNIC LUNCHES a earner nine ne een A RT IDEAL RESTAURANT Main Street Woods Hole = a a Ilardware Paints and Varnishes CHARLES T. EASTMAN FALMOUTH, MASS, Phone Orders Promptly Delivered Tel. 407 Kitchen Furnishings Glenwood Ranges EE —— aE a | THE SEA ROBIN Directly on the Sound Club Breakfasts .. 30c up Also Dinner, Tea, and Supper Attractive Weekly Rates Tel. 667-3 Ten Acre Farm in FALMOUTH DISTRIBUTORS FOR S. S. PIERCE CO. The Elizabeth Theatre FALMOUTH, MASS. HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS Show Starts at 7.45 Feature Picture at 8.30 Short Reels Repeated After the Feature Picture. A COMPLETE SHOW AFTER 8.30 Saturday Two Shows at 7.00 and 9.00 O’clock Matinees Monday, Wednesday and Saturday at 2.30 _ Wednesday--Thursday---Friday Ben Hur Volume II Number 8 WOODS HOLE, MASS., SATURDAY, AUGUST 27, 1927 FIRE DESTROYS SHED OF LOCAL CONTRACTOR Blazes Laid to Incendiarism Burning of Hatchville Place Used as Decoy Fire, believed to be of incen- diary origin, destroyed the tool- shed of Sidney W. Lawrence, state highway contractor, and the old Parker place, at Hatch- ville, early Thursday morning, August 18. The latter, the property of Howard Swift, was reported to be afire at 12:25 a. m., a short while after the close of the banquet which the firemen had held at Woods Hole. The tool-shed was fired while the apparatus was all concen- trated at Hatchville. A few minutes after Elias Ross, of Falmouth Heights, had arrived at his post as watchman for the State Highway con- struction depot near Lawrence’s place, at 2 a. m., he heard talk- ing outside his shed. Going out, he discovered two men lighting matches by the side of the work shop. These men escaped to a waiting automobile upon Ross’s approach. When the watchman returned to his post he discov- ered the tool-shed, which con- tained equipment valued at sev- eral thousand dollars, in flames. In the meantime, Fire Chief R. D. Wells had returned from the blaze at Hatchville. He was awakened by Officer Veasie Brackett with the news that the sky was aglow. Chief Wells, thinking that the fire at Hatch- ville had rekindled, ordered the apparatus to that place. When the mistake was discovered the department hastened back to the fire at the tool-shed. The hazards of the firemen were materially increased by the fact that there were two drums of oil in the burning shed and a large tank of gasoline im- mediately near it. Fortunately, none of these combustibles ex- ploded. Three $400 electric transform- ers formed part of the loss. These were connected to the power line running by the shed. Jacques Loeb. of the Memorial Tablet. framing. material that is available. SUPPLEMENT IN COMMEMORATION OF JACQUES LOEB TO APPEAR THIS FALL Hoitorial Announcement On the afternoon of August 4 exercises were held in the auditorium of the Marine Biological Laboratory on the occasion of the unveiling of the Memorial Tablet to Because of this and owing to the many years in which Dr. Loeb has been intimately associated with this Laboratory, and the great influence of his work on the type of investigation which now so largely prevails, it is fitting that The Collecting Net bring out a supplement in commemoration of Dr. Loeb. A feature of this commemorative number will be a full page portrait of Dr. Loeb together with a reproduction This picture will be suitable for 1 The remainder of the number will be made up of articles by Dr. Loeb’s associates and friends, dealing especially with his life and personality. will be a greatly enlarged number to accommodate the Our subscribers will obtain the issue without charge, and in case their permanent address is not already on file it should be given to us before December 1. This supplement UNCATENA LAID UP AT VINEYARD HAVEN On Tuesday morning while docking at the Vineyard Haven wharf the Steamer Uncatena met with an accident which has since prevented its scheduled trips. Due to a mechanical de- fect the connecting rod separat- ed from the piston head. No other damage resulted, though the accident was a dangerous one and it is fortunate that the engineer escaped the long and heavy connecting rod while swinging free. At the time of going to press we learn that the company ex- pects to have the veteran steam- er in service again on Saturday. Saturday afternoon, August 20, the local fire department answered a report put in by a member of the Coast Guard Sta- tion that there was a fire in the rear of the residence of Dr. Warren, on Penzance Road. When the apparatus arrived, a perfectly well-behaved incinera- tor was discovered doing its duty, although creating great volumes of smoke. LIBRARY TO GIVE AN ELABORATE PROGRAM A program of songs, dances and instrumental music will be rendered in the auditorium of the Marine Biological Labora- tory on Thursday evening, Sept. 1, at eight o’clock. Woods Hole is very fortunate in having such an artist here as Miss Ilse Huebner, formerly of Vienna, now with the Cincin- nati Conservatory of Music, and a frequent soloist and ac- companist with the Cincinnati Orchestra. She will play some delightful trios for violin and cello and piano—with Mrs. Truman Fas- sett, cellist, and Richard War- basse, violinist. 'The Misses Prossness will add variety to the program by giving a series of dances. Mrs. Truman Fassett will sing a group of baritone songs—and both the cellist and violinist will contribute some celo and violin solos to the pro- gram. This promises to be an evening of readily worth while as well as enjoyable music. EE ees? gE SEO BZ ote = ie ; York WL WEWt | Weg W i SS ell Subscription $1.25 Single Copies, 20c ||SCHOLARSHIP FUND PROJECT SUCCESSFUL “The Tale of An Presented to a Large Audience Ancient Mariner” On Wednesday evening, Aug. 23, The Collecting Net sponsored a lecture on the whaling indus- try as it was carried on in days but recently gone by. We were favored by having one of the best authorities speak to us on the subject, Mr. Chester Scott Howland of New Bedford, who is a son of Capt. George L. Howland, for many years the skipper of the Bark Canton. In 1890 Captain Howland was honored by the government of Great Britain for the heroic res- cue of 16 members of the crew of the Bark “British Monarch” burned at sea 700 miles off the coast of Africa. The lecture was very fully illustrated with both moving pictures and lan- tern slides. The uses of several whaling weapons and imple- ments were demonstrated :— harpoon, shoulder bomb-gun, bomb lance, killing lance and others. Possibly the mincing knife, of “Bible-leaf thinness” ability, will remain longest in the memory of the actively re- ligious audience. Of the four kinds of whale extant, the sperm whale was the most highly prized, owing to its valuable yield of spermaceti. The voyagers pursued their quarry all over the world and on the average a single expedi- tion lasted over a period of three years. The longest on record covered the time of eleven long years. All Woods Holers have known ever since they became Woods Holers that they are in the general vicinity of the headquarters of the old whaling industry; but to have the tremendous significance of New Bedford and Nantucket in this industry forcefully im- pressed upon them was much appreciated. Several delightful musical numbers were rendered by Herman Field, violinist, and Blanche Nelsen, pianist. Professor Conklin, chosen to introduce the speaker because of his peculiar fitness for the (Continued on Page 2) PAGE TWO The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the activities of the Marine Biologi- cal Laboratory and of Woods Hole in general. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Prof. of Anatomy, Cornell University Medical School. Edwin G. Conklin, Prof. of Biology, Princeton University. Lorande L. Woodruff, Prof. of Proto- zoology, Yale University. EDITORIAL STAFF Ware Cattell Hugh Montgomery....... Art Editor Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn. .General News Helen S. Morris...... General News TROK ROSE sisi diclatuisis ol o's Sport News Business Staff Katharine Underwood....Bus. Man. Ilse Michaelis....... Asst. Bus. Man. (Application for entry as second-class matter is pending.) The Universal Press New Bedford Woods Massachusetts Hole THE COLLECTING NET wishes to extent its heartiest thanks to all those whose spon- taneous assistance contributed so largely to the success of the presentation of “The Tale of An Ancient Mariner.” The total receipts from our Wednesday evening perform- ance were $364.00 and the ex- penses were only $45.00. This leaves a balance of $319.00 for The Collecting Net Scholarship Fund. To the Editor: We received on July 16th a letter from you, Soliciting an advertisement | | from us and we intended to instruct you to insert one in the next issue of your paper. Unfortunately your letter was mislaid and it consequent- ly escaped our attention until this morning, when it was found while we were looking through our files. Although we are too late to adver- tise this year, we are enclosing our check for $5.00 as it is our desire to contribute in this small way and co- operate with you; and for next year we wish to engage a space in each issue of your paper. We realize and appreciate the wonderful achievements of the Ma- rine Biological Laboratory and wish for you every success. Very truly yours, Judah S. Nickerson, Proprietor. Falmouth Plumbing & Hardware Co. Falmouth, Mass. PERSISTENCY The brilliant lightning-bug flies swift, He flashes here, he flashes there, With constant change of aim, or drift, | That does not get him anywhere. The humble inch-worm, without light, Directs himself towards a goal, d And having stretched his limit, quite, He humps himself, that steadfast soul! pH. .D. THE COLLECTING NET HELEN MORRIS HELPS AVIATORS AT NOBSKA Due to the modesty of one of our correspondents, Helen Morris, an item of interest which should have appeared a couple of weeks ago was not forthcoming. Now that she has made her departure it seems safe to give a brief account of her unique experience. Many of us in Woods Hole remember that on Wednesday afternoon, August 11, one of the navy airplanes hovered over Woods Hole and its surrounding terri- tory, landing once or twice on the water and often skimming what seemed to be dangerously close to buildings and boats.. It was about five o’clock in the afternoon when the hydro- plane landed perhaps a half mile out at sea from the Nobska beach and then came as close as the rough water breaking on the beach permitted. By shout- ing, those on the plane tried to communicate with the people on the shore, but their voices had to give away to the sound of the wind and waves and were quite unintelligible to those on shore. Helen Morris, one of the dozen or so people over at Nobska beach for a swim, took upon her- self the spectacular task of swimming out to the hydro- plane to see if she could be of any assistance to those on board. A little later she re- turned, swimming through the breakers, with a note in her teeth containing a message for Dr. N. A. Cobb of the Fish Com- mission. She emerged from the water and modestly made a hasty retreat from the ever in- creasing and admiring crowd. Currents in the Hole At following hours the current in the hole turns to run from Buz- zards Bay to Vineyard Sound: DATE ASME WRLUM: Aug. 28 5.46 6.01 Aug. 29 6.29 6.44 Aug. 3 7.01 7.25 Aug. 31. TAT 8.06 Sept. 1. 8.25 8.51 Sept. 2. 9.15 9.35 Sept. 3. 9.56 10.26 Sept. 4. 10.47 11.15 Sept. 5. 11.38 Renn Sept. 6. 12.15 12.36 Sept. 7. 1.04 1.26 Sept. 8. 2.04 2.17 Sept. 9 . 2.58 3.14 Sept. 10.. 3.48 4.06 Sept. 11 , 4.37 4.59 Sept. 12)...5 2°.) ea 5.49 Sept. 13 . 6.14 6.38 Sept. 14 . 6.59 7.26 Sept. 15 . 7.47 8.27 Sept. 16 8.46 9.16 Sept; 17 .. eae 10.18 Sept. 18 .... 16:3 11.27 Sept. 19 11.41 sede Sept. 20 .... L2gaa7 12.48 | In each case the current changes six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. SCHOLARSHIP FUND sailors, however, lay in the cir- PROJECT SUCCESSFUL/|cumstance that the captain was (Continued from Page 1) occasion, said he would give ten years of the peaceful years of, his life to repeat the experience of being towed by a harpooned whale. If we may judge from the evi- dence of the earth, the whale is the largest animal that has ever lived. It was a fitting introduc- tion to the tale to dislpay com- parative diagrams of this mam- mal and the dinosaur. It made possible a greater appreciation of the intrepidity of the old whalemen than could be gained by a mere reading of Anton Otto Fischer or Hermann Mel- ville. Mr. Howland is justly proud of his heritage from the rugged New England stock; and for the benefit of the Biological audi- ence he placed emphasis upon the courage and resourcefulness of the mariners as the explana- tion of their many marvelous escapes, instead of attributing them to special dispensations of the gods. Even Quakers, we learned, could be hard-fisted enough to put the hand-cuffs or thumb-serews on _ incorrigibles and lash them into an obedient frame of mind. Perhaps the greatest source of danger to the en ne ee a ne RN Compliments of PENZANCE GARAGE WOODS HOLE, MASS. Day or Night Phone 652 Al, AS Towing HUDSON-ESSEX MOTOR CARS We have several good second hand cars for sale. The Crocker Garage Corporation, Inc. Falmouth Mass. the ship’s doctor as well. Rep- resentative drugs of the pharm- acopoeia were prescribed and administered by number rather than by name, and the only gauge of the dose was the vio- lence of the symptoms. The exciting pace of the chase was as well simulated as could be expected of a gasoline launch, and far more realistic was Mr. Howland’s repetition of the eye- familiar, but landsman’s ear- unknown cry of the lookout: “Thar she Blows! Blo---ows! Blo---o---0--ows !”” Nothing could have so effec- tively pictured the death-deal- ing power of a whale’s flukes as the close-up of a whale-ship’s construction. The huge beams which formed the ribs of the vessel could not by any stretch of the imagination have been damaged by the onslaught of a mad elephant, but it is a mat- ter of cold fact that such craft have been. splintered by a wounded whale. The war-cry of the mariners was well chosen: ‘A dead whale or a stove boat!” Whales are still hunted and killed for their oil and ivory, but with the advent of safe methods of killing at a distance, the glamor of the chase is gone. a THE LEATHER SHOP Falmouth, Mass. ARTHUR C. EASTMAN ee | ARENOVSKY'S Est. 1892 Phone 410 The Home of Hart Schaffner & Marx Clothing Lamson & Hubbard Hats Printzess Suits, Coats and Dresses Walk-Over Shoes Satisfaction Guaranteed or Money Refunded ' Falmouth -:- «~:- Mass. “IT DIDN’T TURN OUT WELLTHIS TIME” How many times have you heard a woman use this expression when apologizing for a cake that fell or some other cooking failure? Maybe you have done it yourself. Electric Cooking Eliminates Apologies Dishes may be prepared over and over again with uniformly successful results. required. Automatic control maintains the exact oven heat HOTPOINT ELECTRIC RANGES CAPE AND VINEYARD ELECTRIC CO. Falmouth Hyannis Chatham Oak Bluffs NOBSKA FOG HORN SOUNDS HALF AS LONG IN OCTOBER AS DURING JULY The following information concerning the weather has been ! obtained from the “United States Coast Pilot’. | Winds. On Nantucket Shoals and through Nantucket and Vineyard Sounds, the prevail- ing winds are westerly and northwesterly. in winter, and southwesterly in summer. From Vineyard Sound westward the prevailing winds are nortlhwest- erly and northerly in winter, and southwesterly and souther- ly in summer, but subject to many variations at all seasons. Fogs are liable to occur at any season, but are more prevalent from April to October than dur- ing the rest of the year. They come most fzequently with east- erly and southeasterly winds, and occasionaliy with the wind westward of south. Off Mon- tauk Point and Point Judith, winds between south and south- west are nearly as apt to bring fog as those from southwest- ward. Westerly and northerly winds clear away fog, this hold- ing good for all parts ot the Atlantic coast. The following table shows the average number of hours per month, from a record of six years or more, that the fog signals were operated at the stated light stations of the United States: THE COLLECTING NET PAGE THREE or flood current; but for places in narrow channels, landlocked harbors, or on tidal rivers the time of slack current may differ by two or three hours from the time of high or low water stand, and local knowledge is required to enable one to make the pro- per allowance for this delay in the conditions of tidal currents. Tides iS a my ESE gS EE Be Sh rg 8 OS Locality < 4 She) MON B BS ic) Lat H. M. Feet Feet Cape Cod Light 11 25 7.6 -3.5 Woods Hole 8 26 1.8 -1.5 New Bedford DY 4.0 -2.5 Hell Gate 10 45 5.5 -4.0 Governors Island 8 04 4.4 -4.0 Small Craft Warning.— A red pennant indicates that mo- derately strong winds are ex- pected. Storm Warning.—A red flag with a black center indicates | that a storm of marked violence is expected. The pennant displayed with the flag indicates the direction of the wind—white, westerly; red, easterly. The pennant above the flag indicates that the wind is expected to blow from the northerly quadrants; below, from the southerly quadrants. By Night, a red light indi- cates easterly winds, and a white light below a red light, westerly winds. Hurricane Warning. — Two red flags with black centers, dis- played one above the other, in- Hours of Operation of Fog Signals Boe S45, Se eee oe By os! Soe a =! a ow 3S 3 ae + =e] Ga aes a A ae I y: sige amma Senter gpd Bt cor o 4 Light Station Ce ae 2 [Bei s Ambrose Channel Light Vessel ...... 123 86 116 86 113 89 69 48 70 57 55 76 988 Cape (COG sec) 2 wee see 92°83 91°78 94) “78% 96063877 72) 84 29) 892 Nantucket Shoals Light Vessel ...... 50 59 63 83 141 168 184 80 71 63 11 10 983 Nobska Point ..:.-+... 64 37 34 33 30 41° 66 35 31 26 17 17 431 Vineyard Sound Light Vessel ....... 108 80 82 88 98 98 111 82 73 30 38 36 924 Bont SUG Whe tet te 90 53 84 79 105 87 109 69 61 35 82 44 848 The effect of strong winds, in| combination with the regular} tidal action, may at times cause! the water to fall below the plane! of reference of the chart, mean low water; the lowest level observed below the plane of re- ference is given under the column headed “Lowest tide’. The water has been known also to rise about the same amounts above high water, due to simi- lar causes. Slack water should not be confounded with high or low water. For ocean stations there is usually but little difference between the time of high or low water and the beginning of ebb dicate the expected approach of | a tropical hurricane, or of one of those extremely severe and dangerous storms which occas- ionally move across the Great Lakes and northern Atlantic coast. These warnings are dis- played at all stations on the At- lantic and Gulf coasts of the United States and on the follow- | ing islands in the Atlantic: Jamaica, Santo Domingo, Turks Island, Bermuda, Haiti, Curacao, Porto Rico, St. Kitts, Dominica, Barbados, Trinidad, and Cuba. Neither small-craft nor hurri- cane warnings are displayed at night. W:C-DAVIS‘COMPANY: HOME FURNISHERS FALMOUTH MASS SINCE 1852 MAKERS OF Microscopes and Accessories Microtomes Projection Apparatus Photomicrographic Cameras Field Glasses Botanical Apparatus Photographic Lenses Centrifuges Haemocytometers Spectrometers Catalegues Refractometers On Request Colorimeters Other Optical Products Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. Main Office and Factory: Rochester, N. Y. New York: Park and 42nd Sts. Chicago: 5 No. Wabash Ave. Boston: 333 Washington St. San Francisco: 28 Geary St. The BNA Arranged as an Outline of Regional and Systematic Anatomy A Contribution to the Science and Teaching of Anatomy Victor E. Emmel Professor of Anatomy, College of Medicine, University of Illinois Laboratory Guest at The Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology REVISED SECOND EDITION The Basle Anatomical Nomenclature (the BNA) has been pre- eminently successful in the elimination of approximately 45,000 un- necessary synonyms for the macroscopic structures of the human body, and has consequently become an international anatomic language. This list of some 5000 terms, intended for common use in the medical schools, was arranged on the basis of systematic human anatomy. It appears obvious, however, that, from the standpoint of practical anatomy, a regional arrangement of these terms in conjunction with their systematic tabulation would greatly increase the usefulness of the BNA With this objective in mind, the present systematic BN A has been expanded to include a correlated regional arrangement of anatomical terms—an arrangement based upon the sequence in which the struc- tures indicated lby these terms may be exposed and demonstrated to the naked eye in actual dissection—thus securing a direct association of the term with the visualization of the structure to which it refers. Although a minimum encroachment upon individual initiative is evaluated as a dominant objective to be sought, concise statements are given for the more difficult incisions and dissections involved in the demonstration of the structures listed. The order in which the regions are dealt with is based upon a sequence which facilitates observation of those structural relationships of greatest practical significance. The work consequently contitutes a basis for a direct correlation of anatomical terminology and structure in the practical study of the cadaver and presents a résumé of regional and systema- tic anatomy for anatomical and clinical reference. This book of about 250 pages, illustrated with twelve plates and figures in delineation of surface anatomy and surface projections of the skeleton, will be ready September 15, 1927. Price, $3.50, bound in cloth. ADDRESS THE WISTAR INSTITUTE OF ANATOMY AND BIOLOGY Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. SS PAGE FOUR THE COLLECTING NET FREE SPEAKS AT FIRE DEPARTMENT BANQUET A banquet was held on Wed- nesday evening, August 17, for the members of the Woods Hole Fire Department and their in- vited guests. Congressman A. M. Free from California told of the work that the government was carry- ing out in the fostering of rais- ing also of the seals on Pribloff Island. Among other things he in- formed the audience that the local Fish Commission boat, the Phalrope, had demned and by next year it will be replaced by a new and bet- ter equipped craft and he sug- gested that those wanting to ride on the old Philrope should make use of their last oppor- tunity, and get permission from Captain Robert Veeder to go ‘out on one of his trips this Fail. Joseph Walsh, Judge of the Superior Court of this district, related his boyhood days in Woods Hole. Mr. Dale, chief of the fire department in New Bed- ford, spoke in glowing terms of the new pumping engine and the general equipment of the Woods Hole Fire Department. Walter O. Luscombe and Ar- thur Underwood, chairman of the Board of Selectmen, compli- mented the fire department up- on its efficiency in its various activities. salmon, and been con- The Bureau of Fisheries Lab- oratory held its annual picnic on August 22 at Tarpaulin Cove. The Phalarope left the dock at 10:30 in the morning with the largest crowd aboard—number- ing sixty-five in all—that the boat has ever carried. After the regular New Eng- land clam dinner, charades were held in which the older members of the party took part, being awarded with prizes for their very fine efforts. Races were held for the children and kite- flying, target shooting, and other games were indulged in by all. The Phalarope returned about 5:00 o’clock and everyone agreed that it was one of the nicest picnics the Fisheries has ever had. PARK TAILORING SHOP Follow the Crowd to Men’s and Women’s Fine Tailoring DANIELS’ TEXAS OILS AND GAS WILLIAM SCHLEPARK, Prop. for Home-made Ice Cream Woods Hole Garage Co. Tel. 643 Work Called For and Delivered Tel, 259-4 Weeks Bldg., Falmouth, Mass. Delicious Sandwiches, Coffee PICNIC LUNCHES Opp. Station Dr. George H. Greene DENTIST Office, Nearly Opposite St. Barnabas - Memorial Church 24-hour Boston HE SEA ROBIN FALMOUTH, MASS. Service on Daily A Hours: 9 A. M. - 12 M.; 1-4 P. M. : Directly on the Sound Telephone 85 Films Papers VT a J A M E S ’ S S P A Club Breakfasts . . 30c up Alva Diswers then IDEAL Down by the Depot Si adit Rin — RESTAURANT ie s Durand’s Chocolates Meals at : Main Street Woods Hole Cynthia Sweets all hours Attractive Weekly Rates Tel. 667-3 Home-cooked Food Hardware Paints and Varnishes CHARLES T. EASTMAN FALMOUTH, MASS. Phone Orders Promptly Delivered Tel. 407 Kitchen Furnishings Glenwood Ranges |e ES TIME is the important factor in all activities SAVE IT by using The Wistar Institute Bibliographic Service which brings to your table authors’ abstracts of all papers about to appear in the: Journal of Morphology and Physiology The Journal of Comparative Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record The Journal of Experimental Zoology American Anatomical Memoris American Journal of Physical Anthropology Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokyo, Japan) Biological Bulletin The Journal of Parasitology Stain Technology Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science (Adelaide, South Australia) Advance Abstract Sheets - - - = - <= = - $38.00 per year Bibliographic Service Cards - - - - $5.00 per year Both appear before the complete ‘articles are published THE WISTAR INSTITUTE Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. The Elizabeth Theatre FALMOUTH, MASS. Visit Cape Cod’s Largest Department Store H. MALCHMAN & BRO. Thos. Malchman, Prop. i CLOTHIERS, HATTERS and FURNISHERS Main Street Falmouth Telephone Connection NEW PALO MICRO-PROJECTOGRAPH The most convenient and inexpensive instrument ayailable for drawing, pro- jection, and photomicrography. Excel- lent for visual education. HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS Show Starts at 7.45 Feature Picture at 8.30 Short Reels Repeated After the Feature Picture. A COMPLETE SHOW AFTER 8.30 Saturday Two Shows at 7.00 and 9.00 O’clock Matinees Monday, Wednesday and Saturday at 2.30 Apparatus in vertical position for drawing or photographing equipped with an and an orthoscopic et magnifications ob- The microscope achromatic objec eyepiece. The ¢ 1 the draw tube, Re aa eacee NEXT WEEK’S PROGRAM 30X ko 200X. Other standard objectives age ve used if higher powers are de- WILL BE POSTED ON P menomiicre STAD ue of any Bs may be Satie: rojections up to 25 feet are THE BULLETIN BOARDS Complete with drawing board, 15 feet rs cord and switch and microscope. $48.00 Write for complete deseription Cae COPY NOT RECEIVED PALO COMPANY Apparatus for Industrial and Labora- tory Use 153 West 23rd Street New York, N. Y. BEFORE GOING TO PRESS pat) a % Ive t AY As a Ce ee * a + beets + sass oe poanes teterele oe : 2 telate a 2 SHIRES ts te rs ats 8 ta0s fade Sot seis eteteteintetetety tatetyte : fet asesahet ‘2 c} ett rate! efsatts S25 “ie fate tetetet ete: a) , sietetets : eee | vfs sytetety pipesseo tate 2 | 3 | tet-2- . 7 7 tots: ; sSesestetat | | 3 3 ; : ah Rize a5 7852 ; 52525253555 ?. tatatat te . ait eeisisit Tipistats ts archers ete! 0353 . . Teletere! Tareler as ate stelsiielele ; : Beno Sst : beocaes at clefefetete ; ; : ' satel 7ih, etal : , : oe ? ay sateaties s z ' x : : : rete : ; : ‘ : : soiocs 2 eases Bstet Spaestseegiey seit ; ats ; : *itatels TEETt bisislejecrisitititre: $ 2 sae S438) 35 : SES ; : 3 $i) ; ete ; sipre? leltit ae : : i 5 te 35 aoe esos aks is 52 ee Sex deaietatontitits tte 583555 scbeaes : 2 7% S38 $65 i tisiefe ue ss StS nae : els tel9l tte t Te? tate: re 4 $3 : : aa tatetitieas, 2 : ais ae eststs ; ° rebgTeats : : i ieisteletetstetet : : : } : : - | sas 53 | : 3 . 7 ; oe) z : 4 ? 3 53 . : : : . <5} ‘1 . ew